Honda Manual BTY31717OM

User Manual: Honda Manual 2017 Acura RLX Hybrid Owners Manual | Manual Device

Open the PDF directly: View PDF .
Page Count: 577 [warning: Documents this large are best viewed by clicking the View PDF Link!]

California Proposition 65 Warning

Event Data Recorders

This vehicle is equipped with an event data recorder (EDR).

The main purpose of an EDR is to record, in certain crash or near

crash-like situations, such as an air bag deployment or hitting a

road obstacle, data that will assist in understanding how a vehicle’s

systems performed. The EDR is designed to record data related

to vehicle dynamics and safety systems for a short period of

time, typically 30 seconds or less. The EDR in this vehicle is

designed to record such data as:

•How various systems in your vehicle were operating;

•Whether or not the driver and passenger safety belts were

buckled/fastened;

•How far (if at all) the driver was depressing the accelerator

and/or brake pedal; and,

•How fast the vehicle was traveling.

These data can help provide a better understanding of the

circumstances in which crashes and injuries occur. NOTE: EDR data

are recorded by your vehicle only if a non-trivial crash situation

occurs; no data are recorded by the EDR under normal driving

conditions and no personal data (e.g., name, gender, age, and

crash location) are recorded. However, other parties, such as law

enforcement, could combine the EDR data with the type of

personally identifying data routinely acquired during a crash

investigation.

WARNING: This product contains or emits

chemicals known to the state of California to cause

cancer and birth defects or other reproductive

harm.

To read data recorded by an EDR, special equipment is required,

and access to the vehicle or the EDR is needed. In addition to the

vehicle manufacturer, other parties, such as law enforcement, that

have the special equipment, can read the information if they have

access to the vehicle or the EDR.

The data belongs to the vehicle owner and may not be accessed by

anyone else except as legally required or with the permission of the

vehicle owner.

Service Diagnostic Recorders

This vehicle is equipped with service-related devices that record

information about powertrain performance. The data can be used

to verify emissions law requirements and/or help technicians

diagnose and solve service problems. It may also be combined with

data from other sources for research purposes, but it remains

confidential.

California Perchlorate Contamination Prevention Act

The airbags, seat belt tensioners, and CR type batteries in this

vehicle may contain perchlorate materials - special handling may

apply. See www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate/

As you read this manual, you will find information that is preceded

by a symbol. This information is intended to help you avoid

damage to your vehicle, other property, or the environment.

NOTICE

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 0 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

00X31-TY3-6301 2017 Acura RLX Hybrid Owner's Manual BOM-06154

A Few Words About Safety

Your safety, and the safety of others, is very important. And

operating this vehicle safely is an important responsibility.

To help you make informed decisions about safety, we have

provided operating procedures and other information on labels and

in this manual. This information alerts you to potential hazards that

could hurt you or others.

Of course, it is not practical or possible to warn you about all the

hazards associated with operating or maintaining your vehicle. You

must use your own good judgment.

You will find this important safety information in a variety of forms,

including:

●Safety Labels - on the vehicle.

●Safety Messages - preceded by a safety alert symbol

and

one of three signal words: DANGER, WARNING, or CAUTION.

These signal words mean:

●Safety Headings - such as Important Safety Precautions.

●Safety Section - such as Safe Driving.

●Instructions - how to use this vehicle correctly and safely.

This entire book is filled with important safety information - please

read it carefully.

3DANGER

You WILL be KILLED or SERIOUSLY HURT if

you don’t follow instructions.

3WARNING

You CAN be KILLED or SERIOUSLY HURT if

you don’t follow instructions.

3CAUTION

You CAN be HURT if you don’t follow

instructions.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 1 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

Contents

This owner’s manual should be considered a permanent part of the

vehicle and should remain with the vehicle when it is sold.

This owner’s manual covers all models of your vehicle. You may find

descriptions of equipment and features that are not on your

particular model.

Images throughout this owner’s manual (including the front cover)

represent features and equipment that are available on some, but

not all, models. Your particular model may not have some of these

features.

This owner’s manual is for vehicles sold in the United States and

Canada.

The information and specifications included in this publication were

in effect at the time of approval for printing. Honda Motor Co., Ltd.

reserves the right, however, to discontinue or change specifications

or design at any time without notice and without incurring any

obligation.

2Safe Driving P. 31

For Safe Driving P. 32 Seat Belts P. 36 Airbags P. 43

2Instrument Panel P. 73

Indicators P. 74 Gauges and Displays P. 106

2Controls P. 131

Clock P. 132 Locking and Unlocking the Doors P. 133

Opening and Closing the Moonroof P. 154

Adjusting the Seats P. 175

2Features P. 211

Audio System P. 212 Audio System Basic Operation P. 216

Customized Features P. 283 HomeLink® Universal Transceiver P. 308

2Driving P. 357

Before Driving P. 358 Towing a Trailer P. 363

Multi-View Rear Camera

P. 444 Surround View Camera System

P. 445

2Maintenance P. 459

Before Performing Maintenance P. 460 Maintenance Minder

P. 463

Checking and Maintaining Wiper Blades P. 485

Climate Control System Maintenance P. 500

2Handling the Unexpected P. 509

Tools P. 510 If a Tire Goes Flat P. 511

Overheating P. 535 Indicator, Coming On/Blinking P. 537

When You Cannot Open the Trunk P. 550

2Information P. 553

Specifications P. 554 Identification Numbers P. 556

Emissions Testing P. 559 Warranty Coverages P. 561

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 2 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

Contents

Child Safety P. 58 Exhaust Gas Hazard P. 70 Safety Labels P. 71

Opening and Closing the Trunk P. 146 Security System P. 149 Opening and Closing the Windows P. 152

Operating the Switches Around the Steering Wheel P. 155 Adjusting the Mirrors P. 172

Interior Lights/Interior Convenience Items P. 182 Climate Control System P. 200

Audio Error Messages P. 274 General Information on the Audio System P. 279

Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® P. 310 AcuraLink® P. 349

When Driving P. 364 Braking P. 419 Parking Your Vehicle P. 434

Refueling P. 455 Fuel Economy and CO

Emissions P. 457

Maintenance Under the Hood P. 468 Replacing Light Bulbs P. 480

Checking and Maintaining Tires P. 488 12-Volt Battery P. 497 Remote Transmitter Care P. 498

Cleaning P. 501 Accessories and Modifications P. 506

Power System Won’t Start P. 529 Jump Starting P. 532

Fuses P. 542 Emergency Towing P. 548 When You Cannot Unlock the Fuel Fill Door P. 549

Refueling P. 551

Devices that Emit Radio Waves P. 557 Reporting Safety Defects P. 558

Authorized Manuals P. 563 Client Service Information P. 564

Quick Reference Guide

P. 4

Safe Driving

P. 31

Instrument Panel

P. 73

Controls

P. 131

Features

P. 211

Driving

P. 357

Maintenance

P. 459

Handling the Unexpected

P. 509

Information

P. 553

Index

P. 568

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 3 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

Quick Reference Guide

Visual Index

❙Steering Wheel Adjustments

(P 171)

❙POWER Button

(P 155)

❙ (Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA®)

System OFF) Button

(P 409)

❙Road Departure Mitigation (RDM)

Button

(P 398)

❙Parking Sensor System Button

(P 437)

❙Collision Mitigation Braking System

(CMBS

) OFF Button

(P 429)

❙Navigation System

() See the Navigation System Manual

❙Audio/Information Screen

(P 225)

❙Hazard Warning Button

❙On Demand Multi-Use Display

(P 217)

❙Audio System

(P 212)

❙System Indicators

(P 74)

❙Gauges

(P 106)

❙Multi-Information Display

(P 108)

❙Climate Control System

(P 200)

❙Rear Window Defogger/

Heated Mirror Button

(P 168)

❙Front Seat Heater Buttons

(P 195)

❙Headlight Washer Button

(P 165)

❙Front Seat Heaters and Ventilation

Buttons

(P 196)

❙CAMERA Button

(P 446)

Canadian models

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 4 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

Quick Reference Guide

❙Wipers/Washers

(P 163)

❙Headlights/Turn Signals

(P 158, 159)

❙Paddle Shifter (Shift down)

(P 377)

❙Paddle Shifter (Shift up)

(P 377)

❙Horn (Press an area around .)

❙Voice Control Buttons

(P 232)

❙Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® System

Voice Control Buttons

(P 310)

❙Brightness Control

(P 166)

❙Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low

Speed Follow (LSF) Buttons

(P 383)

❙TRIP Button

(P 109, 110)

❙Distance Button

(P 391)

❙Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)

Button

(P 403)

❙Right Selector Wheel

(P 108, 113)

❙Heated Steering Wheel Button

(P 194)

❙Head-Up Display Buttons

(P 123)

❙Audio Remote Controls

(P 215)

❙CAMERA Button

(P 446)

* Not available on all models

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 5 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

Visual Index

Quick Reference Guide

❙Power Window Switches

(P 152)

❙Driver’s Front Airbag

(P 46)

❙Trunk Release Button

(P 146)

❙Hood Release Handle

(P 469)

❙

Passenger’s Front Airbag

(P 46)

❙Glove Box

(P 184)

❙Driver’s Knee Airbag

(P 50)

❙Door Mirror Controls

(P 173)

❙Power Door Lock Master Switch

(P 144)

❙Fuel Fill Door Release Button

(P 456)

❙Passenger’s Side Interior Fuse

Box

(P 546)

❙

Accessory Power Socket

(P 190)

❙

Accessory Power Socket

(P 190)

❙Auxiliary Input Jack

(P 213)

❙USB Port

(P 213)

❙Memory Buttons

(P 170)

❙SET Button

(P 170)

❙Rearview Mirror

(P 172)

❙Driver’s Side Interior Fuse Boxes

(P 544)

❙Electric Parking Brake Switch

(P 419)

❙Automatic Brake Hold Button

(P 422)

❙SPORT Button

(P 378)

❙Shift Button

Electronic Gear Selector

(P 371)

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 6 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

Quick Reference Guide

❙Side Airbags

(P 52)

❙Map Lights

(P 183)

❙Side Curtain Airbags

(P 54)

❙Seat Belts

(P 36)

❙Seat Belt to Secure a Child Seat

(P 67)

❙LATCH to Secure a Child Seat

(P 63)

❙Seat Belt (Installing a Child Seat)

(P 65)

❙Rear Seat

❙Front Seat

(P 175)

❙Coat Hook

(P 191)

❙Grab Handle

❙Moonroof Switch

(P 154)

❙Map Lights

(P 183)

❙Sunglasses Holder

(P 197)

❙Power Rear Sunshade

Button

(P 198)

❙Sun Visors

❙Vanity Mirrors

* Not available on all models

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 7 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

Visual Index
8
Quick Reference Guide
❙Maintenance Under the Hood 
(P 468)
❙Windshield Wipers 
(P 163, 485)
❙Tires 
(P 488, 511)
❙Door Lock/Unlock Control 
(P 136)
❙Power Door Mirrors 
(P 173)
❙Headlights 
(P 159, 480)
❙Front Side Marker Lights 
(P 158, 481)
❙How to Refuel 
(P 456)
❙High-Mount Brake Light 
(P 484)
❙Emergency Trunk Release Lever 
(P 148)
❙Opening/Closing the Trunk 
(P 146)
❙Multi-View Rear Camera
*
 
(P 444)
❙Rear Side Marker Lights 
(P 483)
❙Brake/Taillights 
(P 483)
❙Rear Turn Signal Lights 
(P 482)
❙Front Turn Signal/Parking Lights 
(P 158, 159, 480)
❙Back-Up Lights 
(P 483)
❙Rear License Plate Lights 
(P 484)
❙Taillights 
(P 483)
❙Fog Lights 
(P 162, 480)
❙Surround View Camera System
*
 
(P 445)
❙Trunk Release Button 
(P 146)
❙Side Turn Signal Lights 
(P 158, 481)
❙Daytime Running Lights 
(P 162 )
17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 8 ページ ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

Quick Reference Guide

SPORT HYBRID Super Handling-All Wheel Drive

(SPORT HYBRID SH-AWD®)

Your SPORT HYBRID SH-AWD® vehicle uses both an electric motor and a gasoline engine as propulsion sources, with electric motors

receiving electricity from an internal High Voltage battery.

* Not available on all models

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 9 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

Quick Reference Guide

*1:Upper: Head-up display, Lower: Audio/information screen

Operating

mode EV Launch Engine Drive EV Cruising Power Acceleration

Vehicle

Speed

Launch Acceleration:

●

Rear Motor Drive

Gentle Acceleration:

●

Engine Drive

Low Speed Cruise:

●

Rear Motor Drive

Aggressive Acceleration:

●

Engine Drive

●

Motor Assist

Power Flow

Monitor

Electric Motors

Drive - / Drive Drive Drive

Generators -Generate / - - -

Gasoline

Engine Stopped Running Stopped Running

Battery Discharges Charges/Discharges Discharges Discharges

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 10 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

Quick Reference Guide

*1:Upper: Head-up display, Lower: Audio/information screen

Operating

mode Engine Cruising Regeneration AWD Mode

Vehicle

Speed

High Speed Cruise:

●

Engine Drive

Deceleration:

●

Front & Rear Regeneration

Slippery Condition:

●

Engine Drive

●

Front Generation

●

Rear Motor Drive

Power Flow

Monitor

Electric Motors

Drive Regenerate Drive

Generators Generate Regenerate Generate

Gasoline

Engine Running Stopped Running

Battery Charges/Discharges Charges Charges/Discharges

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 11 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

Quick Reference Guide

Energy Efficiency

As with a gasoline-powered vehicle, hybrid vehicle fuel efficiency and driving range is most impacted by your driving style. Aggressive

acceleration and high-speed driving can easily trigger the system to switch the propulsion source to the gasoline-powered engine.

In addition, heavy climate control system use negatively affects vehicle range and efficiency. Either of these use patterns will more quickly

reduce the High Voltage battery's state of charge.

Battery Types

There are two types of batteries used in this vehicle; a standard 12-volt battery that powers the airbags, the interior and exterior lights, and

other standard 12-volt systems; and a high voltage battery that is used to power the propulsion motors and recharge the 12-volt battery.

Regenerative Energy and Regenerative Braking

When decelerating without the accelerator being depressed or the brake pedal being applied, or while driving downhill, the electric motors

act as generators that recovers a portion of the electrical energy that was used to accelerate the vehicle. This regenerative braking slows the

vehicle in a manner similar to engine braking in a gasoline-powered vehicle.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 12 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

Quick Reference Guide

Auto Engine Stop/Start

Your vehicle’s gasoline engine will automatically stop and start during vehicle operation as needed to meet driving and battery conditions.

These are some examples that could cause the gasoline engine to automatically start.

In the following cases, however, Auto Engine Stop may not activate.

●The vehicle momentarily needs additional power for aggressive acceleration, or driving uphill or at high speed.

●The climate control system is in heavy use.

●The High Voltage battery temperature is high or low.

●The High Voltage battery state of charge is low.

When in SPORT mode, Auto Engine Stop does not activate.

Sounds Unique to the SPORT HYBRID SH-AWD® System

When you first start driving this vehicle, you likely will hear some unfamiliar sounds, particularly when you first turn on the power system,

while driving, and just after parking. Some of these sounds are unique to this vehicle‘s powertrain, fuel, and climate control systems; others

are similar to sounds generated by conventional automobiles that typically are masked by louder noises absent from a vehicle of this design.

These sounds are not a cause for concern, and you will soon recognize them as normal and thus be able to detect any new or unusual noise

should one develop.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 13 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

Quick Reference Guide

Safety Precautions

Do not touch the High Voltage system

Attempting to take a High Voltage system component apart or disconnect one of its wires

can cause severe electrical shock. If the High Voltage system needs maintenance or repair, it

should be performed at an Acura dealer.

If a crash occurs

●Be careful of electric shock hazard.

uIf a severe crash damages your vehicle’s High Voltage system, there is a possibility of electrical shock

due to exposed High Voltage components or wires. If this happens, do not touch any of the High

Voltage system components or any of its orange wires.

●Avoid contact with High Voltage battery fluid.

uThe High Voltage battery contains a flammable electrolyte that could leak as a result of a severe

crash. Avoid any skin or eye contact with the electrolyte as it is corrosive. If you accidentally touch it,

flush your eyes or skin with a large quantity of water for at least five minutes, and seek medical

attention immediately.

●Use a fire extinguisher for an electrical fire.

uAttempting to extinguish an electrical fire with a small quantity of water, from a garden hose for

instance, can be dangerous.

●Anytime the vehicle is damaged in an accident, have it repaired by an Acura dealer.

Emergency Shutdown System for the High Voltage System

The emergency shutdown system may activate when the vehicle is impacted by some

incident such as a crash. When this system activates, the High Voltage system automatically

shuts down, and your vehicle no longer will move under its own power. To return the High

Voltage system back to normal operation, consult an Acura dealer.

Acura collects and recycles High Voltage batteries used in its vehicles – consult an Acura

dealer for more information.

Do not cover the air intake.

If the air intake is obstructed

during vehicle operation, the High

Voltage battery can become too

hot. To protect the battery, the

system may start to limit the

battery’s output and cause the

power system and 12-volt battery

charging system indicators to come

on.

Air Intake

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 14 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

Quick Reference Guide

Safe Driving (P 31)

Airbags

(P 43)

●Your vehicle is fitted with airbags to help protect you and

your passengers during a moderate-to-severe collision.

Child Safety

(P 58)

●All children 12 and younger should be seated in the rear seat.

●Smaller children should be properly restrained in a forward-facing child seat.

●Infants must be properly restrained in a rear-facing child seat.

Exhaust Gas Hazard

(P 70)

●Your vehicle emits dangerous exhaust gases that contain carbon

monoxide. Do not run the engine in confined spaces where carbon

monoxide gas can accumulate.

Before Driving Checklist

(P 35)

●Before driving, check that the front seats, head restraints,

steering wheel, and mirrors have been properly adjusted.

Seat Belts

(P 36)

●Fasten your seat belt and sit upright well

back in the seat.

●Check that your passengers are wearing

their seat belts correctly.

Fasten your lap belt as

low as possible.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 15 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

Quick Reference Guide

Instrument Panel (P 73)

System Indicators

Malfunction Indicator

Lamp

Low Oil Pressure

Indicator

12-Volt Battery Charging

System Indicator

Anti-lock Brake System

(ABS) Indicator

Vehicle Stability Assist

(VSA®) System

Indicator

VSA® OFF Indicator

Electric Power Steering

(EPS) System Indicator

Lights Indicators

Lights On Indicator

High Beam Indicator

Immobilizer System

Indicator

Seat Belt Reminder

Indicator

System Indicators

System Message

Indicator

Brake System

Indicator (Red)

Supplemental

Restraint System

Indicator

Low Temperature

Indicator

Low Fuel Indicator

Gauges

(P 106)

/Multi-Information Display

(P 108)

/Head-Up Display

(P 123)

/System Indicators

(P 74)

Low Tire Pressure/

TPMS Indicator

Turn Signal and

Hazard Warning

Indicators

Keyless Access System

Indicator

High Voltage

Battery Charge

Level Gauge

Security System

Alarm Indicator Fuel

Gauge

Tachometer

Multi-Information Display

Speedometer

Gear Position

Indicator

M (sequential mode)

Indicator/Sequential Mode

Gear Selection Indicator

Electric Parking Brake

System Indicator

Electric Parking Brake

Indicator

Automatic Brake Hold

System Indicator

Brake System

Indicator (Amber)

SPORT Mode Indicator

Blind Spot Information

(BSI) Indicator

System Indicators

Collision Mitigation

Brake System

(CMBS

) Indicator

High Temperature

Indicator

Road Departure

Mitigation (RDM)

Indicator

Lane Keeping Assist

System (LKAS) Indicator

Adaptive Cruise Control

(ACC) with Low Speed

Follow (LSF) Indicator

Automatic Brake Hold

Indicator

U.S.

Canada

U.S.

Canada

U.S.

Canada

U.S.

Canada

Fog Light Indicator

Head-Up Display

READY Indicator

POWER SYSTEM

Indicator

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 16 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

Quick Reference Guide

Controls (P 131)

Clock

(P 132)

The navigation system receives signals from

GPS satellites, updating the clock

automatically.

You can also adjust the time manually.

Enter the Clock Adjustment screen.

2Clock (P 132)

Rotate to change hour, then press

Rotate to change minute, then

press .

POWER Button

(P 155)

Press the button to changes the vehicle’s

power mode.

Turn Signals

(P 158)

Lights

(P 159)

Turn Signal Control Lever

Right

Left

Light Control Switches

Low Beam

High Beam

Flashing

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 17 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

Quick Reference Guide

Wipers and Washers

(P 163)

AUTO should always be turned OFF before

cleaning the windshield or driving through a

car wash.

Wiper/Washer Control Lever

Adjustment Ring

: Low Sensitivity

: High Sensitivity

MIST

OFF

AUTO: Wiper speed varies automatically

LO: Low speed wipe

HI: High speed wipe

Pull toward

you to spray

washer fluid.

Steering Wheel

(P 171)

●To adjust, push and hold the adjustment

switch to move the steering wheel to the

desired position.

Unlocking the Front

Doors from the Inside

(P 142)

●Pull either front door inner handle to

unlock and open it in one motion.

●Unlocking and opening the driver’s door

from the inner handle unlocks all the

other doors.

Trunk

(P 146)

●To unlock and open the trunk:

•Press the trunk release button on the

driver’s door.

•Press the trunk release button on the

keyless access remote.

•Press the trunk release button on the

trunk lid.

Trunk Release Button

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 18 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

Quick Reference Guide

Power Door Mirrors

(P 173)

●With the power mode in ON, move the

selector switch to L or R.

●Push the appropriate edge of the

adjustment switch to adjust the mirror.

●Press the folding button to fold in and

out the door mirrors.

Selector Switch

Adjustment Switch

Folding Button

Power Windows

(P 152)

●With the power mode in ON, open and

close the power windows.

●If the power window lock button is in the

off position, each passenger’s window

can be opened and closed with its own

switch.

●If the power window lock button is in the

on position (indicator on), each

passenger’s window switch is disabled.

Power Window Lock Button

Window Switch

Indicator

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 19 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

Quick Reference Guide

Climate Control System

(P 200)

●Press the AUTO button to activate the climate control system.

●Press the button to turn the system on or off.

●Press the button to defrost the windshield.

The climate control system is voice operable. (P 236)

Driver’s Side Temperature

Control Switch

Air flows from floor and

windshield defroster vents.

(driver’s side only)

Air flows from floor vents.

Air flows from floor and

dashboard vents.

Air flows from dashboard vents.

AUTO Button

Passenger’s Side Temperature

Control Switch

(On/off) Button

Driver’s Side Temperature

Icon

Passenger’s Side Temperature

Icon

On Demand Multi-Use Display

(Windshield Defroster) Button

Driver’s Side Mode Control

Icon

A/C (Air Conditioning) and

SYNC (Synchronized) Icon

Passenger’s Side Mode Control

Icon

Recirculation/Fresh Air Mode

Icon

Fan Control Icon

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 20 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

Quick Reference Guide

Features (P 211)

Audio system

(P 216)

*1:Icons that appear on the screen vary by the source selected.

Audio/Information Screen

Interface Dial/ENTER Button

(Power) Button

CD Slot

(CD Eject) Button

SETTINGS Button

VOL (Volume) Knob

BACK Button

NAV Button

AUDIO Button

INFO Button

On Demand Multi-Use Display

PHONE Button

Preset Icons

(Tune Up) Icon

Audio Source

(Tune Down) Icon

Tune

TAG

Button

Shortcuts

MENU Button

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 21 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

Quick Reference Guide

Audio Remote Controls

(P 215)

●SOURCE Button

Press to change the audio mode: FM/AM/

SiriusXM®/CD/HDD/USB/iPod/Bluetooth®

Audio/Pandora®

/Aha

/AUX.

●Left Selector Wheel

Roll to adjust the volume up/down.

Radio:Shift to change the preset station.

Shift and hold to select the next or

previous strong station.

CD/HDD/USB device:

Shift to skip to the beginning of

the next song or return to the

beginning of the current song.

Shift and hold to change a folder.

Left Selector Wheel

SOURCE Button

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 22 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

Quick Reference Guide

Driving (P 357)

Electronic Gear Selector

(P 371)

●Select (P and depress the brake pedal when turning on the power.

Park

Press the (P button.

Used when parking or before turning the power on or off.

Transmission is locked.

Reverse

Press back the (R button.

Used when reversing.

Neutral

Press the (N button.

Transmission is not locked.

Drive

Press the (D button.

Used for normal driving.

The sequential shift mode can be used.

Gear Position Indicator

The gear position indicator

and the shift button indicator

indicate the current gear

selection.

Gear Position Indicator

Shift Button

Indicator

●Gear selection

* Not available on all models

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 23 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

Quick Reference Guide

Paddle Shifters (P377)

●Paddle shifters allow you to shift gears much like a manual

transmission (1st through 7th). This is useful for regenerative

braking.

●D-paddle shift mode: The

transmission will shift back to

automatic mode once the system

detects that the vehicle is cruising.

●Sequential mode gear selection:

Holds the selected gear, and the

M (sequential mode) indicator

comes on, when the SPORT mode

is on.

●The sequential mode gear

selection is shown in the

instrument panel.

Gear Position Indicator

Shift Down

Paddle Shifter

Shift Up (+

Paddle Shifter

Sequential Mode Gear

Selection Indicator

M (sequential

mode) Indicator

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 24 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

Quick Reference Guide

VSA® OFF Button

(P 409)

●The vehicle stability assist (VSA®) system

helps stabilize the vehicle during

cornering, and helps maintain traction

while accelerating on loose or slippery

road surfaces.

●VSA® comes on automatically every time

you turn on the power system.

●To turn VSA® on or off, press and hold

the button until you hear a beep.

Collision Mitigation

Braking System

(CMBS

)

OFF Button

(P 429)

●When a possible collision is likely

unavoidable, the CMBS

can help you to

reduce the vehicle speed and the severity

of the collision.

●To turn the CMBS

on or off, press and

hold the button until you hear a beep.

Tire Pressure Monitoring

System (TPMS)

(P 414)

●The TPMS monitors tire pressure.

●The TPMS is turned on automatically

every time you turn on the power system.

Refueling

(P 455)

Press the fuel fill

door release button.

After refueling, wait

for about five

seconds before

removing the filler

nozzle.

Fuel recommendation: Unleaded premium gasoline with a pump octane

number 91 or higher recommended

Fuel tank capacity: 15.1 US gal (57 L)

Wait for five seconds

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 25 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

Quick Reference Guide

Maintenance (P 459)

Under the Hood

(P 468)

●Check engine oil and engine coolant, inverter coolant. Add

when necessary.

●Check brake fluid.

●Check the 12-volt battery condition monthly.

Pull the hood release handle under the corner of the

dashboard.

Locate the hood latch lever, push up the lever and lift the

hood.

When finished, close the hood and make sure it is firmly

locked in place.

Lights

(P 480)

●Inspect all lights regularly.

Wiper Blades

(P 485)

●Replace blades if they leave streaks

across the windshield.

Tires

(P 488)

●Inspect tires and wheels regularly.

●Check tire pressures regularly.

●Install snow tires for winter driving.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 26 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

Quick Reference Guide

Handling the Unexpected

(P 509)

Flat Tire

(P 511)

●Park in a safe location and repair the flat

tire using the temporary tire repair kit.

Park in a safe location and replace the

flat tire with the compact spare tire in the

trunk.

Indicators Come On

(P 537)

●Identify the indicator and consult the

owner’s manual.

Vehicles with optional spare tire kit

Power System Won’t Start

(P 529)

●If the 12-volt battery is dead, jump start

using a booster battery.

Blown Fuse

(P 542)

●Check for a blown fuse if an electrical

device does not operate.

Overheating

(P 535)

●Park in a safe location. If you do not see

steam under the hood, open the hood,

and let the power system and the engine

cool down.

Emergency Towing

(P 548)

●Call a professional towing service if you

need to tow your vehicle.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 27 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

Quick Reference Guide

What to Do If

Why does the brake pedal

pulsate slightly when

applying the brakes?

This can occur when the ABS activates, and does not indicate a

problem. Apply firm, steady pressure on the brake pedal. Never

pump the brake pedal.

uABS operation (P 424)

The rear door cannot be

opened from inside the

vehicle. Why?

Check if the childproof lock is in

the LOCK position. If so, open the

rear door with the outside door

handle.

To cancel this function, push the

lever to the UNLOCK position.

Why do the doors lock

after I unlocked the doors

using a remote

transmitter?

If you do not open the doors within 30 seconds, the doors are

relocked automatically for security.

Why does the beeper

sound when I open the

driver’s door?

The beeper sounds when:

●

The power mode is in ACCESSORY.

●

The exterior lights are left on.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 28 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

Quick Reference Guide

Why does the beeper

sound when I start driving?

The beeper sounds when the driver and/or front passenger are

not wearing their seat belts.

Why do I hear a screeching

sound when I apply the

brake pedal?

The brake pads may need to be replaced. Have your vehicle

inspected by a dealer.

Pressing the electric

parking brake switch does

not release the parking

brake. Why?

Press the electric parking brake switch with the brake pedal

depressed.

Depressing the accelerator

pedal does not release the

parking brake

automatically. Why?

●

Fasten the driver’s seat belt.

●

Check if the transmission is in (P or (N. If so, select any other

position.

Why does the gear position

automatically change to (P

when I open the driver's

door to check for parking

space lines when

reversing?

●

Fasten the driver’s seat belt.

●

Close the driver's door and manually change the gear

position.

When opening the driver’s door

(P 374)

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 29 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

Quick Reference Guide

Is it possible to use

unleaded gasoline with a

Pump Octane Number

(PON) of 87 or lower on

this vehicle?

Unleaded gasoline with a Pump Octane Number (PON) of 91 or

higher is recommended.

Use of lower octane gasoline can cause occasional metallic

knocking noise in the engine and will result in decreased engine

performance.

Use of gasoline with a pump octane less than 87 can lead to

engine damage.

I’m seeing an amber

indicator of a tire with an

exclamation point. What is

that?

The Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) needs attention.

Check tire pressure.

Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)

(P 414, 540)

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 30 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

Safe Driving

You can find many safety recommendations throughout this chapter, and throughout this manual.

For Safe Driving

Important Safety Precautions.............. 32

Your Vehicle’s Safety Features............ 34

Safety Checklist ................................. 35

Seat Belts

About Your Seat Belts ........................ 36

Fastening a Seat Belt.......................... 39

Seat Belt Inspection............................ 42

Airbags

Airbag System Components............... 43

Types of Airbags ................................ 46

Front Airbags (SRS) ............................ 46

Driver’s Knee Airbag .......................... 50

Side Airbags....................................... 52

Side Curtain Airbags .......................... 54

Airbag System Indicators.................... 55

Airbag Care ....................................... 57

Child Safety

Protecting Child Passengers ............... 58

Safety of Infants and Small Children....... 60

Safety of Larger Children ................... 68

Exhaust Gas Hazard

Carbon Monoxide Gas....................... 70

Safety Labels

Label Locations .................................. 71

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 31 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

Safe Driving

For Safe Driving

The following pages explain your vehicle’s safety features and how to use them

properly. The safety precautions below are ones that we consider to be among the

most important.

Important Safety Precautions

■Always wear your seat belt

A seat belt is your best protection in all types of collisions. Airbags are designed to

supplement seat belts, not replace them. So even though your vehicle is equipped

with airbags, make sure you and your passengers always wear your seat belts, and

wear them properly.

■Restrain all children

Children ages 12 and under should ride properly restrained in a back seat, not the

front seat. Infants and small children should be restrained in a child seat. Larger

children should use a booster seat and a lap/shoulder seat belt until they can use the

belt properly without a booster seat.

■Be aware of airbag hazards

While airbags can save lives, they can cause serious or fatal injuries to occupants

who sit too close to them, or are not properly restrained. Infants, young children,

and short adults are at the greatest risk. Be sure to follow all instructions and

warnings in this manual.

■Don’t drink and drive

Alcohol and driving don’t mix. Even one drink can reduce your ability to respond to

changing conditions, and your reaction time gets worse with every additional drink.

So don’t drink and drive, and don’t let your friends drink and drive, either.

1Important Safety Precautions

Some states, provinces and territories prohibit the use

of cell phones other than hands-free devices by the

driver while driving.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 32 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

uuFor Safe DrivinguImportant Safety Precautions

Safe Driving

■Pay appropriate attention to the task of driving safely

Engaging in cell phone conversation or other activities that keep you from paying

close attention to the road, other vehicles, and pedestrians could lead to a crash.

Remember, situations can change quickly, and only you can decide when it is safe to

divert some attention away from driving.

■Control your speed

Excessive speed is a major factor in crash injuries and deaths. Generally, the higher

the speed, the greater the risk, but serious injuries can also occur at lower speeds.

Never drive faster than is safe for current conditions, regardless of the maximum

speed posted.

■Keep your vehicle in safe condition

Having a tire blowout or a mechanical failure can be extremely hazardous.

To reduce the possibility of such problems, check your tire pressures and condition

frequently, and perform all regularly scheduled maintenance.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 33 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

uuFor Safe DrivinguYour Vehicle’s Safety Features

Safe Driving

Your Vehicle’s Safety Features

The following checklist will help you take an active role in protecting yourself and

your passengers.

1Your Vehicle’s Safety Features

Your vehicle is equipped with many features that

work together to help protect you and your

passengers during a crash.

Some features do not require any action on your part.

These include a strong steel framework that forms a

safety cage around the passenger compartment,

front and rear crush zones, a collapsible steering

column, and tensioners that tighten the front seat

belts in a sufficient crash.

However, you and your passengers cannot take full

advantage of these features unless you remain seated

in the correct position and always wear your seat

belts. In fact, some safety features can contribute to

injuries if they are not used properly.

Safety Cage

Crush Zones

Seats and Seat-Backs

Head Restraints

Collapsible Steering Column

Seat Belts

Front Airbags

Side Curtain Airbags

Door Locks

Side Airbags

Seat Belt Tensioners/Seat Belt

e-pretensioners

Knee Airbag

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 34 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

uuFor Safe DrivinguSafety Checklist

Safe Driving

Safety Checklist

For the safety of you and your passengers, make a habit of checking these items

each time before you drive.

•After everyone has entered the vehicle, be sure all doors are closed and locked.

Locking the doors helps prevent an occupant from being ejected and an outsider

from unexpectedly opening a door.

2Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside P. 142

•Adjust your seat to a position suitable for driving. Be sure the front seats are

adjusted as far to the rear as possible while allowing the driver to control the

vehicle. Sitting too close to a front airbag can result in serious or fatal injury in a

crash.

2Adjusting the Seats P. 175

•Adjust head restraints to the proper position. Head restraints are most effective

when the center of the head restraint aligns with the center of your head. Taller

persons should adjust their head restraint to the highest position.

2Adjusting the Head Restraints P. 178

•Always wear your seat belt, and make sure you wear it properly. Confirm that any

passengers are properly belted as well.

2Fastening a Seat Belt P. 39

•Protect children by using seat belts or child seats according to a child’s age, height

and weight.

2Child Safety P. 58

1Safety Checklist

If the door and/or trunk open message appears on

the multi-information display, a door and/or the

trunk is not completely closed. Close all doors and

the trunk tightly until the message disappears.

2Multi-Information Display Warning and

Information Messages P. 97

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 35 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

Safe Driving

Seat Belts

About Your Seat Belts

Seat belts are the single most effective safety device because they keep you

connected to the vehicle so that you can take advantage of many built-in safety

features. They also help keep you from being thrown against the inside of the

vehicle, against any passengers, or out of the vehicle. When worn properly, seat

belts also keep your body properly positioned in a crash so that you can take full

advantage of the additional protection provided by the airbags.

In addition, seat belts help protect you in almost every type of crash, including:

-frontal impacts

-side impacts

-rear impacts

-rollovers

■Lap/shoulder seat belts

All five seating positions are equipped with lap/shoulder seat belts with emergency

locking retractors. In normal driving the retractor lets you move freely while keeping

some tension on the belt. During a collision or sudden stop the retractor locks to

restrain your body. The front passenger’s and rear seat belts also have a lockable

retractor for use with child seats.

2Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder Seat Belt P. 65

1About Your Seat Belts

Seat belts cannot completely protect you in every

crash. But in most cases, seat belts can reduce your

risk of serious injury.

Most states and all Canadian provinces and territories

require you to wear seat belts.

The emergency locking retractor may lock if you lean

forward too quickly. Slower movements will allow

the belt to extend fully without locking.

WARNING

Not wearing a seat belt properly increases

the chance of serious injury or death in a

crash, even though your vehicle has

airbags.

Be sure you and your passengers always

wear seat belts and wear them properly.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 36 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

Continued

uuSeat BeltsuAbout Your Seat Belts

Safe Driving

■Proper use of seat belts

Follow these guidelines for proper use:

•All occupants should sit upright, well back in the seat, and remain in that position

for the duration of the trip. Slouching and leaning reduce the effectiveness of the

belt and can increase the chance of serious injury in a crash.

•Never place the shoulder part of a lap/shoulder seat belt under your arm or

behind your back. This could cause very serious injuries in a crash.

•Two people should never use the same seat belt. If they do, they could be very

seriously injured in a crash.

•Do not put any accessories on the seat belts. Devices intended to improve comfort

or reposition the shoulder part of a seat belt can reduce the protective capability

and increase the chance of serious injury in a crash.

Your vehicle monitors front seat belt use. If

the power mode is set to ON before the

driver’s seat belt is fastened, the beeper will

sound and the indicator will blink. If the driver

does not fasten the belt before the beeper

stops, the indicator will remain on.

The beeper will periodically sound and the

indicator will blink while driving until the

driver’s and/or front passenger’s seat belt is

fastened.

■Seat Belt Reminder

1About Your Seat Belts

If a rear seat passenger moves around and extends

the seat belt, the lockable retractor may activate. If

this happens, release the retractor by unfastening the

seat belt and allow the belt to retract completely.

Then refasten the belt.

1Seat Belt Reminder

The indicator will also come on if a front passenger

does not fasten their seat belt within six seconds after

the power mode is set to ON.

When no one is sitting in the front passenger’s seat,

the indicator will not come on and the beeper will not

sound.

The indicator also may not come on and the beeper

may not sound when the occupant is not heavy

enough to trigger the weight sensor. Such occupants

(e.g., infants and smaller children) should be moved

to the rear seat as a deploying front airbag likely will

injure or kill them.

2Protecting Child Passengers P. 58

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 37 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

uuSeat BeltsuAbout Your Seat Belts

Safe Driving

The front seats are equipped with automatic

seat belt tensioners to enhance safety.

The tensioners automatically tighten the front

seat belts during a moderate-to-severe frontal

collision, sometimes even if the collision is not

severe enough to inflate the front airbags or

the driver’s knee airbag.

Are the motor-powered pretensioners that

start to retract the front seat belts when the

CMBS

, brake assist system, or VSA® system

is in operation. They may also activate when

you steer the vehicle hard, or the vehicle is

impacted. After being retracted, the seat belts

are slackened to their original positions.

As convenient features, the e-pretensioners

slightly retract the seat belts when you latch

the seat belt buckle, depress the brake pedal

more aggressively than you normally do, or

make a sharp turn, and fully retract when you

release the seat belt buckle.

■Automatic Seat Belt Tensioners

1Automatic Seat Belt Tensioners

The seat belt tensioners can only operate once.

If a tensioner is activated, the SRS indicator will come

on. Have a dealer replace the tensioner and

thoroughly inspect the seat belt system as it may not

offer protection in a subsequent crash.

During a moderate-to-severe side impact, the

tensioner on that side of the vehicle also activates.

■Seat Belt e-pretensioners

1Seat Belt e-pretensioners

If only the e-pretensioners were activated, no

components need to be replaced.

The e-pretensioners may not work if:

•Supplemental Restraint System Indicator is on.

•Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA®) System Indicator is

on.

•A warning message for e-pretensioners appears on

multi-information display.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 38 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

uuSeat BeltsuFastening a Seat Belt

Continued

Safe Driving

Fastening a Seat Belt

After adjusting a front seat to the proper position, and while sitting upright and well

back in the seat:

2Adjusting the Seats P. 175

1. Pull the seat belt out slowly.

2. Insert the latch plate into the buckle, then

tug on the belt to make sure the buckle is

secure.

uMake sure that the belt is not twisted or

caught on anything.

When you or the front passenger insert the

latch plate into the buckle, the front seat

belt retracts automatically.

2Seat Belt e-pretensioners P. 38

1Fastening a Seat Belt

No one should sit in a seat with an inoperative seat

belt or one that does not appear to be working

correctly. Using a seat belt that is not working

properly may not protect the occupant in a crash.

Have a dealer check the belt as soon as possible.

Never insert any foreign objects into the buckle or

retractor mechanism.

Pull out slowly.

Correct

Seated

Posture.

Latch

Plate

Buckle

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 39 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

uuSeat BeltsuFastening a Seat Belt

Safe Driving

3. Position the lap part of the belt as low as

possible across your hips, then pull up on

the shoulder part of the belt so the lap part

fits snugly. This lets your strong pelvic

bones take the force of a crash and reduces

the chance of internal injuries.

4. If necessary, pull up on the belt again to

remove any slack, then check that the belt

rests across the center of your chest and

over your shoulder. This spreads the forces

of a crash over the strongest bones in your

upper body.

The front seats have adjustable shoulder anchors to accommodate taller and shorter

occupants.

1. Move the anchor up and down while

holding the release button.

2. Position the anchor so that the belt rests

across the center of your chest and over

your shoulder.

1Fastening a Seat Belt

To release the belt, push the red PRESS button then

guide the belt by hand until it has retracted

completely.

When exiting the vehicle, be sure the belt is out of

the way and will not get caught by closing the door.

WARNING

Improperly positioning the seat belts can

cause serious injury or death in a crash.

Make sure all seat belts are properly

positioned before driving.

Lap belt

as low as

possible

■Adjusting the Shoulder Anchor

1Adjusting the Shoulder Anchor

The shoulder anchor height can be adjusted to four

levels. If the belt contacts your neck, lower the height

one level at a time.

After an adjustment, make sure that the shoulder

anchor position is secure.

Push

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 40 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

uuSeat BeltsuFastening a Seat Belt

Safe Driving

If you are pregnant, the best way to protect yourself and your unborn child when

driving or riding in a vehicle is to always wear a seat belt and keep the lap part of the

belt as low as possible across the hips.

■Advice for Pregnant Women

1Advice for Pregnant Women

Each time you have a checkup, ask your doctor if it is

okay for you to drive.

To reduce the risk of injuries to both you and your

unborn child that can be caused by an inflating front

airbag:

•When driving, sit upright and adjust the seat as far

back as possible while allowing full control of the

vehicle.

•When sitting in the front passenger’s seat, adjust

the seat as far back as possible.

Wear the shoulder belt

across the chest avoiding

the abdomen.

Wear the lap part of the

belt as low as possible

across the hips.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 41 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

uuSeat BeltsuSeat Belt Inspection

Safe Driving

Seat Belt Inspection

Regularly check the condition of your seat belts as follows:

•Pull each belt out fully, and look for frays, cuts, burns, and wear.

•Check that the latch plates and buckles work smoothly and the belts retract

easily.

uIf a belt does not retract easily, cleaning the belt may correct the problem. Only

use a mild soap and warm water. Do not use bleach or cleaning solvents. Make

sure the belt is completely dry before allowing it to retract.

Any belt that is not in good condition or working properly will not provide proper

protection and should be replaced as soon as possible.

A belt that has been worn during a crash may not provide the same level of

protection in a subsequent crash. Have your seat belts inspected by a dealer after

any collision.

1Seat Belt Inspection

WARNING

Not checking or maintaining seat belts can

result in serious injury or death if the seat

belts do not work properly when needed.

Check your seat belts regularly and have

any problem corrected as soon as possible.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 42 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

Continued

Safe Driving

Airbags

Airbag System Components

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 43 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

uuAirbagsuAirbag System Components

Safe Driving

The front, driver’s knee, front side, and side

curtain airbags are deployed according to

the direction and severity of impact. Both

side curtain airbags are deployed in a

rollover. The airbag system includes:

Two SRS (Supplemental Restraint System)

front airbags. The driver’s airbag is stored

in the center of the steering wheel; the

front passenger’s airbag is stored in the

dashboard. Both are marked SRS

AIRBAG.

Driver’s knee airbag. The knee airbag is

stored under the steering column. It is

marked SRS AIRBAG.

Two side airbags, one for the driver and

one for a front passenger. The airbags are

stored in the outer edges of the seat-

backs. Both are marked SIDE AIRBAG.

Two side curtain airbags, one for each

side of the vehicle. The airbags are stored

in the ceiling, above the side windows.

The front and rear pillars are marked

SIDE CURTAIN AIRBAG.

An electronic control unit that, when the

vehicle is on, continually monitors

information about the various impact

sensors, seat and buckle sensors, rollover

sensor, airbag activators, seat belt

tensioners, and other vehicle

information. During a crash event the

unit records such information.

Automatic front seat belt tensioners. In

addition, the driver's and front

passenger's seat belt buckles incorporate

sensors that detect whether or not the

belts are fastened.

The front seat belt tensioners also include

the e-pretensioners.

A driver’s seat position sensor. If the seat

is too far forward, the airbag will inflate

with less force.

Weight sensors in the front passenger’s

seat. The front passenger’s airbag will be

turned off if the weight on the seat is

approximately 65 lbs (29 kg) or less (the

weight of an infant or small child).

Impact sensors that can detect a

moderate-to-severe front or side impact.

An indicator on the dashboard that alerts

you that the front passenger’s front

airbag has been turned off.

An indicator on the instrument panel that

alerts you to a possible problem with your

airbag system or seat belt tensioners.

Safing Sensor

A rollover sensor that can detect if your

vehicle is about to roll over and signal the

control unit to deploy both side curtain

airbags.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 44 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

uuAirbagsuAirbag System Components

Safe Driving

Airbags can pose serious hazards. To do their job, airbags must inflate with

tremendous force. So, while airbags help save lives, they can cause burns, bruises,

and other minor injuries, sometimes even fatal ones if occupants are not wearing

their seat belts properly and sitting correctly.

What you should do: Always wear your seat belt properly, and sit upright and as

far back from the steering wheel as possible while allowing full control of the

vehicle. A front passenger should move their seat as far back from the dashboard as

possible.

Remember, however, that no safety system can prevent all injuries or deaths that

can occur in a severe crash, even when seat belts are properly worn and the airbags

deploy.

Do not place hard or sharp objects between yourself and a front airbag.

Carrying hard or sharp objects on your lap, or driving with a pipe or other sharp

object in your mouth, can result in injuries if your front airbag inflates.

Do not attach or place objects on the front and driver’s knee airbag covers.

Objects on the covers marked SRS AIRBAG could interfere with the proper

operation of the airbags or be propelled inside the vehicle and hurt someone if the

airbags inflate.

■Important Facts About Your Airbags

1Important Facts About Your Airbags

Do not attempt to deactivate your airbags. Together,

airbags and seat belts provide the best protection.

When driving, keep hands and arms out of the

deployment path of the front airbag by holding each

side of the steering wheel. Do not cross an arm over

the airbag cover.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 45 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

uuAirbagsuTypes of Airbags

Safe Driving

Types of Airbags

Your vehicle is equipped with four types of airbags:

•Front airbags: Airbags in front of the driver’s and front passenger’s seats.

•Driver’s knee airbag: Airbag under the steering column.

•Side airbags: Airbags in the driver’s and front passenger’s seat-backs.

•Side curtain airbags: Airbags above the side windows.

Each is discussed in the following pages.

Front Airbags (SRS)

The front SRS airbags inflate in a moderate-to-severe frontal collision to help protect

the head and chest of the driver and/or front passenger.

SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) indicates that the airbags are designed to

supplement seat belts, not replace them. Seat belts are the occupant’s primary

restraint system.

The front airbags are housed in the center of the steering wheel for the driver, and

in the dashboard for the front passenger. Both airbags are marked SRS AIRBAG.

■Housing Locations

1Types of Airbags

The airbags can inflate whenever the power mode is

in ON.

After an airbag inflates in a crash, you may see a

small amount of smoke. This is from the combustion

process of the inflator material and is not harmful.

People with respiratory problems may experience

some temporary discomfort. If this occurs, get out of

the vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so.

1Front Airbags (SRS)

Dual-Stage, Multiple-Threshold Front Airbags

(SRS)

Your vehicle is equipped with dual-stage, multiple-

threshold front airbags (SRS).

During a frontal crash severe enough to cause one or

both front airbags to deploy, the airbags can inflate

at different rates, depending on the severity of the

crash, whether the seat belts are latched, and/or

other factors. Frontal airbags are designed to

supplement the seat belts to help reduce the

likelihood of head and chest injuries in frontal

crashes.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 46 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

Continued

uuAirbagsuFront Airbags (SRS)

Safe Driving

Front airbags are designed to inflate during moderate-to-severe frontal collisions.

When the vehicle decelerates suddenly, the sensors send information to the control

unit which signals one or both front airbags to inflate.

A frontal collision can be either head-on or angled between two vehicles, or when a

vehicle crashes into a stationary object, such as a concrete wall.

While your seat belt restrains your torso, the

front airbag provides supplemental protection

for your head and chest.

The front airbags deflate immediately so that

they won’t interfere with the driver’s visibility

or the ability to steer or operate other

controls.

The total time for inflation and deflation is so fast that most occupants are not

aware that the airbags deployed until they see them lying in front of them.

■Operation

■How the Front Airbags Work

1How the Front Airbags Work

Although the driver’s and front passenger’s airbags

normally inflate within a split second of each other, it

is possible for only one airbag to deploy. This can

happen if the severity of a collision is at the margin,

or threshold that determines whether or not the

airbags will deploy. In such cases, the seat belt will

provide sufficient protection, and the supplemental

protection offered by the airbag would be minimal.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 47 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

uuAirbagsuFront Airbags (SRS)

Safe Driving

■When front airbags should not deploy

Minor frontal crashes: Front airbags were designed to supplement seat belts and

help to save lives, not to prevent minor scrapes, or even broken bones that might

occur during a less than moderate-to-severe frontal crash.

Side impacts: Front airbags can provide protection when a sudden deceleration

causes a driver or front passenger to move towards the front of the vehicle. Side

airbags and side curtain airbags have been specifically designed to help to reduce

the severity of injuries that can occur during a moderate-to-severe side impact which

can cause the driver or passenger to move towards the side of the vehicle.

Rear impacts: Head restraints and seat belts are your best protection during a rear

impact. Front airbags cannot provide any significant protection and are not designed

to deploy in such collisions.

Rollovers: Seat belts, and in vehicles equipped with a rollover sensor, side curtain

airbags offer the best protection in a rollover. Because front airbags could provide

little if any protection, they are not designed to deploy during a rollover.

■When front airbags deploy with little or no visible damage

Because the airbag system senses sudden deceleration, a strong impact to the

vehicle framework or suspension might cause one or more of the airbags to deploy.

Examples include running into a curb, the edge of a hole, or other low fixed object

that causes a sudden deceleration in the vehicle chassis. Since the impact is

underneath the vehicle, damage may not be readily apparent.

■When front airbags may not deploy, even though exterior damage

appears severe

Since crushable body parts absorb crash energy during an impact, the amount of

visible damage does not always indicate proper airbag operation. In fact, some

collisions can result in severe damage but no airbag deployment because the airbags

would not have been needed or would not have provided protection even if they

had deployed.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 48 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

uuAirbagsuFront Airbags (SRS)

Safe Driving

Your front airbags have advanced features to help reduce the likelihood of airbag

related injuries to smaller occupants.

The driver’s advanced front airbag system

includes a seat position sensor.

Based on information from this sensor and the

severity of the impact, the advanced airbag

system determines the optimal deployment of

the driver’s airbag.

The passenger’s advanced front airbag system

has weight sensors.

Although we recommend against letting

children under the age of 12 sit in passenger

seat, if the sensors detect the weight of a child

(up to about 65 lbs or 29 kg), the system will

automatically turn off the passenger’s front

airbag.

■Advanced Airbags

1Advanced Airbags

If there is a problem with the driver’s seat position

sensor, the SRS indicator will come on and the airbag

will inflate with full (normal) force, regardless of the

driver’s seating position.

For both advanced front airbags to work properly:

•Do not spill any liquid on or under the seats.

•Do not put any object under the passenger’s seat.

•Make sure any objects are positioned properly on

the floor. Improperly positioned objects can

interfere with the advanced airbag sensors.

•All occupants should sit upright and wear their seat

belts properly.

•Do not place any cover over the passenger side

dashboard.

2Passenger Airbag Off Indicator P. 56

Make sure the floor mat behind the front passenger's

seat is hooked to the floor mat anchor. An improperly

placed mat can interfere with the advanced airbag

sensors.

2Floor Mats P. 502

Driver’s

Seat

Position

Sensor

Passenger’s

Seat

Weight

Sensors

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 49 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

uuAirbagsuDriver’s Knee Airbag

Safe Driving

Driver’s Knee Airbag

The driver’s knee SRS airbag inflates in a moderate-to-severe frontal collision to help

keep the driver in the proper position and to help maximize the benefit provided by

the vehicle’s other safety features.

SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) indicates that the airbag is designed to

supplement seat belts, not replace them. Seat belts are the occupant’s primary

restraint system.

The driver’s knee airbag is housed under the

steering column.

The airbag is marked SRS AIRBAG.

When the driver’s front airbag inflates, the

driver’s knee airbag also inflates.

Even if the collision is not severe enough to

deploy the front airbag, the knee airbag may

inflate alone.

■Housing Locations

1Driver’s Knee Airbag

Do not attach accessories on or near the driver’s knee

airbag. They can interfere with the proper operation

of the airbag, or hurt someone if an airbag inflates.

Housing

Location

■Operation

When

inflated

Knee

Airbag

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 50 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

uuAirbagsuDriver’s Knee Airbag

Safe Driving

■When driver’s knee airbag deploys with little or no visible damage

Because the airbag system senses sudden deceleration, a strong impact to the

vehicle framework or suspension might cause one or more of the airbags to deploy.

Examples include running into a curb, the edge of a hole, or other low fixed object

that causes a sudden deceleration in the vehicle chassis. Since the impact is

underneath the vehicle, damage may not be readily apparent.

■When driver’s knee airbag may not deploy, even though exterior damage

appears severe

Since crushable body parts absorb crash energy during an impact, the amount of

visible damage does not always indicate proper airbag operation. In fact, some

collisions can result in severe damage but no airbag deployment because the airbags

would not have been needed or would not have provided protection even if they

had deployed.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 51 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

uuAirbagsuSide Airbags

Safe Driving

Side Airbags

The side airbags help protect the torso and pelvis of the driver or a front passenger

during a moderate-to-severe side impact.

The side airbags are housed in the outside

edge of the driver’s and passenger’s seat-

backs.

Both are marked SIDE AIRBAG.

When the sensors detect a moderate-to-

severe side impact, the control unit signals the

side airbag on the impact side to immediately

inflate.

■Housing Locations

1Side Airbags

Make sure you and your front seat passenger always

sit upright. Leaning into the path of a side airbag can

prevent the airbag from deploying properly and

increases your risk of serious injury.

Do not attach accessories on or near the side airbags.

They can interfere with the proper operation of the

airbags, or hurt someone if an airbag inflates.

Do not cover or replace the front seat-back covers

without consulting a dealer.

Improperly replacing or covering front seat-back

covers can prevent your side airbags from properly

deploying during a side impact.

Housing

Location

■Operation

When

inflated

Side

Airbag

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 52 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

uuAirbagsuSide Airbags

Safe Driving

■When a side airbag deploys with little or no visible damage

Because the airbag system senses sudden acceleration, a strong impact to the side

of the vehicle’s framework can cause a side airbag to deploy. In such cases, there

may be little or no damage, but the side impact sensors detected a severe enough

impact to deploy the airbag.

■When a side airbag may not deploy, even though visible damage appears

severe

It is possible for a side airbag to not deploy during an impact that results in

apparently severe damage. This can occur when the point of impact was toward the

far front or rear of the vehicle, or when the vehicle’s crushable body parts absorbed

most of the crash energy. In either case, the side airbag would not have been

needed nor provided protection even if it had deployed.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 53 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

uuAirbagsuSide Curtain Airbags

Safe Driving

Side Curtain Airbags

The side curtain airbags help protect the heads of the driver and passengers in outer

seating positions during a moderate-to-severe side impact. The side curtain airbags

equipped in this vehicle are also designed to help reduce the likelihood of partial and

complete ejection of vehicle occupants through side windows in crashes, particularly

rollover crashes.

The side curtain airbags are located in the

ceiling above the side windows on both sides

of the vehicle.

The side curtain airbag is designed to deploy

in a rollover or a moderate-to-severe side

impact.

■Housing Locations

1Side Curtain Airbags

If the SRS control unit senses that your vehicle is

about to rollover, it immediately deploys both side

curtain airbags and activates both front seat belt

tensioners.

If the impact is on the passenger’s side, the

passenger’s side curtain airbag deploys even if there

is no passenger in the passenger seat.

To get the best protection from the side curtain

airbags, occupants should wear their seat belts

properly and sit upright and well back in their seats.

Do not attach any objects to the side windows or roof

pillars as they can interfere with the proper operation

of the side curtain airbags.

Side Curtain Airbag Storage

■Operation

Deployed Side Curtain Airbag

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 54 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

Continued

uuAirbagsuAirbag System Indicators

Safe Driving

■When side curtain airbags deploy in a frontal collision

One or both side curtain airbags may also inflate in a moderate-to-severe angled

frontal collision.

Airbag System Indicators

If a problem occurs in the airbag system, the SRS indicator will come on and a

message appears on the multi-information display.

■When the power mode is set to ON

The indicator comes on for a few seconds,

then goes off. This tells you the system is

working properly.

If the indicator comes on at any other time, or does not come on at all, have the

system checked by a dealer as soon as possible. If you don’t, your airbags and seat

belt tensioners may not work properly when they are needed.

■Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Indicator

1Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Indicator

WARNING

Ignoring the SRS indicator can result in

serious injury or death if the airbag systems

or tensioners do not work properly.

Have your vehicle checked by a dealer as

soon as possible if the SRS indicator alerts

you to a possible problem.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 55 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

uuAirbagsuAirbag System Indicators

Safe Driving

■When the passenger airbag off

indicator comes on

The indicator comes on to alert you that the

passenger’s front airbag has been turned off.

This occurs when the weight sensors detect

about 65 lbs (29 kg) or less, the weight of an

infant or small child, on the seat.

Children under the age of 12 should always ride properly restrained in a back seat.

2Child Safety P. 58

Objects placed on the seat can also cause the indicator to come on.

If the front passenger seat is empty, the passenger’s front airbag will not deploy and

the indicator will not come on.

■Passenger Airbag Off Indicator

1Passenger Airbag Off Indicator

If the indicator comes on with no front passenger and

no objects on the passenger’s seat, or with an adult

riding there, something may be interfering with the

weight sensors, such as:

•An object hanging on the seat or in the seat-back

pocket.

•A child seat or other object pressing against the

rear of the seat-back.

•A rear passenger pushing or pulling on the back of

the front passenger’s seat.

•The front seat or seat-back is forced back against

an object on the seat or floor behind it.

•An object placed under the front passenger’s seat.

If none of these conditions exist, have your vehicle

checked by a dealer as soon as possible.

The passenger airbag off indicator may come on and

goes off repeatedly if the total weight on the seat is

near the airbag cutoff threshold.

U.S. Canada

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 56 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

uuAirbagsuAirbag Care

Safe Driving

Airbag Care

You do not need to, and should not, perform any maintenance on or replace any

airbag system components yourself. However, you should have your vehicle

inspected by a dealer in the following situations:

■When the airbags have deployed

If an airbag has inflated, the control unit and other related parts must be replaced.

Similarly, once an automatic seat belt tensioner has been activated, it must be

replaced.

■When the vehicle has been in a moderate-to-severe collision

Even if the airbags did not inflate, have your dealer inspect the following: the driver’s

seat position sensor, weight sensors in the passenger’s seat, front seat belt

tensioners, and each seat belt that was worn during the crash.

■Do not remove or modify a front seat without consulting a dealer

This would likely disable or affect the proper operation of the driver’s seat position

sensor or the weight sensors in the passenger’s seat. If it is necessary to remove or

modify a front seat to accommodate a person with disabilities, contact an Acura

dealer, or for U.S. vehicles, Acura Client Service at 1-800-382-2238 and for

Canadian vehicles, Acura Client Services at 1-866-78-ACURA.

1Airbag Care

We recommend against the use of salvaged airbag

system components, including the airbag, tensioners,

sensors, and control unit.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 57 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

Safe Driving

Child Safety

Protecting Child Passengers

Each year, many children are injured or killed in vehicle crashes because they are

either unrestrained or not properly restrained. In fact, vehicle crashes are the

number one cause of death of children ages 12 and under.

To reduce the number of child deaths and injuries, every state, Canadian province

and territory requires that infants and children be properly restrained when they ride

in a vehicle.

Children should sit properly restrained in a rear seat. This is because:

•An inflating front or side airbag can injure

or kill a child sitting in the front seat.

•A child in the front seat is more likely to

interfere with the driver’s ability to safely

control the vehicle.

•Statistics show that children of all sizes and

ages are safer when they are properly

restrained in a rear seat.

1Protecting Child Passengers

The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration

and Transport Canada recommend that all children

ages 12 and under be properly restrained in a rear

seat. Some states or provinces/territories have laws

restricting where children may ride.

WARNING

Children who are unrestrained or

improperly restrained can be seriously

injured or killed in a crash.

Any child too small for a seat belt should be

properly restrained in a child seat. A larger

child should be properly restrained with a

seat belt, using a booster seat if necessary.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 58 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

uuChild SafetyuProtecting Child Passengers

Safe Driving

•Any child who is too small to wear a seat belt correctly must be restrained in an

approved child seat that is properly secured to the vehicle using either the seat

belt or the lower anchors of the LATCH system.

•Never hold a child on your lap because it is impossible to protect them in the

event of a collision.

•Never put a seat belt over yourself and a child. During a crash, the belt would

likely press deep into the child and cause serious or fatal injuries.

•Never let two children use the same seat belt. Both children could be very

seriously injured in a crash.

•Do not allow children to operate the doors, windows or seat adjustments.

•Do not leave children in the vehicle unattended, especially in hot weather when

the inside of the vehicle can get hot enough to kill them. They could also activate

vehicle controls causing it to move unexpectedly.

1Protecting Child Passengers

To deactivate a lockable retractor, release the buckle

and allow the seat belt to wind up all the way.

To remind you of the passenger’s front airbag

hazards and child safety, your vehicle has warning

labels on the dashboard (U.S. models) and on the

front visors. Please read and follow the instructions

on these labels.

2Safety Labels P. 71

WARNING

Allowing a child to play with a seat belt or

wrap one around their neck can result in

serious injury or death.

Instruct children not to play with any seat

belt and make sure any unused seat belt a

child can reach is buckled, fully retracted,

and locked.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 59 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children

Safe Driving

Safety of Infants and Small Children

An infant must be properly restrained in a rear-facing, reclining child seat until the

infant reaches the seat manufacturer’s weight or height limit for the seat, and the

infant is at least one year old. Many experts recommend use of a rear-facing seat for

a child up to two years old if the child’s height and weight are appropriate for a rear-

facing seat.

■Positioning a rear-facing child seat

Child seats must be placed and secured in a

rear seating position.

When properly installed, a rear-facing child seat may prevent the driver or a front

passenger from moving their seat all the way back, or from locking their seat-back

in the desired position.

It can also interfere with proper operation of the passenger’s advanced front airbag

system.

2Airbags P. 43

If this occurs, we recommend that you install the child seat directly behind the front

passenger’s seat, move the seat as far forward as needed, and leave it unoccupied.

Or, you may wish to get a smaller rear-facing child seat.

■Protecting Infants

1Protecting Infants

Rear-facing child seats should never be installed in a

forward facing position.

Always refer to the child seat manufacturer’s

instructions before installation.

WARNING

Placing a rear-facing child seat in the front

seat can result in serious injury or death

during a crash.

Always place a rear-facing child seat in the

rear seat, not the front.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 60 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

Continued

uuChild Safety uSafety of Infants and Small Children

Safe Driving

If a child is at least one year old and has exceeded the weight and height limitations

of a rear-facing child seat, the child should be properly restrained in a firmly secured

forward-facing child seat until they exceed the weight and height limitations for the

forward-facing child seat.

■Forward-facing child seat placement

We strongly recommend placing a forward-

facing child seat in a rear seating position.

Placing a forward-facing child seat in the front seat can be hazardous, even with

advanced front airbags that automatically turn the passenger’s front airbag off. A

rear seat is the safest place for a child.

■Protecting Smaller Children

1Protecting Smaller Children

Educate yourself about the laws and regulations

regarding child seat use where you are driving, and

follow the child seat manufacturer’s instructions.

Many experts recommend use of a rear-facing seat

for a child up to two years old if the child’s height and

weight are appropriate for a rear-facing seat.

WARNING

Placing a forward-facing child seat in the

front seat can result in serious injury or

death if the front airbag inflates.

If you must place a forward-facing child

seat in front, move the vehicle seat as far

back as possible, and properly restrain the

child.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 61 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children

Safe Driving

Most child seats are LATCH-compatible (Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren).

Some have a rigid-type connector while others have a flexible-type connector. Both

are equally easy to use. Some existing and previously owned child seats can only be

installed using the seat belt. Whichever type you choose, follow the child seat

manufacturer’s use and care instructions including recommended expiration dates

as well as the instructions in this manual. Proper installation is key to maximizing

your child’s safety.

In seating positions and vehicles not equipped with LATCH, a LATCH-compatible

child seat can be installed using the seat belt and a top tether for added security.

This is because all child seats are required to be designed so that they can be secured

with the seat belt. In addition, the child seat manufacturer may advise that a seat

belt be used to attach a LATCH-compatible seat once a child reaches a specified

weight. Please read the child seat owner’s manual for proper installation

instructions.

■Important consideration when selecting a child seat

Make sure the child seat meets the following three requirements:

•The child seat is the correct type and size for the child.

•The child seat is the correct type for the seating position.

•The child seat is compliant with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 or

Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213.

■Selecting a Child Seat

1Selecting a Child Seat

Installation of a LATCH-compatible child seat is

simple.

LATCH-compatible child seats have been developed

to simplify the installation process and reduce the

likelihood of injuries caused by incorrect installation.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 62 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

uuChild Safety uSafety of Infants and Small Children

Continued

Safe Driving

A LATCH-compatible child seat can be installed in either of the two outer rear seats.

A child seat is attached to the lower anchors with either the rigid or flexible type of

connectors.

1. Locate the lower anchors under the marks.

2. Place the child seat on the vehicle seat then

attach the child seat to the lower anchors

according to the instructions that came

with the child seat.

uWhen installing the child seat, make sure

that the lower anchors are not

obstructed by the seat belt or any other

object.

■Installing a LATCH-Compatible Child Seat

Marks

Rigid Type

Lower Anchors

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 63 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children

Safe Driving

3. Open the tether anchor cover behind the

head restraint.

4. Raise the head restraint to its highest

position, then route the tether strap

between the head restraint legs, and secure

the tether strap hook to the anchor.

5. Tighten the tether strap as instructed by the

child seat manufacturer.

6. Make sure the child seat is firmly secured by

rocking it forward and back and side to

side; little movement should be felt.

7. Make sure any unused seat belt that a child

can reach is buckled, the lockable retractor

is activated, and the belt is fully retracted

and locked.

Flexible Type

1Installing a LATCH-Compatible Child Seat

For your child’s safety, when using a child seat

installed using the LATCH system, make sure that the

child seat is properly secured to the vehicle. A child

seat that is not properly secured will not adequately

protect a child in a crash and may cause injury to the

child or other vehicle occupants.

Tether

Strap

Hook

Anchor

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 64 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

Continued

uuChild Safety uSafety of Infants and Small Children

Safe Driving

1. Place the child seat on the vehicle seat.

2. Route the seat belt through the child seat

according to the seat manufacturer’s

instructions, and insert the latch plate into

the buckle.

uInsert the latch plate fully until it clicks.

3. Slowly pull the shoulder part of the belt all

the way out until it stops. This activates the

lockable retractor.

4. Let the seat belt retract a few inches and

check that the retractor has switched

modes by pulling on the webbing. It should

not pull out again until it is reset by

removing the latch plate from the buckle.

uIf you are able to pull the shoulder belt

out, the lockable retractor is not

activated. Slowly pull the seat belt all the

way out, and repeat steps 3 – 4.

■Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder Seat Belt

1Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder Seat Belt

A child seat that is not properly secured will not

adequately protect a child in a crash and may cause

injury to the child or other vehicle occupants.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 65 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children

Safe Driving

5. Grab the shoulder part of the seat belt near

the buckle, and pull up to remove any slack

from the lap part of the belt.

uWhen doing this, place your weight on

the child seat and push it into the vehicle

seat.

6. Make sure the child seat is firmly secured by

rocking it forward and back and side to

side; little movement should be felt.

7. Make sure any unused seat belt that a child

can reach is buckled, the lockable retractor

is activated, and the belt is fully retracted

and locked.

1Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder Seat Belt

To deactivate a lockable retractor, release the buckle

and allow the seat belt to wind up all the way.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 66 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

uuChild Safety uSafety of Infants and Small Children

Safe Driving

A tether anchorage point is provided behind

each rear seating position. If you have a child

restraint system that comes with a tether but

can be installed with a seat belt, the tether

may be used for additional security.

1. Locate the appropriate tether anchorage

point and lift the cover.

2. Raise the head restraint to its highest

position, then route the tether strap

through the head restraint legs. Make sure

the strap is not twisted.

3. Secure the tether strap hook to the anchor.

4. Tighten the tether strap as instructed by the

child seat manufacturer.

■Adding Security with a Tether

1Adding Security with a Tether

Always use a tether for forward-facing child seats

when using the seat belt or lower anchors.

Tether Anchorage Points

CoverAnchor

Tether

Strap

Hook

Anchor

Outer Position

Center Position Tether

Strap

Hook

Anchor

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 67 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

uuChild SafetyuSafety of Larger Children

Safe Driving

Safety of Larger Children

The following pages give instructions on how to check proper seat belt fit, what kind

of booster seat to use if one is needed, and important precautions for a child who

must sit in front.

When a child is too big for a child seat, secure the child in a rear seat using the lap/

shoulder seat belt. Have the child sit upright and all the way back, then answer the

following questions.

■Checklist

•Do the child’s knees bend comfortably over

the edge of the seat?

•Does the shoulder belt cross between the

child’s neck and arm?

•Is the lap part of the seat belt as low as

possible, touching the child’s thighs?

•Will the child be able to stay seated like this

for the whole trip?

If you answer yes to all these questions, the child is ready to wear the lap/shoulder

seat belt correctly. If you answer no to any question, the child needs to ride on a

booster seat until the seat belt fits properly without a booster seat.

■Protecting Larger Children

■Checking Seat Belt Fit

1Safety of Larger Children

WARNING

Allowing a child age 12 or under to sit in

front can result in injury or death if the

passenger’s front airbag inflates.

If a larger child must ride in front, move the

vehicle seat as far to the rear as possible,

have the child sit up properly and wear the

seat belt properly, using a booster seat if

needed.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 68 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

uuChild SafetyuSafety of Larger Children

Safe Driving

If a lap/shoulder seat belt cannot be used

properly, position the child in a booster seat in

a rear seat. For the child’s safety, check that

the child meets the booster seat

manufacturer’s recommendations.

Your vehicle has a rear seat where children can be properly restrained. If you ever

have to carry a group of children, and a child must ride in front:

•Make sure you read and fully understand the instructions and safety information

in this manual.

•Move the front passenger seat as far back as possible.

•Have the child sit upright and well back in the seat.

•Check that the seat belt is properly positioned so that the child is secure in the

seat.

■Monitoring child passengers

We strongly recommend that you keep an eye on child passengers. Even older, more

mature children sometimes need to be reminded to fasten their seat belts and sit up

properly.

■Booster Seats

1Booster Seats

When installing a booster seat, make sure to read the

instructions that came with it, and install the seat

accordingly.

There are high- and low-type booster seats. Choose a

booster seat that allows the child to wear the seat

belt correctly.

Some U.S. states, and Canadian provinces and

territories require children to use a booster seat until

they reach a given age or weight (e.g. six years or 60

lbs). Be sure to check current laws in the state or

province, or territory where you intend to drive.

■Protecting Larger Children-Final Checks

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 69 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

Safe Driving

Exhaust Gas Hazard

Carbon Monoxide Gas

The engine exhaust from this vehicle contains carbon monoxide, a colorless,

odorless, and highly toxic gas. As long as you properly maintain your vehicle, carbon

monoxide gas will not get into the interior.

■Have the exhaust system inspected for leaks whenever

•The exhaust system is making an unusual noise.

•The exhaust system may have been damaged.

•The vehicle is raised for an oil change.

When you operate a vehicle with the trunk open, airflow can pull exhaust gas into

the interior and create a hazardous condition. If you must drive with the trunk open,

open all the windows and set the climate control system as shown below.

1. Select the fresh air mode.

2. Select the mode.

3. Set the fan speed to high.

4. Set the temperature control to a comfortable setting.

Adjust the climate control system in the same manner if you sit in your parked

vehicle with the engine running.

1Carbon Monoxide Gas

An enclosed area such as a garage can quickly fill up

with carbon monoxide gas.

Do not turn the power system on with the garage

door closed. Even when the garage door is open,

drive out of the garage immediately after turning the

power system on.

WARNING

Carbon monoxide gas is toxic.

Breathing it can cause unconsciousness and

even kill you.

Avoid any enclosed areas or activities that

expose you to carbon monoxide.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 70 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

Safe Driving

Safety Labels

Label Locations

These labels are in the locations shown. They warn you of potential hazards that can cause serious injury or death. Read these labels

carefully.

If a label comes off or becomes hard to read (except for the U.S. dashboard label which may be removed by the owner), contact a dealer

for a replacement.

Radiator Cap

Dashboard

Sun Visors

U.S. models Canadian models

U.S. models only

Radiator Cap

High Voltage System Components

U.S. models Canadian models

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 71 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 72 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

Instrument Panel

This chapter describes the buttons, indicators, and gauges that are used while driving.

Indicators ............................................ 74

Multi-Information Display Warning and

Information Messages...................... 92

Gauges and Displays ................................106

Gauges............................................ 106

Multi-Information Display ................ 108

Head-Up Display .............................. 123

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 73 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

Instrument Panel

Indicators

Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message

Brake System

Indicator (Red)

●

Comes on for a few seconds when

you set the power mode to ON, then

goes off.

●

Comes on when the brake fluid level

is low.

●

Comes on if there is a problem with

the brake system.

●

Comes on while driving - Check the

brake fluid level.

2What to do when the indicator comes

on while driving P. 538

●

Comes on along with the brake system

indicator (amber) - Immediately stop in a

safe place. Contact a dealer for repair. The

brake pedal becomes harder to operate.

Depress the pedal further than you normally

do.

●

Comes on along with the ABS indicator

- Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.

2If the Brake System Indicator (Red)

Comes On P. 538

Low Oil Pressure

Indicator

●

Comes on when you set the power

mode to ON, and goes off when the

power system starts.

●

Comes on when the engine oil

pressure is low.

●

Comes on while driving - Immediately

stop in a safe place.

2If the Low Oil Pressure Indicator

Comes On P. 537

U.S.

Canada

(Red)

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 74 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

uuIndicatorsu

Continued

Instrument Panel

Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message

Electric Parking

Brake Indicator

●

Comes on for a few seconds when

you set the power mode to ON, then

goes off if the parking brake has

been released.

●

Comes on when the parking brake is

applied, and goes off when it is

released.

●

Comes on for about 15 seconds then

goes off when you pull the electric

parking brake switch with the power

mode in OFF.

●

Comes on for about 15 seconds then

goes off when you set the power

mode to OFF with the parking brake

applied.

●

Blinks and the electric parking brake

system indicator comes on at the same

time - There is a problem with the electric

parking brake system. The parking brake

may not be set.

●

Comes on when you press the

electric parking brake switch without

depressing the brake pedal.

●

Depress the brake pedal to release the

parking brake.

2Parking Brake P. 419

Electric Parking

Brake System

Indicator

●

Comes on for a few seconds when

you set the power mode to ON, then

goes off.

●

Comes on if there is a problem with

the electric parking brake system.

●

Comes on while driving - Avoid using the

parking brake and have your vehicle

checked by a dealer immediately.

2If the Electric Parking Brake System

Indicator Comes On P. 539

U.S.

Canada

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 75 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

uuIndicatorsu

Instrument Panel

Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message

Automatic Brake

Hold System

Indicator

●

Comes on for a few seconds when

you set the power mode to ON, then

goes off.

●

Comes on when the automatic brake

hold system is on.

2Automatic Brake Hold P. 422

Automatic Brake

Hold Indicator

●

Comes on for a few seconds when

you set the power mode to ON, then

goes off.

●

Comes on when the automatic brake

hold is activated. 2Automatic Brake Hold P. 422 —

U.S.

Canada

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 76 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

uuIndicatorsu

Continued

Instrument Panel

Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message

Brake System

Indicator (Amber)

●

Comes on for a few seconds when

you set the power mode to ON, then

goes off.

●

Comes on if there is a problem with a

system related to braking other than

the conventional brake system.

●

Comes on if there is a problem with

the cooperative control with

regenerative braking, the electric

servo brake system, or the hill start

assist system.

●

Comes on while driving - Have your

vehicle checked by a dealer.

●

Stays on constantly - Avoid high speeds

and sudden braking. Take the vehicle to a

dealer immediately.

●

With this indicator on, your vehicle still has

normal braking ability.

U.S.

Canada

(Amber)

U.S.

Canada

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 77 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

uuIndicatorsu

Instrument Panel

Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message

POWER

SYSTEM

Indicator

●

Comes on for a few seconds when

you set the power mode to ON,

then goes off.

●

Comes on if there is a problem

with the electric vehicle system.

●

Comes on while driving - Have your

vehicle checked by a dealer immediately.

READY Indicator

●

Comes on when the vehicle is

ready to drive.

2Turning on the Power P. 364

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 78 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

uuIndicatorsu

Continued

Instrument Panel

Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message

Malfunction

Indicator Lamp

●

Comes on when you set the power

mode to ON, and goes off either

when the power system is on or after

several seconds if the power system

did not turn on. If “readiness codes”

have not been set, it blinks five times

before it goes off.

●

Comes on if there is a problem with

the emissions control system.

●

Blinks when a misfire in the engine’s

cylinders is detected.

●

Readiness codes are part of the on board

diagnostics for the emissions control

systems.

2Testing of Readiness Codes P. 559

●

Comes on while driving - Have your

vehicle checked by a dealer.

●

Blinks while driving - Stop in a safe place

where there are no flammable objects. Stop

the power system for 10 minutes or more,

and wait for it to cool down. Then, take the

vehicle to a dealer.

2If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp

Comes On or Blinks P. 538

12-Volt Battery

Charging System

Indicator

●

Comes on when you set the power

mode to ON, and goes off when the

power system is on.

●

Comes on when the 12-volt battery

is not charging.

●

Comes on while driving - Turn off the

climate control system and rear defogger in

order to reduce electricity consumption.

2If the 12-Volt Battery Charging System

Indicator Comes On P. 537

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 79 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

uuIndicatorsu

Instrument Panel

Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message

Gear Position

Indicator

●

Indicates the current gear selection. 2Shifting P. 371 —

Transmission

Indicator

●

The indicated current gear selection

blinks if there is a problem with the

transmission system.

●

Avoid sudden start and acceleration, and

stop in a safe place immediately.

Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.

●

All the gear positions may light for

several seconds, and go off.

●

When all the gear positions light,

immediately stop your vehicle in a safe

place.

●

Indicators go off if there is no problem.

However, even if they go off, take your

vehicle to a dealer for inspection.

—

●

The indicated current gear selection

or all the gear positions blink if there

is a problem with the transmission

system, and the vehicle no longer

moves.

●

Immediately stop in a safe place.

2Emergency Towing P. 548

●

Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.

●

The indicated current gear selection

or all the gear positions blink if you

cannot select (P due to the

transmission system failure.

●

The power system can be activated as a

temporary measure.

2If the Transmission Indicator Blinks

along with the Warning Message

P. 541

●

Set the parking brake when parking.

●

Have your vehicle checked by a dealer

immediately.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 80 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

uuIndicatorsu

Continued

Instrument Panel

Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message

M (sequential

mode) Indicator/

Sequential Mode

Gear Selection

Indicator

●

Comes on when the manual

sequential mode is applied.

2Sequential Mode P. 376 —

Seat Belt

Reminder

Indicator

●

Comes on and the beeper sounds if

you are not wearing a seat belt when

you set the power mode to ON.

●

If the front passenger is not wearing

a seat belt, the indicator comes on

about a few seconds later.

●

Blinks while driving if either you or

the front passenger has not fastened

a seat belt. The beeper sounds and

the indicator blinks at regular

intervals.

●

The beeper stops and the indicator goes off

when you and the front passenger fasten

their seat belts.

●

Stays on after you or the front

passenger has fastened the seat belt -

A detection error may have occurred in the

sensor. Have your vehicle checked by a

dealer.

2Seat Belt Reminder P. 37

Low Fuel

Indicator

●

Comes on when the fuel reserve is

running low (approximately 1.8 U.S.

gal/7.0 Liter left).

●

Blinks if there is a problem with the

fuel gauge.

●

Comes on - Refuel your vehicle as soon as

possible.

●

Blinks - Have your vehicle checked by a

dealer.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 81 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

uuIndicatorsu

Instrument Panel

Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message

Anti-lock Brake

System (ABS)

Indicator

●

Comes on for a few seconds when

you set the power mode to ON, then

goes off.

●

If it comes on at any other time, there

is a problem with the ABS.

●

Stays on constantly - Have your vehicle

checked by a dealer. With this indicator on,

your vehicle still has normal braking ability

but no anti-lock function.

2Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) P. 424

Supplemental

Restraint System

Indicator

●

Comes on for a few seconds when

you set the power mode to ON, then

goes off.

●

Comes on if a problem with any of

the following is detected:

-Supplemental restraint system

-Side airbag system

-Side curtain airbag system

-Seat belt tensioner

●

Stays on constantly or does not come

on at all - Have your vehicle checked by a

dealer.

Electric Power

Steering (EPS)

System Indicator

●

Comes on when you set the power

mode to ON, and goes off when the

power system is on.

●

Comes on if there is a problem with

the EPS system.

●

Stays on constantly or does not come

on at all - Have your vehicle checked by a

dealer.

2If the Electric Power Steering (EPS)

System Indicator Comes On P. 539

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 82 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

uuIndicatorsu

Continued

Instrument Panel

Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message

High

Temperature

Indicator

●

Comes on for a few seconds when

you set the power mode to ON, then

goes off.

●

Blinks when the engine coolant

temperature goes up, and stays on if

the temperature continues to rise.

●

Blinks while driving - Drive slowly to

prevent overheating.

●

Stays on while driving - Immediately stop

in a safe place and allow the engine to cool.

2Overheating P. 535

Low Temperature

Indicator

●

Comes on for a few seconds when

you set the power mode to ON, then

goes off.

●

Comes on when the engine coolant

temperature is low.

●

If the indicator stays on after the engine has

reached normal operating temperature,

there may be problem with the temperature

sensors. Have your vehicle inspected by a

dealer.

—

Vehicle Stability

Assist (VSA®)

System Indicator

●

Comes on for a few seconds when

you set the power mode to ON, then

goes off.

●

Blinks when VSA® is active.

●

Comes on if there is a problem with

the VSA® system.

●

Stays on constantly - Have your vehicle

checked by a dealer.

2Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA®), aka

Electronic Stability Control (ESC),

System P. 408

Vehicle Stability

Assist (VSA®) OFF

Indicator

●

Comes on for a few seconds when

you set the power mode to ON, then

goes off.

●

Comes on when you deactivate

VSA®.

2VSA® OFF Button P. 409 —

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 83 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

uuIndicatorsu

Instrument Panel

Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message

Low Tire Pressure/

TPMS Indicator

●

Comes on for a few seconds when

you set the power mode to ON, then

goes off.

●

Comes on if the tire pressure of any

of the tires becomes significantly

low.

●

Blinks for about one minute, and

then stays on if there is a problem

with the TPMS, or when a compact

spare tire

is temporarily installed.

●

Comes on while driving - Stop in a safe

place, check tire pressures, and inflate the

tire(s) if necessary.

●

Blinks and remains on - Have your vehicle

checked by a dealer. If the vehicle is fitted

with a compact spare

, get your regular tire

repaired or replaced and put back on your

vehicle as soon as you can.

System Message

Indicator

●

Comes on for a few seconds when

you set the power mode to ON, then

goes off.

●

Comes on along with a beep when a

problem is detected. A system

message on the multi-information

display appears at the same time.

●

While the indicator is on, roll the right

selector wheel to see the message again.

●

Refer to the Indicators information in this

chapter when a system message appears on

the multi-information display. Take the

appropriate action for the message.

●

The multi-information display does not return

to the normal screen unless the warning is

canceled, or the right selector wheel is rolled.

—

* Not available on all models

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 84 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

uuIndicatorsu

Continued

Instrument Panel

Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message

Turn Signal and

Hazard Warning

Indicators

●

Blinks when you operate the turn

signal lever.

●

Blink if you press the hazard warning

button.

●

Does not blink or blinks rapidly - A turn

signal light bulb has blown. Change the

bulb immediately.

2Replacing Light Bulbs P. 480, 481, 482

—

High Beam

Indicator

●

Comes on when the high beam

headlights are on. ——

Lights On

Indicator

●

Comes on whenever the light switch

is on, or in AUTO when the exterior

lights are on.

●

If you set the power mode to ACCESSORY

or VEHICLE OFF (LOCK) while the exterior

lights are on, a chime sounds when the

driver’s door is opened.

—

Fog Light

Indicator

●

Comes on when the fog lights are

on. ——

Immobilizer

System Indicator

●

Comes on briefly when you set the

power mode to ON, then goes off.

●

Comes on if the immobilizer system

cannot recognize the key

information.

●

Blinks - You cannot start the power system.

Set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF

(LOCK), then select the ON mode again.

●

Repeatedly blinks - The system may be

malfunctioning. Have your vehicle checked

by a dealer.

●

Do not attempt to alter this system or add

other devices to it. Electrical problems can

occur.

—

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 85 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

uuIndicatorsu

Instrument Panel

Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message

Security System

Alarm Indicator

●

Blinks when the security system

alarm has been set.

2Security System Alarm P. 149 —

Keyless Access

System Indicator

●

Comes on for a few seconds when

you set the power mode to ON, then

goes off.

●

Comes on as soon as a problem is

detected in the keyless access system

or keyless starting system.

●

Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.

SPORT Mode

Indicator

●

Comes on for a few seconds when

you set the power mode to ON, then

goes off.

●

Comes on when you press the

SPORT button.

2SPORT Mode P. 378 —

Indicator

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 86 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

uuIndicatorsu

Continued

Instrument Panel

Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message

Road Departure

Mitigation (RDM)

Indicator

●

Comes on for a few seconds when

you change the power mode to ON,

then goes off.

●

Comes on if there is a problem with

the RDM system.

●

Stays on constantly - Have your vehicle

checked by a dealer.

●

Comes on when the RDM system

shuts itself off.

●

Stays on - The temperature inside the

camera is too high.

Use the climate control system to cool down

the camera.

The system activates when the temperature

inside the camera cools down.

2Front Sensor Camera P. 381

●

Stays on - The area around the camera is

blocked by dirt, mud, etc. Stop your vehicle

in a safe place, and wipe it off with a soft

cloth.

●

Have your vehicle checked by a dealer if the

indicator and message come back on after

you cleaned the area around the camera.

2Front Sensor Camera P. 381

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 87 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

uuIndicatorsu

Instrument Panel

Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message

Adaptive Cruise

Control (

ACC

) with

Low Speed Follow

(LSF) Indicator

(Amber)

●

Comes on for a few seconds when

you set the power mode to ON, then

goes off.

●

Comes on if there is a problem with

ACC with LSF.

●

Comes on while driving - Have your

vehicle checked by a dealer.

●

Comes on if anything covers the

radar sensor cover and prevents the

sensor from detecting a vehicle in

front.

●

May come on when driving in bad

weather (rain, snow, fog, etc.)

●

ACC with LSF has been automatically

canceled.

●

When the radar sensor gets dirty, stop your

vehicle in a safe place, and wipe off dirt

using a soft cloth.

●

Have your vehicle checked by a dear if the

indicator does not go off even after you

clean the sensor cover.

Adaptive Cruise

Control (

ACC

) with

Low Speed Follow

(LSF) Indicator

(Green)

●

Comes on when you press the MAIN

button.

2Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with

Low Speed Follow (LSF) P. 383 —

●

Comes on if the temperature inside

the camera is too high.

●

ACC with LSF has been automatically

canceled.

●

Use the climate control system to cool down

the camera.

●

Goes off - The camera has been cooled

down. Pressing the MAIN button can

resume the system.

2Front Sensor Camera P. 381

2Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with

Low Speed Follow (LSF) P. 383

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 88 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

uuIndicatorsu

Continued

Instrument Panel

Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message

Lane Keeping

Assist System

(LKAS) Indicator

(Amber)

●

Comes on for a few seconds when

you change the power mode to ON,

then goes off.

●

Comes on if there is a problem with

the LKAS.

●

Stays on constantly - Have your vehicle

checked by a dealer.

Lane Keeping

Assist System

(LKAS) Indicator

(Green)

●

Comes on when you press the MAIN

button.

2Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)

P. 401 —

●

Comes on if the temperature inside

the camera is too high.

●

The LKAS has been automatically

canceled.

●

Use the climate control system to cool down

the camera.

●

Goes off - The camera has been cooled

down. Pressing the LKAS button can

resume the system.

2Front Sensor Camera P. 381

2Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)

P. 401

●

Comes on when the area around the

camera is blocked by dirt, mud, etc.

Stop your vehicle in a safe place, and

wipe it off with a soft cloth.

●

May come on when driving in bad

weather (rain, snow, fog, etc.)

●

Have your vehicle checked by a dealer if the

indicator and message come back on after

you cleaned the area around the camera.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 89 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

uuIndicatorsu

Instrument Panel

Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message

Blind Spot

Information (BSI)

Indicator

●

Comes on for a few seconds when

you change the power mode to ON,

then goes off.

●

Stays on while BSI is turned off.

—

●

Comes on when mud, snow, or ice

accumulates in the vicinity of sensor.

●

Comes on while driving - Remove the

obstacle in the vicinity of sensor.

2Blind Spot Information (BSI) System

P. 412

●

Comes on if there is a problem with

the system.

●

Comes on while driving - Have your

vehicle checked by a dealer.

Collision

Mitigation

Braking System

(CMBS

)

Indicator

●

Comes on for a few seconds when

you change the power mode to ON,

then goes off.

●

Comes on when you deactivate the

CMBS

. A multi-information display

message appears for five seconds.

●

Comes on if there is a problem with

the CMBS

●

Stays on constantly without the

CMBS

off - Have your vehicle checked by

a dealer.

2Collision Mitigation Braking System

(CMBS

) P. 426

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 90 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

uuIndicatorsu

Instrument Panel

Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message

Collision

Mitigation

Braking System

(CMBS

)

Indicator

●

Comes on when the CMBS

system

shuts itself off.

●

Stays on - The area around the camera is

blocked by dirt, mud, etc. Stop your vehicle

in a safe place, and wipe it off with a soft

cloth.

2Front Sensor Camera P. 381

●

When the radar sensor gets dirty, stop your

vehicle in a safe place, and wipe off dirt

using a soft cloth.

●

Have your vehicle checked by a dealer if the

message does not disappear even after you

clean the sensor cover.

2Collision Mitigation Braking System

(CMBS

) P. 426

●

Stays on - The temperature inside the

camera is too high. Use the climate control

system to cool down the camera. The

system activates when the temperature

inside the camera cools down.

2Front Sensor Camera P. 381

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 91 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages

Instrument Panel

Multi-Information Display Warning and Information Messages

The following messages appear only on the multi-information display. Roll the right selector wheel to see the message again with the

system message indicator on.

Message Condition Explanation

●

Appears when the washer fluid is low.

●

Refill the washer fluid.

2Refilling Window Washer Fluid P. 479

●

Appears if there is a problem with e-pretensioner

system.

●

Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.

●

Appears when the scheduled maintenance is due soon.

●

Consequently, Maintenance Due Now and

Maintenance Past Due follow.

2Maintenance Minder Messages on the Multi-

Information Display P. 465

●

Appears when the transmission system temperature is

too high. The vehicle does not operate properly.

●

You may find it difficult to accelerate, or to start the

vehicle on uphill.

●

Immediately stop in a safe place in (P.

●

Let the engine idle until the message disappears.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 92 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages

Continued

Instrument Panel

Message Condition Explanation

●

Appears when there is a problem with the sensor on the

12-volt battery.

●

Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.

2Checking the 12-Volt Battery P. 497

●

Appears when the starter system has a problem.

●

As a temporary measure, press and hold the POWER

button for up to 15 seconds while depressing the brake

pedal and manually turn on the power system.

Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.

●

Appears after the driver’s door is opened when the

power mode is in ACCESSORY.

●

Press the POWER button twice with your foot off the

brake pedal to change the power mode to VEHICLE OFF

(LOCK).

●

Appears when the power mode is in ACCESSORY.

—

U.S.

Canada

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 93 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages

Instrument Panel

Message Condition Explanation

●

Appears when you close the door with the power mode

in ON without the keyless access remote inside the

vehicle.

●

Disappears when you bring the keyless access remote

back inside the vehicle and close the door.

2Keyless Access Remote Reminder P. 157

●

Appears when the keyless access remote battery

becomes weak.

●

Replace the battery as soon as possible.

2Replacing the Button Battery P. 498

●

Appears if the keyless access remote battery is too weak

to turn on the power system or the key is not within

operating range to turn on the power system.

A beeper sounds six times.

●

Bring the keyless access remote in front of the POWER

button to be touched with.

2If the Keyless Access Remote Battery is Weak P. 530

●

Appears three seconds after you bring the keyless

access remote in front of the POWER button when To

Start, Hold Remote Near Start Button appears. To

Start Vehicle: Brake + Push appears sequentially.

●

Unless you bring the keyless access remote in front of

the POWER button, this message does not appear.

2If the Keyless Access Remote Battery is Weak P. 530

●

Appears when you set the power mode to ACCESSORY

or ON. 2Turning on the Power P. 364

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 94 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages

Continued

Instrument Panel

Message Condition Explanation

●

Appears when you turn the power system on with the

transmission not in (P.

●

Press the (P button.

●

Appears when you try to change the gear position after

the position has automatically been changed to (P with

the driver’s door open and the driver’s seat belt

unfastened.

●

Press the (P button if you leave the vehicle.

●

Appears when you set the power mode to ON without

fastening the driver’s seat belt.

●

Appears when you change the gear position after (P

has been automatically selected with the driver’s door

open, the driver’s seat belt unfastened, then the brake

pedal is released.

●

Fasten the seat belt properly before you start to drive.

2Shift Operation P. 373

●

Appears when you try to change the gear position

without depressing the brake pedal.

●

Depress the brake pedal, then select a shift button.

●

Appears when you try to change the gear position

without releasing your foot off the accelerator pedal.

●

Release your foot off the accelerator pedal, then select

a shift button.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 95 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages

Instrument Panel

Message Condition Explanation

●

Appears when the parking button is pressed while the

vehicle is moving.

●

Appears if you change the gear position to (R while the

vehicle is moving forward, or to (D while the vehicle is

reversing.

●

Make sure that the vehicle comes to a stop before

operating the select button.

●

Appears if there is a problem with the electric system.

●

Appears when you set the power mode to OFF while

driving.

●

Immediately stop in a safe place and set the parking

brake.

●

Continue driving if the message goes off soon after.

●

If there is a problem with the transmission system, the

transmission indicator comes on.

2Transmission Indicator P. 80

●

Appears when you change to (N, and press the

POWER button within five seconds.

●

The gear position remains in (N for 15 minutes, then

automatically switches to (P.

2If you want to keep the transmission in (N

position (car wash mode) P. 374

●

Appears when the vehicle is stopped with the driver’s

seat belt unfastened and there is a chance that the

vehicle may roll unintentionally.

●

Press the (P button before release the brake pedal

when idling, parking or exiting the vehicle.

2Shift Operation P. 373

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 96 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages

Continued

Instrument Panel

Message Condition Explanation

●

Appears if any door or the trunk is not completely

closed.

●

Appears if any door or the trunk is opened while driving.

The beeper sounds.

●

Goes off when all doors and the trunk are closed.

●

Appears if there is a problem with the acoustic vehicle

alerting system.

●

Have your vehicle checked by a dealer immediately.

●

Appears if there is a problem with the radiator system.

●

Drive slowly to prevent overheating and have your

vehicle checked by a dealer as soon as possible.

●

Appears when there is a problem with the headlights.

●

Appears while driving - The low beam headlights

may not be on. When conditions allow you to drive

safely, have your vehicle checked by a dealer as soon as

possible.

●

Appears if there is a problem with the parking sensor

system.

●

Check if the area around the sensor(s) is covered with

mud, ice, snow, etc. If the indicator(s) stays on even

after you clean the area, have the system checked by a

dealer.

Models with

parking sensor

system

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 97 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages

Instrument Panel

Message Condition Explanation

●

Appears if the automatic brake hold is automatically

canceled while it is in operation.

●

Immediately depress the brake pedal.

●

Appears when the automatic brake hold system is

turned off. 2Automatic Brake Hold P. 422

●

Appears when the automatic brake hold button is

pressed without wearing the driver’s seat belt.

●

Fasten the driver’s seat belt.

2Automatic Brake Hold P. 422

●

Appears when the automatic brake hold button is

pressed without depressing the brake pedal while the

automatic brake hold is in operation.

●

Press the automatic brake hold button with the brake

pedal depressed.

2Automatic Brake Hold P. 422

●

Appears when the parking brake is applied

automatically while it is in operation. 2Automatic Brake Hold P. 422

2Parking Brake P. 419

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 98 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages

Continued

Instrument Panel

Message Condition Explanation

●

Appears after the 12-volt battery charging system

indicator comes on.

●

Your vehicle has less ability to accelerate and may be

harder to start on an incline.

●

Contact a dealer immediately.

●

Appears when the High Voltage battery temperature is

too low to operate (approx. -22°F [-30°C] or below).

●

You can start the engine and use the climate control

system to warm up the interior, which will also warm

the High Voltage battery enough for you to drive the

vehicle.

●

The engine speed does not increase even if you fully

depress the accelerator pedal.

●

Appears when the High Voltage battery and other

system control temperatures are too low to operate

(approx. -40°F [-40°C] or below).

●

You must wait for an increase in the ambient

temperature or move the vehicle to a warmer location.

●

Consult a dealer.

●

Appears when the rear motor fluid temperature is

extremely low.

●

The vehicle speed is temporarily limited up to 74 mph

(120 km/h). This is canceled after the fluid temperature

rises.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 99 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

100

uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages

Instrument Panel

Message Condition Explanation

●

Appears when the High Voltage battery temperature is

extremely low or high.

●

Avoid sudden acceleration or deceleration, or abrupt

steering wheel operation until the message disappears.

●

Appears if the AWD system has a problem due to a

hybrid system or power distribution control failure.

●

Set the power mode to OFF, then set it back to ON.

Have your vehicle checked by a dealer if the message

appears again.

●

Appears when the High Voltage battery is running

extremely low due to continuous slow driving.

●

Driving at low speed for a long time decreases the

amount of electricity generated, leading to High

Voltage battery drain.

●

Appears when the High Voltage battery is drained even

further and a stop is needed to charge the battery.

●

Stop in a safe place in (P, then charge the High Voltage

battery by idling the engine.

2If the 12-Volt Battery Charging System Indicator

Comes On P. 537

●

Appears while the High Voltage battery is being

charged with the engine running after the vehicle is

parked with an extremely low battery level.

●

Do not drive the vehicle until Ready To Drive appears.

2READY Indicator P. 78

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 100 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

101

uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages

Continued

Instrument Panel

Message Condition Explanation

●

Flashes when the system senses a likely collision with a

vehicle in front of you.

●

Take the appropriate means to prevent a collision (apply

the brakes, change lanes, etc.)

2Collision Mitigation Braking System

(CMBS

)

P. 426

2Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed

Follow (LSF) P. 383

●

Appears when ACC with LSF has been automatically

canceled.

●

You can resume the set speed after the condition that

caused ACC with LSF to cancel improves. Press the RES/

+/SET/– switch up.

2Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed

Follow (LSF) P. 383

●

Appears when the distance between your vehicle and

the vehicle ahead of you is too close while ACC with LSF

is in operation.

●

ACC with LSF has been automatically canceled.

2Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed

Follow (LSF) P. 383

●

Appears when pressing the RES/+/SET/– switch down

while the distance between your vehicle and the vehicle

ahead of you is too close.

●

ACC with LSF cannot be set.

2Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed

Follow (LSF) P. 383

●

Appears when pressing the RES/+/SET/– switch down

while the driver’s seat belt is unfastened.

●

ACC with LSF cannot be set.

2Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed

Follow (LSF) P. 383

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 101 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

102

uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages

Instrument Panel

Message Condition Explanation

●

Appears when pressing the RES/+/SET/– switch down

while the transmission is not in (D.

●

ACC with LSF cannot be set.

2Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed

Follow (LSF) P. 383

●

Appears when the vehicle is stopped on a very steep

slope while ACC with LSF is in operation.

●

ACC with LSF has been automatically canceled.

2Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed

Follow (LSF) P. 383

●

Appears when pressing the RES/+/SET/– switch down

while the vehicle is stopped on a very steep slope.

●

ACC with LSF cannot be set.

2Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed

Follow (LSF) P. 383

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 102 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

103

uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages

Continued

Instrument Panel

Message Condition Explanation

●

Appears when pressing the RES/+/SET/– switch down

while the parking brake is applied.

●

ACC with LSF cannot be set.

2Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed

Follow (LSF) P. 383

2Parking Brake P. 419

●

Appears when pressing the RES/+/SET/– switch down

while the vehicle is moving and the brake pedal is

depressed.

●

ACC with LSF cannot be set.

2Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed

Follow (LSF) P. 383

●

Appears if ACC with LSF is canceled while your vehicle

is automatically stopped by ACC with LSF.

●

Immediately depress the brake pedal.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 103 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

104

uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages

Instrument Panel

Message Condition Explanation

●

Appears when the vehicle is driving out of a detected

line. The steering wheel vibrates rapidly.

●

Keep the vehicle within the lane you are driving.

●

The color of either line changes from white to amber as

the vehicle gets closer to that side of the lane line.

2Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) P. 401

●

Appears when the vehicle is driving out of a detected

line.

-The steering wheel vibrates rapidly when the vehicle is

drifting out of a detected line.

-The steering wheel vibrates rapidly when the vehicle is

drifting out of a detected line. The system also steers

the vehicle to help you remain within your driving lane.

●

Keep the vehicle within the lane you are driving.

●

The color of either line changes from white to amber as

the vehicle gets closer to that side of the lane line.

2Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) System P. 397

●

You can change the setting for the road departure

mitigation system. Normal, Wide, and Warning Only

can be selected.

2Customized Features P. 113, 283

●

Blinks when you fail to steer the vehicle. The beeper

sounds simultaneously.

●

Operate the steering wheel to resume the LKAS.

●

Appears when the LKAS is in operation, or the LKAS

button is pressed, but there is a problem with a system

related to the LKAS. The LKAS cancels automatically.

The beeper sounds simultaneously.

●

If any other system indicators come on, such as the

VSA®, ABS and brake system, take appropriate action.

2Indicators P. 74

Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)

Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) System

When you selected Warning Only

When you selected Normal or Wide

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 104 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

105

uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages

Instrument Panel

Message Condition Explanation

●

Appears when you unlock and open the driver’s door

while the power system is on by two-way keyless access

remote. 2Remote Engine Start with Vehicle Feedback

P. 366

Models with two-way keyless access remote

* Not available on all models

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 105 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

106

Instrument Panel

Gauges and Displays

Gauges

Gauges include the speedometer, tachometer, fuel gauge, High Voltage battery

charge level gauge, and related indicators. They are displayed when the power

mode is in ON.

Displays your driving speed in mph or km/h.

Shows the number of engine revolutions per minute.

Displays the amount of fuel left in the fuel tank.

■Speedometer

■Tachometer

■Fuel Gauge

1Fuel Gauge

NOTICE

You should refuel when the needle approaches .

Running out of fuel can cause the engine to misfire,

damaging the catalytic converter.

The actual amount of remaining fuel may differ from

the fuel gauge reading.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 106 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

107

uuGauges and DisplaysuGauges

Instrument Panel

Shows the remaining High Voltage battery charge level.

■High Voltage Battery Charge Level Gauge

1High Voltage Battery Charge Level Gauge

The High Voltage battery charge level may decrease

under the following conditions:

•When the 12-volt battery has been replaced.

•When the 12-volt battery has been disconnected.

•When the High Voltage battery control system

corrects its reading.

The charge level reading will be corrected

automatically while driving.

Changes in the temperature of the High Voltage

battery can increase or decrease the battery’s

charging capacity. If temperature changes cause the

battery’s capacity to change, the number of

indicators in the battery charge level gauge may also

change, even if the amount of charging remains the

same.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 107 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

108

uuGauges and DisplaysuMulti-Information Display

Instrument Panel

Multi-Information Display

The multi-information display shows the odometer, trip meter, outside temperature

indicator, and other gauges. It also displays important messages such as warnings

and other helpful information.

■Main displays

Roll the right selector wheel to change the display.

■Switching the Display

ᵑᵔ

Right Selector Wheel Engine Oil Life

Vehicle Settings

Elapsed Time

Blank Screen Average SpeedRangeInstant Fuel Economy/

Average Fuel Economy

CompassTire Pressure for

Each Tire

Current Mode for

ACC with LSF and

the LKAS

Head-up Display

Content

This message shows

when ACC with LSF

and the LKAS are off.

Turn-by-Turn

Directions

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 108 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

109

uuGauges and DisplaysuMulti-Information Display

Continued

Instrument Panel

■Lower displays

Press the TRIP button to change the display.

Odometer Trip A Trip B

Outside temperature

TRIP Button

TRIP

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 109 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

uuGauges and DisplaysuMulti-Information Display

110

Instrument Panel

Shows the total number of miles or kilometers that your vehicle has accumulated.

Shows the total number of miles or kilometers driven since the last reset. Meters A

and B can be used to measure two separate trips.

■Resetting a trip meter

To reset a trip meter, display it, then press and hold the TRIP button. The trip meter

is reset to 0.0.

Shows the outside temperature in Fahrenheit (U.S.) or Celsius (Canada).

■Adjusting the outside temperature display

Adjust the temperature reading up to ± 5°F (U.S.) or ± 3°C (Canada) if the

temperature reading seems incorrect.

Shows the estimated average fuel economy of each trip meter in mpg (U.S.) or

l/100 km (Canada). The display is updated at set intervals. When a trip meter is reset,

the average fuel economy is also reset.

■Odometer

■Trip Meter

■Outside Temperature

■Average Fuel Economy

1Trip Meter

Switch between trip meter A and trip meter B by

pressing the TRIP button.

1Outside Temperature

The temperature sensor is in the front bumper.

Road heat and exhaust from another vehicle can

affect the temperature reading when your vehicle

speed is less than 19 mph (30 km/h).

It may take several minutes for the display to be

updated after the temperature reading has stabilized.

Use the multi-information display’s customized

features to correct the temperature.

2Customized Features P. 113, 283

1Average Fuel Economy

You can change when to reset the average fuel

economy.

2Customized Features P. 113, 283

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 110 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

Continued

111

uuGauges and DisplaysuMulti-Information Display

Instrument Panel

Shows the instant fuel economy as a bar graph in mpg (U.S.) or l/100 km (Canada).

Shows the estimated distance you can travel on the remaining power and fuel. This

distance is estimated from the fuel economy of your previous trips.

Shows the time elapsed since Trip A or Trip B was reset.

Shows the average speed in mph (U.S.) or km/h (Canada) since Trip A or Trip B was

reset.

Shows the current mode for ACC with LSF.

2To Switch ACC with LSF to Cruise Control P. 395

Shows you turn-by-turn driving directions to your destination linked with the

navigation system.

2Refer to the Navigation System Manual

■Instant Fuel Economy

■Range

■Elapsed Time

■Average Speed

■Current Mode for ACC with LSF

■Turn-by-Turn Directions

1Elapsed Time

You can change when to reset the elapsed time.

2Customized Features P. 113, 283

1Average Speed

You can change when to reset the average speed.

2Customized Features P. 113, 283

1Turn-by-Turn Directions

The multi-information display shows a compass when

the route guidance is not used.

You can select whether the turn-by-turn display

comes on during the route guidance.

2Customized Features P. 113, 283

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 111 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

112

uuGauges and DisplaysuMulti-Information Display

Instrument Panel

Shows the remaining oil life and Maintenance Minder

2Maintenance Minder

P. 463

Shows each tire’s pressure.

2Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) P. 414

Shows the display for changing the head-up display content.

2To Change Head-Up Display Content P. 125

■Engine Oil Life

■Tire Pressure Monitor

■Head-Up Display Content

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 112 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

Continued

113

uuGauges and DisplaysuMulti-Information Display

Instrument Panel

Use the multi-information display to customize certain features.

■How to customize

Select the Vehicle Settings screen by rolling the right selector wheel while the

power mode is in ON, and the vehicle is at a complete stop.

Push the right selector wheel.

■Customized Features

1Customized Features

To customize other features, roll the right selector

wheel.

2List of customizable options P. 116

2Example of customization settings P. 121

Customization is possible when you see the driver’s

ID (Driver 1 or Driver 2) on the screen.

The driver’s ID indicates which remote transmitter

you have used to unlock the driver’s door. The

customized settings are recalled every time you

unlock the driver’s door with that remote.

Change to (P before you attempt to change any

customized setting.

Customizing is also available from the audio/

information screen.

You cannot have Vehicle Settings displayed on the

multi-information display while the audio/

information screen shows the same menu.

2Customized Features P. 283

Right Selector Wheel

Roll: Changes the

customize menus and

items.

Push: Enters the selected

item.

Multi-information Display: Goes to Vehicle Settings.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 113 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

114

uuGauges and DisplaysuMulti-Information Display

Instrument Panel

■Customization flow

Roll the right selector wheel to select Vehicle Settings and push the right selector wheel.

Vehicle Settings

“Trip A” Reset Timing

Language Selection

Adjust Outside Temp. Display

Memory Position Link

Door Unlock Mode

Keyless Access Light Flash

Driver Assist System Setup

Meter/Head-up Display

Setup

Driving Position Setup

Keyless Access Setup

“Trip B” Reset Timing

Turn by Turn Display

Forward Collision Warning Distance

ACC Forward Vehicle Detect Beep

Push

Lane Keeping Assist Suspend Beep

Blind Spot Info

Steering Wheel Movement At Entry/Exit

Auto Seat Belt Tension

Roll

Keyless Access Beep

Head-up Warning

Reactive Force Pedal

Display Speed Unit

Roll

Push

Roll

Remote Start System On/Off

Road Departure Mitigation Setting

Roll

Push

* Not available on all models

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 114 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

115

uuGauges and DisplaysuMulti-Information Display

Continued

Instrument Panel

Exit

Door Setup

Maintenance Info.

Default All

Lighting Setup

Key And Remote Unlock Mode

Auto Door Lock

Auto Door Unlock

Keyless Lock Answer Back

Security Relock Timer

Interior Light Dimming Time

Headlight Auto Off Timer

Auto Light Sensitivity

Push

Roll

Auto Folding Door Mirror

Roll

Wiper Setup

Push

Wiper Action

Push

Maintenance Reset

Roll

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 115 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

116

uuGauges and DisplaysuMulti-Information Display

Instrument Panel

■List of customizable options

*1:Default Setting

Setup Group Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings

Driver Assist

System

Setup

Forward Collision

Warning Distance Changes at which distance the CMBS

alerts. Long/Normal

/Short/Off

Head-up Warning Turns the head-up warning on and off. On

/Off

ACC Forward Vehicle

Detect Beep

Causes the system to beep when the system detects a

vehicle, or when the vehicle goes out of the ACC with

LSF range.

On/Off

Road Departure

Mitigation Setting

Changes the setting for the road departure mitigation

system.

Normal

/Wide/Warning

Only

Lane Keeping Assist

Suspend Beep Causes the system to beep when the LKAS is suspended. On/Off

Blind Spot Info Changes the setting for the blind spot information. Audible And Visual

Alert

/Visual Alert/Off

Reactive Force Pedal Changes the amount of the accelerator pedal resistance

force. High Force/Low Force

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 116 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

117

uuGauges and DisplaysuMulti-Information Display

Continued

Instrument Panel

*1:Default Setting

Setup Group Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings

Meter/

Head-up

Display

Setup

Language Selection Changes the displayed language. English

/French/Spanish

Adjust Outside Temp.

Display Adjusts the temperature reading by a few degrees.

-5°F ~ ±0°F

~ +5°F

(U.S.)

-3°C ~ ±0°C

~ +3°C

(Canada)

“Trip A” Reset Timing

Changes the setting of how to reset trip meter A,

average fuel economy A, average speed A, and elapsed

time A.

When Refueled/IGN Off/

Manually Reset

“Trip B” Reset Timing

Changes the setting of how to reset trip meter B,

average fuel economy B, average speed B, and elapsed

time B.

When Refueled/IGN Off/

Manually Reset

Turn by Turn Display Selects whether the turn-by-turn display comes on

during the route guidance. On

/Off

Display Speed Unit

Changes the speed unit for ACC with LSF on the multi-

information display, and the speed unit on the head-up

display.

km/h/mph

(U.S.)

km/h

/mph

(Canada)

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 117 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

118

uuGauges and DisplaysuMulti-Information Display

Instrument Panel

*1: Default Setting

Setup Group Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings

Driving

Position

Setup

Memory Position Link Turns the driving position memory system on and

off. On

/Off

Steering Wheel

Movement At Entry/Exit

Moves the steering wheel fully up when you get in/

get out of the vehicle. On

/Off

Auto Seat Belt Tension Turns the auto seatbelt tension setting for the seat

belt e-pretensioner on and off. On

/Off

Keyless

Access

Setup

Door Unlock Mode Changes which doors unlock when you grab the

driver’s door handle. Driver Door Only

/All Doors

Keyless Access Light

Flash

Causes some exterior lights to flash when you

unlock/lock the doors. On

/Off

Keyless Access Beep Causes the beeper to sound when you unlock/lock

the doors. On

/Off

Remote Start System On/

Off

Turns the remote engine start feature on and off. On

/Off

Lighting

Setup

Interior Light Dimming

Time

Changes the length of time the interior lights stay on

after you close the doors. 60sec/30sec

/15sec

Headlight Auto Off

Timer

Changes the length of time the exterior lights stay

on after you close the driver’s door. 60sec/30sec/15sec

/0sec

Auto Light Sensitivity Changes the timing for the headlights to come on. Max/High/Mid

/Low/Min

* Not available on all models

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 118 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

119

uuGauges and DisplaysuMulti-Information Display

Continued

Instrument Panel

*1: Default Setting

Setup Group Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings

Door Setup

Auto Door Lock Changes the setting for when the doors

automatically lock.

With Vehicle Speed

/Shift

from P/Off

Auto Door Unlock Changes the setting for when the doors

automatically unlock.

All Doors When Driver’s

Door Opens

/All Doors

When Shifted To Park/All

Doors When Ignition

Switched Off/Off

Key And Remote Unlock

Mode

Sets up either the driver’s door or all doors to unlock

on the first operation of the remote or built-in key. Driver Door

/ All Doors

Keyless Lock Answer

Back

LOCK/UNLOCK- The exterior lights flash.

LOCK (2nd push)- The beeper sounds. On

/Off

Security Relock Timer

Changes the time it takes for the doors to relock and

the security system to set after you unlock the

vehicle without opening any door.

90sec/60sec/30sec

Auto Folding Door

Mirror Changes how you can fold the door mirrors. Auto Fold With Keyless

Manual Only

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 119 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

120

uuGauges and DisplaysuMulti-Information Display

Instrument Panel

*1: Default Setting

Setup Group Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings

Wiper Setup Wiper Action Changes the setting for the automatic intermittent

wipers in the AUTO position.

Rain Sensing

/Intermittent/

Speed Sensitive

Maintenance

Info. Maintenance Reset Resets/Cancels the engine oil life display when you

have performed the maintenance service. Cancel/Reset

Default All —Cancels/Resets all the customized settings as

default. Cancel/Set

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 120 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

121

uuGauges and DisplaysuMulti-Information Display

Continued

Instrument Panel

■Example of customization settings

The steps for changing the “Trip A” Reset Timing setting to When Refueled are

shown below. The default setting for “Trip A” Reset Timing is Manually Reset.

1. Roll the right selector wheel to select

Vehicle Settings, then push the right

selector wheel.

2. Roll the right selector wheel until Meter/

Head-up Display Setup appears on the

display.

3. Push the right selector wheel.

uLanguage Selection appears first on

the display.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 121 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

122

uuGauges and DisplaysuMulti-Information Display

Instrument Panel

4. Roll the right selector wheel until “Trip A”

Reset Timing appears on the display, then

push the right selector wheel.

uThe display switches to the

customization setup screen, where you

can select When Refueled, IGN Off,

Manually Reset, or Exit.

5. Roll the right selector wheel and select

When Refueled, then push the right

selector wheel.

uThe When Refueled Setup screen

appears, then the display returns to the

customization menu screen.

6. Roll the right selector wheel until Exit

appears on the display, then push the right

selector wheel.

7. Repeat Step 6 until you return to the

normal screen.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 122 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

123

uuGauges and DisplaysuHead-Up Display

Continued

Instrument Panel

Head-Up Display

Shows the power distribution monitor, current mode for ACC with LSF, tachometer,

gear position indicator, or turn-by-turn directions along with the vehicle speed. You

can choose which item to be displayed using the multi-information display. They are

displayed when the power mode is in ON.

To turn the head-up display on and off: Press the HUD button.

The display can be moved up and down to come level with your eyes.

To raise or lower the head-up display: Press and hold the or button until

the desired position is reached.

Button

HUD Button

Head-Up Display Press and hold the button

to raise the display.

Press and hold the button

to lower the display.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 123 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

124

uuGauges and DisplaysuHead-Up Display

Instrument Panel

The display also shows the following

warnings.

•System Message Indicator: Appears

when a problem is detected. A system

message on the multi-information display

appears at the same time.

2Multi-Information Display Warning

and Information Messages P. 92

•Lane Departure Warning: When your

vehicle is too close to the traffic lane lines,

the lane departure warning appears.

2Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)

P. 401

•Head-up Warning Lights:

Flash when the BRAKE message appears

on the multi-information display.

2Collision Mitigation Braking System

(CMBS

) P. 426

Come on when the BRAKE message

appears on the multi-information display.

2Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with

Low Speed Follow (LSF) P. 383

Lane Departure Warning

System Message Indicator

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 124 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

Continued

125

uuGauges and DisplaysuHead-Up Display

Instrument Panel

To change the item that comes on along with the vehicle speed on the head-up

display, do the following:

1. Roll the right selector wheel to select Head-

up Display Content on the multi-

information display, then push the right

selector wheel.

2Switching the Display P. 108

■To Change Head-Up Display Content

1To Change Head-Up Display Content

Accessing the Head-up Display Content menu on

the multi-information display turns on the head-up

display.

When pushing the right selector wheel on any other

display except Vehicle Settings on the multi-

information display, you can also access the Head-up

Display Content menu.

Right

Selector

Wheel

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 125 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

126

uuGauges and DisplaysuHead-Up Display

Instrument Panel

2. Roll the right selector wheel to select the vehicle information you want to display,

then push the right selector wheel.

uThe head-up display and multi-information display show the same content.

Head-Up Display

Multi-

Information

Display

Right

Selector

Wheel

Power Distribution Monitor,

Vehicle Speed

Current Mode for ACC with LSF,

Vehicle Speed

Tachometer, Gear Position

Indicator, Vehicle Speed

Vehicle Speed Turn-by-Turn Directions,

Vehicle Speed

Compass, Vehicle Speed

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 126 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

Continued

127

uuGauges and DisplaysuHead-Up Display

Instrument Panel

Shows your driving speed in mph or km/h.

Shows the number of engine revolutions as a bar graph.

Shows the current gear selection.

2Gear Position Indicator P. 80

Shows the current mode for ACC with LSF.

2To Switch ACC with LSF to Cruise Control P. 395

Shows you turn-by-turn driving directions to your destination linked with the

navigation system.

2Refer to the Navigation System Manual

■Vehicle Speed

■Tachometer

■Gear Position Indicator

■Current Mode for ACC with LSF

■Turn-by-Turn Directions

1Vehicle Speed

Switch between mph and km/h by using the

customized features on the multi-information

display.

2Customized Features P. 113, 283

1Turn-by-Turn Directions

The head-up display shows a compass when the

route guidance is not used.

You can select whether the turn-by-turn display

comes on during the route guidance.

2Customized Features P. 113, 283

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 127 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

uuGauges and DisplaysuHead-Up Display

128

Instrument Panel

Consists of two monitoring displays, one that indicates the vehicle’s power flow,

and the other, the torque distribution.

■Power flow monitor

Shows motor and engine power flow, indicating what supplies power to the vehicle,

or if the battery is being charged.

■Power Distribution Monitor

Head-up display Color of

indicators

Power is

supplied by the

motors and the

engine.

Blue

Power is only

supplied by the

motors.

Blue

Power is only

supplied by the

engine.

Blue

The motors

charge the High

Voltage battery.

Green

1Power Distribution Monitor

The power distribution monitor can be also displayed

on the audio/information display.

2Audio/Information Screen P. 225

While the vehicle is stationary with the engine

running, the following may appear on the display.

Engine Icon

(Engine on)

Power Flow

Indicator

Engine Icon

(Engine off)

Power Flow

Indicator

Engine Icon

(Engine on)

Power Flow

Indicator

Engine Icon

(Engine on)

Power Flow

Indicator

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 128 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

129

uuGauges and DisplaysuHead-Up Display

Instrument Panel

■SPORT HYBRID SH-AWD® torque distribution monitor

The indicators on the display show the amount of torque being transferred to each

wheel or regenerative energy being supplied to the High Voltage battery.

2SPORT HYBRID Super Handling-All Wheel Drive

(SPORT HYBRID SH-AWD®)

P. 411

Torque Indicator

How much torque is being

transferred is shown in

four scales. The indicators

appear in blue.

How much regenerative

braking is being supplied to

the High Voltage battery is

shown in three scales. The

indicators appear in green.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 129 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

130

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 130 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

131

Controls

This chapter explains how to operate the various controls necessary for driving.

Clock .................................................. 132

Locking and Unlocking the Doors

Key Types and Functions .................. 133

Low Keyless Access Remote Signal

Strength......................................... 135

Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the

Outside .......................................... 136

Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the

Inside ............................................. 142

Childproof Door Locks ..................... 144

Auto Door Locking/Unlocking .......... 145

Opening and Closing the Trunk....... 146

Security System ................................ 149

Immobilizer System .......................... 149

Security System Alarm...................... 149

Opening and Closing the Windows .... 152

Opening and Closing the Moonroof

....... 154

Operating the Switches Around the

Steering Wheel

POWER Button................................. 155

Turn Signals..................................... 158

Light Switches.................................. 159

Fog Lights........................................ 162

Daytime Running Lights ................... 162

Wipers and Washers ........................ 163

Brightness Control ........................... 166

Rear Defogger/Heated Door Mirror Button...168

Driving Position Memory System ...... 169

Adjusting the Steering Wheel .......... 171

Adjusting the Mirrors....................... 172

Interior Rearview Mirror ................... 172

Power Door Mirrors ......................... 173

Adjusting the Seats .......................... 175

Front Seats ...................................... 175

Interior Lights/Interior Convenience

Items ................................................ 182

Interior Lights .................................. 182

Interior Convenience Items .............. 184

Climate Control System ................... 200

Using Automatic Climate Control .... 200

Automatic Climate Control Sensors......209

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 131 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

132

Controls

Clock

Adjusting the Clock

The clock is automatically updated through the navigation system, so the time does

not need to be adjusted.

You can also adjust the time manually in the audio/information screen, with the

power mode in ON.

■Using the Settings menu on the audio/information screen

1. Press the SETTINGS button.

2. Rotate to select System Settings, then

press .

3. Move or to select the Clock tab.

4. Rotate to select Clock Adjustment,

then press .

5. Rotate to change hour, then press .

6. Rotate to change minute, then press

■Adjusting the Time

1Adjusting the Clock

These indications are used to show how to operate

the interface dial.

Rotate to select.

Press to enter.

You can customize the clock display to show the 12

hour clock or 24 hour clock.

2Customized Features P. 283

Hour

Clock/Wallpaper Type

System settings

Clock Display

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 132 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

133

Continued

Controls

Locking and Unlocking the Doors

Key Types and Functions

This vehicle comes with the following keys:

■Keyless access remote

Use the keyless access remote to turn on and

off the power system, to lock and unlock the

doors and to open the trunk. You can also use

the keyless access system to lock and unlock

the doors and trunk.

■Keys

1Key Types and Functions

All the keys have an immobilizer system. The

immobilizer system helps to protect against vehicle

theft.

2Immobilizer System P. 149

The keys contain precision electronics.

Adhere to the following advice to prevent damage to

the electronics:

•Do not leave the keys in direct sunlight, or in

locations with high temperature or high humidity.

•Do not drop the keys or set heavy objects on them.

•Keep the keys away from liquids.

•Do not take the keys apart except for replacing the

battery.

If the circuits in the keys are damaged, the power

system may not activate, and the keyless access

system may not work.

If the keys do not work properly, have them

inspected by a dealer.

You can remotely turn the power system on using the

two-way keyless access remote.

2Remote Engine Start with Vehicle

Feedback

P. 366

Models with two-way keyless access remote

Models without two-way keyless

access remote

Models with two-way keyless

access remote

* Not available on all models

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 133 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

134

uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuKey Types and Functions

Controls

The built-in key can be used to lock/unlock the

doors when the keyless access remote battery

becomes weak and the power door lock/

unlock operation is disabled.

To remove the built-in key, pull it out while

sliding the release knob. To reinstall the built-

in key, push the built-in key into the keyless

access remote until it clicks.

Built-in Key

Release Knob

Built-in Key

Release Knob

Models without two-way keyless

access remote

Models with two-way keyless

access remote

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 134 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

135

uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLow Keyless Access Remote Signal Strength

Controls

Contains a number that you will need if you

purchase a replacement key.

Low Keyless Access Remote Signal Strength

The vehicle transmits radio waves to locate the keyless access remote when locking/

unlocking the doors, opening the trunk, or to activate the power system.

In the following cases, locking/unlocking the doors, opening the trunk, or activating

the power system may be inhibited or operation may be unstable:

•Strong radio waves are being transmitted by nearby equipment.

•You are carrying the keyless access remote together with telecommunications

equipment, laptop computers, cell phones, or wireless devices.

•A metallic object is touching or covering the keyless access remote.

■Key Number Tag

1Key Number Tag

Keep the key number tag separate from the key in a

safe place outside of your vehicle.

If you wish to purchase an additional key, contact a

dealer.

If you lose your key and you cannot activate the

power system, contact a dealer.

1Low Keyless Access Remote Signal Strength

Communication between the keyless access remote

and the vehicle consumes the keyless access remote’s

battery.

The keyless access remote battery lasts about two

years. This changes by how often you use the remote.

The battery is consumed whenever the keyless access

remote is receiving strong radio waves. Avoid placing

it near electrical appliances such as televisions and

personal computers.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 135 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

136

uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside

Controls

Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside

When you carry the keyless access remote,

you can lock/unlock the doors and open the

trunk.

You can lock/unlock the doors within a radius

of about 32 inches (80 cm) of the outside door

handle. You can open the trunk within about

32 inches (80 cm) radius from the trunk

release button.

■Locking the vehicle

Press the door lock button on the front or rear

door.

uSome exterior lights flash; the beeper

sounds; all the doors lock; and the

security system sets.

■Using the Keyless Access System

1Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside

You can lock or unlock doors using the remote

transmitter or keyless access system only when the

power mode is in VEHICLE OFF.

1Using the Keyless Access System

•Do not leave the keyless access remote in the

vehicle when you get out. Carry it with you.

•Even if you are not carrying the keyless access

remote, you can lock/unlock the doors while

someone else with the remote is within range.

•The door may be unlocked if the door handle is

covered with water in heavy rain or in a car wash if

the keyless access remote is within range.

•If you grip a front or rear door handle wearing

gloves, the door sensor may be slow to respond or

may not respond by unlocking the doors.

•The door may not open if you pull it immediately

after gripping the door handle. Grip the handle

again and confirm that the door is unlocked before

pulling the handle.

•Even within the 32 inches (80 cm) radius, you may

not be able to lock/unlock the doors with the

keyless access remote if it is above or below the

outside handle.

•The keyless access remote may not operate if it is

too close to the door and door glass.

Door Lock

Button

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 136 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

Continued

137

uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside

Controls

■Unlocking the vehicle

Grab the driver’s door handle:

uThe driver’s door unlocks.

uSome exterior lights flash twice and the

beeper sounds twice.

Grab the front passenger’s or rear door

handle:

uAll the doors unlock.

uSome exterior lights flash twice and the

beeper sounds twice.

Press the trunk release button:

uThe trunk unlocks and opens.

uThe beeper sounds.

2Using the Trunk Release Button P. 146

Trunk

Release

Button

1Using the Keyless Access System

If the distance at which the remote transmitter works

varies, the battery is probably low.

If the LED does not come on when you press a

button, the battery is dead.

2Replacing the Button Battery P. 498

You can customize the door lock mode and keyless

lock acknowledgement setting.

2Customized Features P. 113, 283

If you do not open a door within 30 seconds of

unlocking the vehicle, the doors will automatically

relock.

When you go into the front side of the keyless access

system working range with all the doors locked, the

front and rear door outer handle ambient lights come

on for 30 seconds.

The lights do not come on if you have previously

stayed within the range for more than five minutes,

or the doors have been locked for a few days.

The feature activates again after you drive the

vehicle, then lock the doors.

The light flash, beep and unlock settings can be

customized using the audio/information screen or

multi-information display.

2Customized Features P. 113, 283

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 137 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside

138

Controls

■Locking the doors

Press the lock button.

Once:

uSome exterior lights flash, all the doors

lock, and the security system sets.

Twice (within five seconds after the first

push):

uThe beeper sounds and verifies the

security system is set.

*1:

Checking Door Lock Status

P. 141

■Using the Remote Transmitter

1Using the Remote Transmitter

If you do not open a door within 30 seconds of

unlocking the vehicle with the remote transmitter,

the doors will automatically relock.

You can change the relock timer setting.

2Customized Features P. 113, 283

If the interior light switch is in the door activated

position, the interior lights come on when you press

the unlock button.

No doors opened: The lights fade out after 30

seconds.

Doors relocked with the remote: The lights go off

immediately.

2Interior Lights P. 182

The remote transmitter uses low-power signals, so

the operating range may vary depending on the

surroundings.

The remote will not lock the vehicle when a door is

open.

LED

Unlock

Button

Lock

Button

LED

Unlock

Button

Lock

Button

* Not available on all models

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 138 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

Continued

139

uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside

Controls

■Unlocking the doors

Press the unlock button.

Once:

uSome exterior lights flash twice, and the driver’s door unlocks.

Twice:

uThe remaining doors unlock.

1Using the Remote Transmitter

If the distance at which the remote transmitter works

varies, the battery is probably low.

If the LED does not come on when you press a

button, the battery is dead.

2Replacing the Button Battery P. 498

You can customize the door unlock mode setting.

2Customized Features P. 113, 283

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 139 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside

140

Controls

If the keyless remote battery or the vehicle battery is dead, use the key instead of the

keyless remote.

Fully insert the key and turn it.

■Locking the front doors

Push the lock tab forward

or push the

master door lock switch in the lock direction

, and close the door.

■Locking the rear doors

Push the lock tab forward and close the door.

■Lockout prevention system

The doors cannot be locked when the keyless access remote is inside the vehicle, and

any door is open.

■Locking/Unlocking the Doors Using a Key

1Locking/Unlocking the Doors Using a Key

When you lock the driver’s door with a key, all the

other doors lock at the same time. When unlocking,

the driver’s door unlocks first. Turn the key a second

time within a few seconds to unlock the remaining

doors.

If you unlock the doors with the key, the alarm goes

off when you open the hood or select other than (P

before the power mode is set to ON.

You can customize the door unlock mode setting.

2Customized Features P. 113, 283

Lock

Unlock

■Locking a Door Without Using a Key

1Locking a Door Without Using a Key

When you lock the driver’s door, all the other doors

lock at the same time.

Make sure you have the key in your hand before

locking the door to prevent it from being locked in

the vehicle.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 140 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

141

uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside

Controls

You can remotely check if your vehicle’s doors

are all locked or any are unlocked using the

keyless access remote from extended

distances.

Press the lock button, the Amber (LEFT) LED blinks once. Then after three seconds

one of the following feedback will come:

•Green (center) comes on: Acknowledges that the doors are locked.

•Red (right) comes on: Acknowledges that doors are not locked, or any door is not

completely closed.

•Red (right) blinks three times: The remote does not receive the door lock status

from the vehicle.

■Checking Door Lock Status

1Checking Door Lock Status

Operate the remote in an open space. If there are

buildings or other obstacles between your vehicle

and the remote, the remote may not work even

within the operable range. However, the range of

unlock, all doors, and panic functions are the same as

the standard keyless access remote.

2Using the Remote Transmitter P. 138

When checking the door lock status, you can also

turn the power system on or off.

2Remote Engine Start with Vehicle

Feedback

P. 366

Red

Green

Amber

Lock Button

* Not available on all models

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 141 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

142

uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside

Controls

Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside

■Locking a door

Push the lock tab forward.

■Unlocking a door

Pull the lock tab rearward.

■Using the Lock Tab

1Using the Lock Tab

When you lock the door using the lock tab on the

driver's door, all the other doors lock at the same

time.

When you unlock the door using the lock tab on the

driver’s door, only the driver’s door will unlock.

To Unlock

Lock Tab

To Lock

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 142 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

Continued

143

uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside

Controls

Pull the front door inner handle.

uThe door unlocks and opens in one

motion.

Unlocking and opening the driver’s door from the inner handle unlocks all the other

doors.

To avoid all the doors to be unlocked, use the lock tab on the driver’s door to unlock,

then lock again before opening the door.

uThis setting works for one time only. If you do not want all the doors to be

unlocked all the time, customize the Auto Door Unlock setting to Off using

the multi-information display or audio/information screen.

■Unlocking Using the Front Door Inner Handle

1Unlocking Using the Front Door Inner Handle

The front door inner handles are designed to allow

front seat occupants to open the door in one motion.

However, this feature requires that front seat

occupants never pull a front door inner handle while

the vehicle is in motion.

Children should always ride in a rear seat where

childproof door locks are provided.

2Childproof Door Locks P. 144

Inner Handle

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 143 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuChildproof Door Locks

144

Controls

Press the master door lock switch in as shown

to lock or unlock all doors.

Childproof Door Locks

The childproof door locks prevent the rear doors from being opened from the inside

regardless of the position of the lock tab.

Slide the lever in the rear door to the lock

position, and close the door.

■When opening the door

Open the door using the outside door handle.

■Using the Master Door Lock Switch

1Using the Master Door Lock Switch

When you lock/unlock either front door using the

master door lock switch, all the other doors lock/

unlock at the same time.

To Unlock

To Lock

Master Door Lock Switch

■Setting the Childproof Door Locks

1Childproof Door Locks

To open the door from the inside when the

childproof door lock is on, put the lock tab in the

unlock position, lower the rear window, put your

hand out of the window, and pull the outside door

handle.

Unlock

Lock

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 144 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

145

uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuAuto Door Locking/Unlocking

Controls

Auto Door Locking/Unlocking

Your vehicle locks all doors and unlocks the driver’s door automatically when a

certain condition is met.

■Drive lock mode

All doors lock when the vehicle’s speed reaches about 10 mph (15 km/h).

■Driver’s door open mode

All doors unlock when the driver’s door is opened.

■Auto Door Locking

■Auto Door Unlocking

1Auto Door Locking/Unlocking

You can turn off or change to another auto door

locking/unlocking setting using the audio/

information screen or multi-information display.

2Customized Features P. 113, 283

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 145 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

146

Controls

Opening and Closing the Trunk

Precautions for Opening/Closing the Trunk

■Opening the trunk

Open the trunk all the way.

uIf it is not fully opened, the trunk lid may begin to close under its own weight.

■Closing the trunk

Keep the trunk lid closed while driving to:

uAvoid possible damage.

uPrevent exhaust gas from leaking into the vehicle.

2Exhaust Gas Hazard P. 70

Using the Trunk Release Button

Pressing the trunk release button on the

driver’s door.

2When You Cannot Open the Trunk P. 550

Trunk Release Button

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 146 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

147

uuOpening and Closing the TrunkuUsing the Remote Transmitter

Controls

Push up the release button on the trunk lid

after the doors are unlocked.

2When You Cannot Open the Trunk P. 550

Even if the trunk is locked, you can open the

trunk if you carry the keyless access remote.

uThe beeper sounds.

Using the Remote Transmitter

Press the trunk release button for

approximately one second to unlock and open

the trunk.

1Using the Trunk Release Button

•Do not leave the keyless access remote in the

vehicle when you get out. Carry it with you.

•Even if you are not carrying the keyless access

remote, you can unlock the trunk while someone

else with the remote is within range.

•Do not leave the keyless access remote inside the

trunk and close the lid. The beeper sounds and the

trunk cannot be closed.

Trunk

Release

Button

Trunk

Release

Button

Trunk

Release

Button

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 147 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

148

uuOpening and Closing the TrunkuEmergency Trunk Opener

Controls

Emergency Trunk Opener

The trunk release lever allows you to open the

trunk from inside for your safety.

Pull the release lever in the direction of the

arrow.

1Emergency Trunk Opener

Parents should decide if their children should be

shown how to use this feature.

Lever

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 148 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

149

Continued

Controls

Security System

Immobilizer System

The immobilizer system prevents a key that has not been pre-registered from

starting the power system. Each key contains electronic transmitters that use

electronic signals to verify the key.

Pay attention to the following when pressing the POWER button:

•Do not allow objects that emit strong radio waves near the POWER button.

•Make sure the key is not covered by or touching a metal object.

•Do not bring a key from another vehicle’s immobilizer system with the keyless

access remote.

Security System Alarm

The security system alarm activates when the trunk, hood or doors are forcibly

opened. The alarm does not go off if the trunk or doors are opened with the key,

remote transmitter or keyless access system.

However, the alarm goes off when a door is opened with the key, then select other

than (P or the hood is opened before the power mode is set to ON.

■When the security system alarm activates

The horn sounds intermittently and all of the exterior lights flash.

■To deactivate the security system alarm

Unlock the vehicle using the remote transmitter or keyless access system. The

system, along with the horn and flashing lights, is deactivated.

1Immobilizer System

NOTICE

Leaving the keyless access remote in the vehicle can

result in theft or accidental movement of the vehicle.

Always take the key with you whenever you leave the

vehicle unattended.

Do not alter the system or add other devices to it.

Doing so may damage the system and make your

vehicle inoperable.

1Security System Alarm

The security alarm continues for a maximum of two

minutes until the security system deactivates.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 149 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

uuSecurity SystemuSecurity System Alarm

150

Controls

■Setting the security system alarm

The security system alarm automatically sets when the following conditions have

been met:

•The power mode is set to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK).

•The hood and trunk are closed.

•All doors are locked from outside with the key, remote transmitter or keyless

access system.

■When the security system alarm sets

The security system indicator in the instrument panel blinks. When the blinking

interval changes after about 15 seconds, the security system is set.

■To cancel the security system alarm

The security system is canceled when the vehicle is unlocked using the remote

transmitter, or you grab any door handle while carrying the keyless access remote,

or the power mode is set to ON. The security system indicator goes off at the same

time.

1Security System Alarm

Do not set the security system alarm when someone

is in the vehicle or a window is open. The system can

accidentally activate when:

•Unlocking the door with the lock tab.

•Opening the trunk with the trunk release button on

the driver’s door or the emergency trunk opener.

•Selecting other than (P.

•Opening the hood with the hood release.

If the 12-volt battery goes dead after you have set the

security system alarm, the security alarm may go off

once the 12-volt battery is recharged or replaced.

If this occurs, deactivate the security system alarm by

unlocking a door using the remote transmitter or

keyless access system.

Do not attempt to alter this system or add another

device to it.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 150 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

151

uuSecurity SystemuSecurity System Alarm

Controls

■The panic button on the remote

transmitter

If you press the panic button for

approximately one second, the following will

occur for about 30 seconds:

•The horn sounds.

•Some exterior lights flash.

■Canceling panic mode

Press any button on the remote transmitter, or set the power mode to ON.

■Panic Mode

Panic

Button

Panic

Button

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 151 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

152

Controls

Opening and Closing the Windows

Opening/Closing the Power Windows

The power windows can be opened and closed when the power mode is in ON,

using the switches on the doors. The driver’s side switches can be used to open and

close all of the windows.

The power window lock button on the driver’s side must be switched off (not

pushed in, indicator off) to open and close the windows from anywhere other than

the driver’s seat.

When the power window lock button is pushed in, you can only operate the driver’s

window. Turn the power window lock button on when children are in the vehicle.

■Automatic operation

To open: Push the switch down firmly.

To close: Pull the switch up firmly.

The window opens or closes completely. To

stop the window at any time, push or pull the

switch briefly.

■Manual operation

To open: Push the switch down lightly, and

hold it until the desired position is reached.

To close: Pull the switch up lightly, and hold it

until the desired position is reached.

■

Opening/Closing the Windows with Auto-Open/Close Function

1Opening/Closing the Power Windows

The power windows can be operated for up to 10

minutes after you set the power mode to VEHICLE

OFF (LOCK).

Opening either front door cancels this function.

Auto Reverse

If a power window senses resistance when closing

automatically, it stops closing and reverses direction.

The driver’s window auto reverse function is disabled

when you continuously pull up the switch.

The auto reverse function stops sensing when the

window is almost closed to ensure that it fully closes.

WARNING

Closing a power window on someone’s

hands or fingers can cause serious injury.

Make sure your passengers are away from

the windows before closing them.

OFF

Power Window

Lock Button

Indicator

Driver’s

Window

Switch

Front Passenger’s

Window Switch

Rear Passenger’s

Window Switches

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 152 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

153

uuOpening and Closing the Windows uOpening/Closing the Power Windows

Controls

To open: Press the unlock button twice

within 10 seconds and hold it down the

second time. If the windows stop midway,

repeat the procedure.

To open: Unlock the driver’s door with the

key. Within 10 seconds of returning the key to

the central position, turn the key in the unlock

direction and hold it there.

To close: Lock the driver’s door with the key.

Within 10 seconds of returning the key to the

central position, turn the key in the lock

direction and hold it there.

Release the key to stop the windows/

moonroof at the desired position. If you want

further adjustment, repeat the same

operation.

■Opening the Windows and Moonroof with the Remote

Unlock

Button

■

Opening/Closing the Windows and Moonroof with the Key

Open

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 153 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

154

Controls

Opening and Closing the Moonroof

You can only operate the moonroof when the power mode is in ON. Use the switch

in the front of the ceiling to open and close the moonroof.

■Automatic operation

To open: Pull the switch back firmly.

To close: Push the switch forward firmly.

The moonroof will automatically open or close

all the way. To stop the moonroof midway,

touch the switch briefly.

■Manual operation

To open: Pull the switch back lightly, and

hold it until the desired position is reached.

To close: Push the switch forward lightly, and

hold it until the desired position is reached.

■Tilting the moonroof up

To tilt: Push on the center of the moonroof

switch.

To close: Push the switch forward firmly, then

release.

■Opening/Closing the Moonroof

1Opening/Closing the Moonroof

NOTICE

Opening the moonroof in below freezing

temperature or when it is covered with snow or ice

can damage the moonroof panel or motor.

The power moonroof can be operated for up to 10

minutes after you set the power mode to VEHICLE

OFF (LOCK).

Opening either front door cancels this function.

When resistance is detected, the auto reverse

function causes the moonroof to change directions,

then stop. Auto reverse stops sensing when the

moonroof is almost closed to ensure that it fully

closes.

WARNING

Opening or closing the moonroof on

someone’s hands or fingers can cause

serious injury.

Make sure all hands and fingers are clear of

the moonroof before opening or closing it.

Open

Tilt

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 154 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

155

Continued

Controls

Operating the Switches Around the Steering Wheel

POWER Button

■Changing the Power Mode

1POWER Button

POWER Button Operating Range

You can start the power system when the keyless

access remote is inside the vehicle.

The power system may also start if the keyless access

remote is close to the door or window, even if it is

outside the vehicle.

ON mode:

Indicator in the button is off, if the engine is running.

If the keyless access remote battery is weak, beeper

sounds and the To Start, Hold Remote Near Start

Button message appears on the multi-information

display.

2If the Keyless Access Remote Battery is

Weak P. 530

Do not leave the power mode in ACCESSORY or ON

when you get out.

Operating Range

VEHICLE OFF (LOCK)

Indicator in the button is off.

The power to all electrical components is turned

off.

Press the button.

Without pressing

the brake pedal

ACCESSORY

Indicator in the button is on.

Operate the audio system and other accessories

in this position.

Indicator in the button is on.

All electrical components can be used.

Indicator

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 155 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

156

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluPOWER Button

Controls

If you leave the vehicle for 30 to 60 minutes with the transmission in (P and the

power mode in ACCESSORY, the vehicle automatically goes into the mode similar to

VEHICLE OFF (LOCK) to avoid the 12-volt battery drain.

When in this mode, you cannot lock or unlock doors with the remote transmitter or

the keyless access system.

Press the POWER button to switch the mode to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK).

If you open the driver’s door when the power mode is set to ACCESSORY, a warning

buzzer sounds.

■Automatic Power Off

■Power Mode Reminder

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 156 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

157

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluPOWER Button

Controls

Warning buzzers may sound from inside or/

and outside the vehicle to remind you that the

keyless access remote is out of the vehicle. If

the buzzer continues even after the remote is

put back inside, place it to be within its

operational range.

■When the power mode is in ON

If the keyless access remote is taken out of the

vehicle, and the driver’s door is closed,

warning buzzers sound from both inside and

outside the vehicle. A warning message on

the multi-information display notifies the

driver inside that the remote is out.

■When the power mode is in

ACCESSORY

If the keyless access remote is taken out of the

vehicle, and the driver’s door is closed, a

warning buzzer sounds from outside the

vehicle.

■Keyless Access Remote Reminder

1Keyless Access Remote Reminder

When the keyless access remote is within the

system’s operational range, and the driver’s door is

closed, the warning function cancels.

If the keyless access remote is taken out of the vehicle

after the power system has been turned on, you can

no longer change the POWER button mode or

restart the power system. Always make sure if the

remote is in your vehicle when you operate the

POWER button.

Removing the keyless access remote from the vehicle

through a window does not activate the warning

buzzer.

Do not put the keyless access remote on the

dashboard or in the glove box. It may cause the

warning buzzer to go off. Under some other

conditions that can prevent the vehicle from locating

the remote, the warning buzzer may also go off even

if the remote is within the system’s operational

range.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 157 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

158

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluTurn Signals

Controls

Turn Signals

The turn signals can be used when the power

mode is in ON.

■One-touch turn signal

When you lightly push up or down and release

the turn signal lever, the exterior turn signals

and turn signal indicator blink three times.

This feature can be used when signaling for a

lane change.

Right Turn

Left Turn

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 158 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

159

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluLight Switches

Continued

Controls

Light Switches

Rotating the light switch turns the lights on

and off, regardless of the power mode

setting.

■High beams

Push the lever forward until you hear a click.

■Low beams

When in high beams, pull the lever back to

return to low beams.

■Flashing the high beams

Pull the lever back, and release it.

■Lights off

Turn the lever to OFF either when:

•The transmission is in (P.

•The parking brake is applied.

To turn the lights on again, turn the lever to

OFF to cancel the lights off mode. Even if you

do not cancel the lights off mode, the lights

come on automatically when:

•The gear position is changed out of (P.

•The parking brake is released.

•The vehicle starts to move.

■Manual Operation

1Light Switches

If you leave the power mode in VEHICLE OFF (LOCK)

with the lights on, a light on reminder chime will

sound when you open the driver’s door.

When the lights are on, the lights on indicator in the

instrument panel will be on.

2Lights On Indicator P. 85

If you sense that the level of the headlights is

abnormal, have your vehicle inspected by a dealer.

Do not leave the lights on when the power system is

off because it will cause the 12-volt battery to

discharge.

Your vehicle is equipped with the automatic

headlight adjusting system that automatically adjusts

the vertical angle of the headlights. If you find a

significant change in the vertical angle of the

headlights, there may be a problem with the system.

Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.

High Beams

Flashing the high beams

Low Beams

Turns on parking, side marker,

tail, and rear license plate lights

Turns on headlights, parking, side

marker, tail, and rear license plate

lights

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 159 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluLight Switches

160

Controls

Automatic lighting control can be used when

the power mode is in ON.

When the light switch is in AUTO, the

headlights and other exterior lights will switch

on and off automatically depending on the

ambient brightness.

You can change the auto light sensitivity

setting.

2Customized Features P. 113, 283

■Automatic Lighting Control

1Automatic Lighting Control

We recommend that you turn on the lights manually

when driving at night, in a dense fog, or in dark areas

such as long tunnels or parking facilities.

The light sensor is in the location shown below.

Do not cover this light sensor with anything;

otherwise, the automatic lighting system may not

work properly.

Adjust the auto light sensitivity as follows:

2Customized Features P. 113, 283

Setting The exterior lights come on

when the ambient light is at

MAX

HIGH

MID

LOW

MIN

Light Sensor

Bright

Dark

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 160 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

161

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluLight Switches

Controls

The headlights automatically come on when the wipers are used several times within

a certain intervals with the headlight switch in AUTO.

The headlights automatically go off a few minutes later if the wipers are stopped.

The headlights, all other exterior lights, and the instrument panel lights turn off 15

seconds after you set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK), take the remote with

you, and close the driver's door.

If you set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK) with the headlight switch on, but

do not open the door, the lights turn off after 10 minutes (three minutes, if the

switch is in the AUTO position).

The lights turn on again when you unlock or open the driver’s door. If you unlock

the door, but do not open it within 15 seconds, the lights go off. If you open the

driver’s door, you will hear a lights on reminder chime.

■Headlight Integration with Wipers

■Automatic Lighting Off Feature

1Headlight Integration with Wipers

This feature activates when the headlights are off in

AUTO.

The instrument panel brightness does not change

when the headlights come on.

At dark ambient light levels, the automatic lighting

control feature turns on the headlights, regardless of

the number of wiper sweeps.

1Automatic Lighting Off Feature

You can change the headlight auto off timer setting.

2Customized Features P. 113, 283

* Not available on all models

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 161 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

162

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluFog Lights

Controls

Fog Lights

When the low beam headlights are on, turn

the fog light switch on to use the fog lights.

Daytime Running Lights

The low beam headlights come on slightly dimmer than normal when the following

conditions have been met:

•The power mode is in ON.

•The headlight switch is AUTO, or in .

•The parking brake is released.

The low beam headlights return to the original brightness once the headlight switch

is turned on, or when the headlight switch is in AUTO and it is getting darker

outside.

1Fog Lights

The fog lights go off when the headlights turn off, or

when the daytime running lights are on.

Fog Light Switch

1Daytime Running Lights

The daytime running lights come on dimmer when

the headlight switch is in than when it is in

AUTO. In AUTO, if the ambient brightness is dark,

the low beam headlights come on.

U.S. models

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 162 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

163

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluWipers and Washers

Continued

Controls

Wipers and Washers

The windshield wipers and washers can be

used when the power mode is in ON.

■MIST

The wipers run at high speed until you release

the lever.

■Wiper switch (OFF, LO, HI)

Change the wiper switch setting according to

the amount of rain.

■AUTO

2Automatic Intermittent Wipers P. 164

■Washer

Sprays while you pull the lever toward you.

When you release the lever, the wipers make

two or three more sweeps before stopping.

1Wipers and Washers

NOTICE

Do not use the wipers when the windshield is dry.

The windshield will get scratched, or the rubber

blades will get damaged.

NOTICE

In cold weather, the blades may freeze to the

windshield, becoming stuck.

Operating the wipers in this condition may damage

them. Use the defroster to warm the windshield,

then turn the wipers on.

If the vehicle speeds up while the wipers are

operating intermittently, the length of the wipe

interval shortens.

When the vehicle starts moving, the wipers make a

single sweep.

Turn the washers off if no washer fluid comes out.

The pump may get damaged.

The wiper motor may stop motor operation

temporarily to prevent an overload. Wiper operation

will return to normal within a few minutes, once the

circuit has returned to normal.

MIST

OFF

LO: Low speed wipe

HI: High speed wipe

Pull to

use

washer.

AUTO: Wiper speed varies

automatically

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 163 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluWipers and Washers

164

Controls

When you push the lever down to AUTO, the

windshield wipers sweep once, and go into

the automatic mode.

The wipers operate intermittently, at low

speed, or at high speed and stops in

accordance with the amount of rainfall the

rainfall sensor detects.

■AUTO sensitivity adjustment

When the wiper function is set to AUTO, you

can adjust the sensitivity of the rain fall sensor

(using the adjustment ring) so that wipers will

operate in accordance with your preference.

Sensor sensitivity

■Automatic Intermittent Wipers

1Wipers and Washers

If the wipers stop operating due to any obstacle such

as the build-up of snow, park the vehicle in a safe

place.

Rotate the wiper switch to OFF, and set the power

mode to ACCESSORY or VEHICLE OFF (LOCK), then

remove the obstacle.

1Automatic Intermittent Wipers

The rainfall sensor is in the location shown below.

AUTO should always be turned OFF before the

following situation in order to prevent severe damage

to the wiper system:

•Cleaning the windshield

•Driving through a car wash

•No rain present

Rainfall Sensor

Adjustment Ring

Low sensitivity:

Lower speed, fewer sweeps

High sensitivity:

Higher speed, more sweeps

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 164 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

165

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluWipers and Washers

Controls

Turn the headlights on and press the

headlight washer button to operate.

The headlight washers also operate when you

turn the windshield washers for the first time

after the power mode sets to ON.

■Headlight Washers

Canadian models

1Headlight Washers

The headlight washers use the same fluid reservoir as

the windshield washers.

Headlight

Washer

Button

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 165 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

166

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluBrightness Control

Controls

Brightness Control

When the power mode is in ON, you can use

the (+ or (- button to adjust instrument

panel brightness.

To brighten: Press the (+ button.

To dim: Press the (- button.

You will hear a beep when the brightness

reaches minimum or maximum. The multi-

information display will return to its original

state several seconds after you adjust the

brightness.

■Brightness level indicator

The brightness level is shown on the multi-

information display while you are adjusting it.

■Adjusting the Instrument Panel Brightness

1Adjusting the Instrument Panel Brightness

Instrument panel brightness varies, depending on

whether the exterior lights are on or off. The

instrument panel dims to reduce glare when they are

on.

When it is bright outside and the headlight

integration with the wiper

is activated, the

instrument panel brightness does not change.

Pushing or rolling the right selector wheel changes to

a different display.

If you press the (+ button until the brightness display

is up to max, the beeper sounds. This cancels the

reduced instrument panel brightness when the

parking lights are on.

The brightness can be set differently for when the

exterior lights are on, and when they are off.

(+ Button

(- Button

* Not available on all models

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 166 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

167

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluBrightness Control

Controls

When the head-up display is on, press and hold the HUD button until its brightness

level indicator on the multi-information display.

To brighten: Press the button.

To dim: Press the button.

The multi-information display will return to its

original state several seconds after you adjust

the brightness.

■Brightness level indicator

The brightness level is shown on the multi-

information display while you are adjusting it.

■Adjusting the Head-Up Display Brightness

1Adjusting the Head-Up Display Brightness

Pushing or rolling the right selector wheel changes to

a different display.

Button

HUD Button

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 167 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

168

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluRear Defogger/Heated Door Mirror Button

Controls

Rear Defogger/Heated Door Mirror Button

Press the rear defogger and heated door

mirror button to defog the rear window and

mirrors when the power mode is in ON.

The rear defogger and heated door mirrors

automatically switch off after 10-30 minutes

depending on the outside temperature.

However, if the outside temperature is 32°F

(0°C) or below, they do not automatically

switch off.

1Rear Defogger/Heated Door Mirror Button

NOTICE

When cleaning the inside of the rear window, be

careful not to damage the heating wires and antenna

line.

It is critical to wipe the window from side to side

along the defogger heating wires and antenna line.

This system consumes a lot of power, so turn it off

when the window has been defogged.

Also, do not use the system for a long period when

the power system is off. This may weaken the 12-volt

battery, making it difficult to turn the power system

on.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 168 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

169

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluDriving Position Memory System

Continued

Controls

Driving Position Memory System

You can store two driver’s seat (except for power lumbar), steering wheel and door

mirror positions with the driving position memory system.

When you unlock and open the driver’s door with a remote transmitter, or keyless

access system, the seat and door mirrors adjust automatically to one of the two

preset positions.

The steering wheel will move to the stored position when you set the power mode

to ACCESSORY.

The multi-information display shows you which remote transmitter you used to

unlock the vehicle when you enter.

•DRIVER 1 transmitter is linked to memory button 1.

•DRIVER 2 transmitter is linked to memory button 2.

1Driving Position Memory System

Using the audio/information screen or multi-

information display, you can disable the automatic

seat, steering wheel and door mirrors adjustment

function.

2Customized Features P. 113, 283

DRIVER 1 DRIVER 2

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 169 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluDriving Position Memory System

170

Controls

1. Set the power mode to ON. Adjust the

driver’s seat, the steering wheel and the

door mirrors to the desired position.

2. Press the SET button.

uYou will hear the beep, and the memory

button indicator light will blink.

3. Press memory button (1 or (2 within five

seconds of pressing the SET button.

uOnce the seat, the steering wheel and

the outside mirror positions have been

memorized, the indicator light on the

button you pressed stays on.

1. Change to (P.

2. Apply the parking brake.

3. Press a memory button ((1 or (2).

uYou will hear the beep, and the indicator

light will blink.

The seat, the steering wheel and the door

mirrors will automatically move to the

memorized positions. When it has finished

moving, you will hear the beep, and the

indicator light stays on.

■Storing a Position in Memory

1Storing a Position in Memory

After you press the SET button, the storing operation

will be canceled when:

•You do not press the memory button within five

seconds.

•You readjust the seat, the steering wheel or the

outside mirror position before the double-beep.

•You set the power mode to any position except

ON.

SET Button

Memory Button 1

Memory Button 2

■Recalling the Stored Position

1Recalling the Stored Position

The seat will stop moving if you:

•Press the SET button, or a memory button ((1 or

(2).

•Adjust the seat, the steering wheel or the door

mirror position.

•Shift into any position except (P.

Memory Buttons

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 170 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

171

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluAdjusting the Steering Wheel

Controls

Adjusting the Steering Wheel

The steering wheel height and distance from your body can be adjusted so that you

can comfortably grip the steering wheel in an appropriate driving posture.

Push and hold the adjustment switch to move

the steering wheel in, out, up or down.

Make sure you can see the instrument panel

gauges and indicators.

1Adjusting the Steering Wheel

Make any steering wheel adjustments before you

start driving.

WARNING

Adjusting the steering wheel position while

driving may cause you to lose control of the

vehicle and be seriously injured in a crash.

Adjust the steering wheel only when the

vehicle is stopped.

Adjustment Switch

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 171 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

172

Controls

Adjusting the Mirrors

Interior Rearview Mirror

Adjust the angle of the rearview mirror when you are sitting in the correct driving

position.

When driving after dark, the automatic

dimming rearview mirror and power door

mirrors

reduce the glare from headlights

behind you. Press the auto button to turn this

function on and off. When activated, the auto

indicator comes on.

■Automatic Dimming Rearview Mirror and Power Door Mirrors

1Adjusting the Mirrors

Keep the inside and outside mirrors clean and

adjusted for best visibility.

Adjust the mirrors before you start driving.

2Front Seats P. 175

1Automatic Dimming Rearview Mirror and Power Door Mirrors

The auto dimming function cancels when the

transmission is in (R.

Sensor

Auto ButtonIndicator

* Not available on all models

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 172 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

173

uuAdjusting the MirrorsuPower Door Mirrors

Continued

Controls

Power Door Mirrors

You can adjust the door mirrors when the

power mode is in ON.

■Mirror position adjustment

L/R selector switch: Select the left or right

mirror. After adjusting the mirror, return the

switch to the center position.

Mirror position adjustment switch: Press

the switch left, right, up, or down to move the

mirror.

■Folding door mirrors

Press the folding button to fold in and out the

door mirrors.

If activated, either side door mirror

automatically tilts downward when you press

back the (R button; this improves close-in

visibility on the selected side of the vehicle

when backing up. The mirror automatically

returns to its original position when you shift

out of (R.

To activate this feature, set the power mode

to ON and slide the selector switch to the left

or right side.

Selector

Switch

Folding Button

Adjustment

Switch

■Reverse Tilt Door Mirror

Slide the selector switch to left

or right to tilt down either side

door mirror.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 173 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

uuAdjusting the MirrorsuPower Door Mirrors

174

Controls

■Folding in the door mirrors

Press the lock button on the keyless access remote, or press the door lock button on

any door.

uThe mirrors start folding in automatically.

■Folding out the door mirrors

Press the unlock button on the keyless access remote, or grab the door handle on

any door.

uThe mirrors start folding out automatically.

The driver’s side door mirror has outer and

inner segments.

The outer segment is slightly curved to provide

a wider angle view than a standard flat mirror.

This wider view may help you check areas that

are not visible using a standard door mirror.

■Automatic Folding Door Mirror Function

■Expanded View Driver’s Mirror

1Automatic Folding Door Mirror Function

You can turn the automatic folding door mirror

function on and off.

2Customized Features P. 113, 283

1Folding out the door mirrors

The door mirrors do not fold out automatically if they

have been folded in using the folding button.

1Expanded View Driver’s Mirror

Objects visible in the outer segment of the driver’s

side door mirror appear smaller than objects in the

rest of the mirror. But in fact, they are closer than

they appear.

Do not rely on your mirrors. Always look to the side

and behind your vehicle before changing lanes.

Inner Segment

Outer Segment

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 174 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

175

Continued

Controls

Adjusting the Seats

Front Seats

Adjust the driver’s seat as far back as possible

while allowing you to maintain full control of

the vehicle. You should be able to sit upright,

well back in the seat and be able to

adequately depress the pedals without

leaning forward, and grip the steering wheel

comfortably. The passenger’s seat should be

adjusted in a similar manner, so that it is as far

back from the front airbag in the dashboard

as possible.

■Adjusting the front power seats

1Adjusting the Seats

The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration

and Transport Canada recommend that drivers allow

at least 10 inches (25 cm) between the center of the

steering wheel and the chest.

Always make seat adjustments before driving.

WARNING

Sitting too close to a front airbag can result

in serious injury or death if the front

airbags inflate.

Always sit as far back from the front

airbags as possible while maintaining

control of the vehicle.

Move back.

Allow sufficient

space.

Horizontal

Position

Adjustment

Height

Adjustment

Seat-back Angle

Adjustment

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 175 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

176

uuAdjusting the SeatsuFront Seats

Controls

■Lumbar Support Adjustment Switch

Press the top: To increase the higher part of

the lumbar support.

Press the bottom: To increase the lower part

of the lumbar support. (The higher part

support is decreased.)

Press the front: To increase the entire

lumbar support.

Press the rear: To decrease the entire lumbar

support.

Higher part of

the Lumbar

support

Lumbar

Support

Adjustment

Switch

Lower part of

the Lumbar

support

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 176 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

177

uuAdjusting the SeatsuFront Seats

Controls

Adjust the driver’s seat-back to a comfortable,

upright position, leaving ample space

between your chest and the airbag cover in

the center of the steering wheel.

The front seat passenger should also adjust

their seat-back to a comfortable, upright

position.

Reclining a seat-back so that the shoulder part of the belt no longer rests against the

occupant’s chest reduces the protective capability of the belt. It also increases the

chance of sliding under the belt in a crash and being seriously injured. The farther a

seat-back is reclined, the greater the risk of injury.

■Adjusting the Seat-Backs

1Adjusting the Seat-Backs

Do not put a cushion, or other object, between the

seat-back and your back. Doing so may interfere with

proper seat belt or airbag operation.

If you cannot get far enough away from the steering

wheel and still reach the controls, we recommend

that you investigate whether some type of adaptive

equipment may help.

WARNING

Reclining the seat-back too far can result in

serious injury or death in a crash.

Adjust the seat-back to an upright position,

and sit well back in the seat.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 177 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

178

uuAdjusting the SeatsuHead Restraints

Controls

Head Restraints

Your vehicle is equipped with head restraints

in all seating positions.

Head restraints are most effective for

protection against whiplash and other rear-

impact crash injuries when the center of the

back of the occupant’s head rests against the

center of the restraint. The tops of the

occupant’s ears should be level with the

center height of the restraint.

■Adjusting the front and rear outer head restraint positions

To raise the head restraint:

Pull it upward.

To lower the head restraint:

Push it down while pressing the release

button.

■Adjusting the Head Restraints

1Adjusting the Head Restraints

In order for the head restraint system to work

properly:

•Do not hang any items on the head restraints, or

from the restraint legs.

•Do not place any object between an occupant and

the seat-back.

•Install each restraint in its proper location.

WARNING

Improperly positioning head restraints

reduces their effectiveness and increases

the likelihood of serious injury in a crash.

Make sure head restraints are in place and

positioned properly before driving.

Position head in the center

of the head restraint.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 178 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

179

uuAdjusting the SeatsuHead Restraints

Controls

A passenger sitting in the center back seating

position should adjust the height of their head

restraint to an appropriate position before the

vehicle begins moving.

To raise the head restraint:

Pull it upward.

To lower the head restraint:

Push it down while pressing the release

button.

Head restraints can be removed for cleaning or repair.

To remove a head restraint:

Pull the restraint up as far as it will go. Then push the release button, and pull the

restraint up and out.

To reinstall a head restraint:

Insert the legs back in place, then adjust the head restraint to an appropriate height

while pressing the release button. Pull up on the restraint to make sure it is locked

in position.

■Changing the Rear Center Seat Head Restraint Positions

■Removing and Reinstalling the Head Restraints

1Removing and Reinstalling the Head Restraints

WARNING

Failure to reinstall, or correctly reinstall, the

head restraints can result in severe injury

during a crash.

Always replace the head restraints before

driving.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 179 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

180

uuAdjusting the SeatsuMaintain a Proper Sitting Position

Controls

Maintain a Proper Sitting Position

After all occupants have adjusted their seats and head restraints, and put on their

seat belts, it is very important that they continue to sit upright, well back in their

seats, with their feet on the floor, until the vehicle is safely parked and the power

system is off.

Sitting improperly can increase the chance of injury during a crash. For example, if

an occupant slouches, lies down, turns sideways, sits forward, leans forward or

sideways, or puts one or both feet up, the chance of injury during a crash is greatly

increased.

In addition, an occupant who is out of position in the front seat can be seriously or

fatally injured in a crash by striking interior parts of the vehicle or being struck by an

inflating front airbag.

1Maintain a Proper Sitting Position

WARNING

Sitting improperly or out of position can

result in serious injury or death in a crash.

Always sit upright, well back in the seat,

with your feet on the floor.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 180 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

181

uuAdjusting the SeatsuArmrest

Controls

Armrest

Pull down the armrest in the center seat-back.

■Using the Rear Seat Armrest

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 181 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

182

Controls

Interior Lights/Interior Convenience Items

Interior Lights

■ON

The interior lights come on regardless whether

the doors are open or closed.

■Door activated

The interior lights come on in the following

situations:

•When any doors are opened.

•You unlock the driver’s door.

•When the power mode is set to VEHICLE

OFF (LOCK).

■OFF

The interior lights remain off regardless

whether the doors are open or closed.

■Interior Light Switches

1Interior Light Switches

In the door activated position, the interior lights fade

out and go off about 30 seconds after the doors are

closed.

The lights go off after 30 seconds in the following

situations:

•When you unlock the driver’s door but do not open

it.

•When you set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF

(LOCK) but do not open a door.

You can change the interior lights dimming time.

2Customized Features P. 113, 283

The interior lights go off immediately in the following

situations:

•When you lock the driver’s door.

•When you close the driver’s door in ACCESSORY

mode.

• When you set the power mode to ON.

If you leave any doors open, the interior lights go off

after about 15 minutes.

Door Activated Position

Off

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 182 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

183

uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Lights

Controls

The map lights can be turned on and off by

pressing the (map light) button.

■Map Lights

1Map Lights

When the ceiling light switch is in the door activated

position and any door is open, the map light will not

go off when you press the (map light) button.

Front

Rear

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 183 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

184

uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items

Controls

Interior Convenience Items

Press the release button to open the glove

box.

■Removable shelf

The shelf in the glove box is detachable. To

remove it, disengage the tabs.

The removable shelf can be stored upside

down in the glove box.

■Glove Box

1Glove Box

WARNING

An open glove box can cause serious injury

to your passenger in a crash, even if the

passenger is wearing the seat belt.

Always keep the glove box closed while

driving.

Glove BoxRelease Button

Tab

Shelf

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 184 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

Continued

185

uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items

Controls

You can lock the glove box, trunk, and/or

navigation system, entering a PIN code from

the On Demand Multi-Use Display

To lock:

1. Select Shortcuts.

2. Select Valet.

3. Select the item you want to be PIN-

protected from the locked area, then select

OK.

■Valet Mode

1Valet Mode

If you need to give the key to someone else, lock the

cover in the rear center seat-back first, and give the

keyless access remote without a built-in key as a valet

key.

2When You Cannot Open the Trunk P. 550

Locked Area

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 185 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items

186

Controls

4. The previous code is displayed. Select OK.

uYou will receive a confirmation message

on the display. Select OK.

When you enter the PIN code for the first time

or if you want to change the code:

1. Select Shortcuts.

2. Select Valet.

3. Select the item you want to be PIN-

protected from the locked area, then select

OK.

4. Enter your selected four-digit PIN code,

then select OK.

5. You will be asked to enter the same four-

digit PIN code again. Enter, then select OK.

uYou will receive a confirmation message

on the display. Select OK.

To unlock:

1. Select Valet.

2. Select Unlock.

3. Enter the four-digit PIN code you have

previously selected, then select OK.

1Valet Mode

The PIN code entering screen also appears when you

press:

•The glove box open button

•The trunk release button on the driver's door, on

the trunk, or on the remote

While the glove box or the trunk is PIN-protected.

If you have locked all the items of the locked area, the

PIN code entering screen appears with the power

mode in ACCESSORY.

You can cancel the valet mode when you manually

open the trunk.

2When You Cannot Open the Trunk P. 550

If you have only set Navi, Phone, Audio PIN-

protected but forgot your four-digit PIN code, you

need to go to a dealer to have the set valet mode

reset.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 186 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

Continued

187

uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items

Controls

Your vehicle has a multi-function center

console. It includes a storage compartment,

an armrest, and a sliding tray.

Push the button on either side of the console

compartment to open the console

compartment.

You can put small items in the sliding tray

located in the console compartment lid. To

use the tray, push the button, then slide the

console compartment lid out fully. To close

the lid, push the button. It is automatically slid

back.

■Console Compartment

1Console Compartment

The console compartment light comes on when the

parking lights are on.

Button Sliding

Tray

Button

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 187 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

188

uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items

Controls

Slide the lid using the release tab to use the

center pocket.

To close it, push the release tab. It is

automatically slid back.

■Center Pocket

Tab

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 188 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

Continued

189

uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items

Controls

■Front seat beverage holders

Press the raised detent to open the lid. To

close the lid, push it down until it latches.

■Front door beverage holders

■Rear seat beverage holders

The rear beverage holders are in the rear seat

armrest. Open the beverage holders by pulling

the latch up on the front.

■Beverage Holders

1Beverage Holders

NOTICE

Spilled liquids damage the upholstery, carpeting, and

electrical components in the interior.

Be careful when you are using the beverage holders.

Hot liquid can scald you.

Push

Latch

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 189 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items

190

Controls

The accessory power sockets can be used when the power mode is in ACCESSORY

or ON.

■Accessory power socket (center pocket)

Open the lid and the cover to use it.

■Accessory power socket (console

compartment)

Open the console lid and the cover to use it.

■Accessory Power Sockets

1Accessory Power Sockets

NOTICE

Do not insert an automotive type cigarette lighter

element.

This can overheat the power socket.

The accessory power sockets are designed to supply

power for 12-volt DC accessories that are rated 180

watts (15 amps) or less.

To prevent 12-volt battery drain, only use the power

socket with the power system on.

When both sockets are being used, the combined

power rating of the accessories should not exceed

180 watts (15 amps).

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 190 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

Continued

191

uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items

Controls

There is a coat hook on the rear grab handle

of both sides. Pull it down to use it.

There is a coat hook on the door pillar of both

sides.

■Coat Hooks

1Coat Hooks

The coat hooks are not designed for large or heavy

items.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 191 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items

192

Controls

The tie-down anchors on the trunk floor can

be used to install a net for securing items.

The cargo hooks in the trunk can be used to

install a net for securing items.

■Tie-down Anchors

1Tie-down Anchors

Distribute cargo evenly on the floor of the trunk,

placing the heaviest items on the bottom and as far

forward as possible.

2Maximum Load Limit P. 361

Hook

■Cargo Hooks

1Cargo Hooks

Distribute cargo evenly on the floor of the trunk,

placing the heaviest items on the bottom and as far

forward as possible.

2Maximum Load Limit P. 361

Hook

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 192 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

Continued

193

uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items

Controls

In addition to the larger cargo area, the trunk

incorporates a small shelf above the High

Voltage (HV) battery module that can carry up

to 15 lbs (7 kg). Do not exceed this capacity.

The cargo net can be used to help hold down

items stored in the trunk.

In the event a flat tire, a tire repair kit is

provided beneath the trunk floor.

2Temporarily Repairing a Flat Tire P. 511

■Cargo Area

1Cargo Area

NOTICE

Heavy objects may damage the trunk shelf.

Make sure any items put on the shelf weigh less than

15 lbs (7 kg).

Tiered Storage Area

Cargo Net

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 193 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items

194

Controls

The power mode must be in ON to use the

heated steering wheel.

Press the button on the left side of the

steering wheel.

When a comfortable temperature is reached,

press the button again to turn it off.

The heated steering wheel is turned off every

time you start the power system, even if you

turned it on the last time you drove the

vehicle.

■Heated Steering Wheel

1Heated Steering Wheel

Do not use the heated steering wheel continuously

when the power system is off. Under such conditions,

the 12-volt battery may be weakened, making the

power system difficult to start.

* Not available on all models

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 194 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

Continued

195

uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items

Controls

The power mode must be in ON to use the

seat heaters.

Press the seat heater button:

Once - The HI setting (three indicators on)

Twice - The MID setting (two indicators on)

Three times - The LO setting

Four times - The OFF setting (no indicators on)

■Front Seat Heaters

1Front Seat Heaters

Do not use the seat heaters even in LO when the

power system is off. Under such conditions, the 12-

volt battery may be weakened, making the power

system difficult to start.

WARNING

Heat induced burns are possible when

using seat heaters.

Persons with a diminished ability to sense

temperature (e.g., persons with diabetes,

lower-limb nerve damage, or paralysis) or

with sensitive skin should not use seat

heaters.

* Not available on all models

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 195 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items

196

Controls

The power mode must be in ON to use the

seat heaters and ventilation.

Press the seat heater or the seat ventilation

button:

Once - The HI setting (three indicators on)

Twice - The MID setting (two indicators on)

Three times - The LO setting

Four times - The OFF setting (no indicators on)

■Front Seat Heaters and Ventilation

1Front Seat Heaters and Ventilation

Do not use the seat heaters and the seat ventilation

even in LO when the power system is off. Under such

conditions, the 12-volt battery may be weakened,

making the power system difficult to start.

WARNING

Heat induced burns are possible when

using seat heaters.

Persons with a diminished ability to sense

temperature (e.g., persons with diabetes,

lower-limb nerve damage, or paralysis) or

with sensitive skin should not use seat

heaters.

* Not available on all models

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 196 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

Continued

197

uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items

Controls

The power mode must be in ON to use the

seat heaters.

There is no heater in the rear center seating

position.

Press the seat heater button:

Once - The HI setting (three indicators on)

Twice - The MID setting (two indicators on)

Three times - The LO setting

Four times - The OFF setting (no indicators on)

To open the sunglasses holder, push and

release the indent. To close, push it again until

it latches.

You can store eyeglasses and other small

items in this holder.

■Rear Seat Heaters

1Rear Seat Heaters

Do not use the seat heaters even in LO when the

power system is off. Under such conditions, the 12-

volt battery may be weakened, making the power

system difficult to start.

WARNING

Heat induced burns are possible when

using seat heaters.

Persons with a diminished ability to sense

temperature (e.g., persons with diabetes,

lower-limb nerve damage, or paralysis) or

with sensitive skin should not use seat

heaters.

■Sunglasses Holder

1Sunglasses Holder

Keep the holder closed while driving except when

accessing stored items.

Push

* Not available on all models

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 197 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items

198

Controls

The power rear sunshade can be operated with the power mode in ON.

To raise: Press the button.

To lower: Press the button again.

If the sunshade stops while moving, check for

and clear any obstacles, then push the button

again.

■Power Rear Sunshade

1Power Rear Sunshade

WARNING

Opening or closing the sunshade on

someone’s hands or fingers can cause

serious injury.

Make sure all hands and fingers are clear of

the sunshade before opening or closing it.

Front

Rear

* Not available on all models

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 198 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

199

uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items

Controls

Pull the tab and roll up the sunshade all the

way. Use the hooks to hang it.

■Expanded Rear Door Sunshades

1Expanded Rear Door Sunshades

Use the sunshades only when the windows are fully

closed. Using the shade while a window is open can

unhook and blow off the shade, hitting and possibly

hurting anyone sitting near the window.

Hook

Tab

* Not available on all models

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 199 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

200

Controls

Climate Control System

Using Automatic Climate Control

The automatic climate control system maintains the interior temperature you select.

The system also selects the proper mix of heated or cooled air that raises or lowers

the interior temperature to your preference as quickly as possible.

Use the system when the power system is on.

1. Press the AUTO button.

2. Adjust the interior temperature using the driver’s side or passenger’s side

temperature control switch.

3. Press the (on/off) button to cancel.

In addition to the button/switch operations, you can control the climate control

system from the On Demand Multi-Use Display

touch screen.

1Using Automatic Climate Control

If any buttons/icons on the touch screen are pressed

while using the climate control system in AUTO, the

function of the button/icon that was pressed will take

priority.

The AUTO indicator will go off, but functions

unrelated to the button/icon that was pressed will be

controlled automatically.

To prevent cold air from blowing in from outside, the

fan may operate at low speed for a while after the

AUTO button has been pressed.

If the interior is very warm, you can cool it down

more rapidly by partially opening the windows,

turning the system on auto, and setting the

temperature to low. Change the fresh mode to

recirculation mode until the temperature cools down.

When you set the temperature to the lower or upper

limit, Lo or Hi is displayed.

Pressing the button switches the climate control

system between on and off. When turned on, the

system returns to your last selection.

When you unlock the doors with your remote, the driver’s

ID (

Driver 1

Driver 2

) is detected, and the climate

control settings are turned to the respective mode

automatically when you set the power mode to ON.

The High Voltage battery level being low may reduce

the climate control system performance.

(On/off) Button AUTO Button

On Demand Multi-Use Display

Driver’s Side

Temperature

Control Switch

Passenger’s

Side

Temperature

Control Switch

Passenger’s

Side

Temperature

Driver’s Side

Temperature

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 200 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

Continued

201

uuClimate Control SystemuUsing Automatic Climate Control

Controls

■Operating from the On Demand Multi-Use Display

1Using Automatic Climate Control

You can store two customized climate control

settings to the system and recall them from the On

Demand Multi-Use Display

2Shortcuts P. 218

On Demand Multi-Use Display

A/C (Air Conditioning) and

SYNC (Synchronized) Icon

Driver’s Side

Vent Mode Icon

Driver’s Side

Temperature Control

Icon

Recirculation/

Fresh Air mode

Icon

Passenger’s Side

Vent Mode Icon

Fan Control Icon

Passenger’s Side

Temperature Control

Icon

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 201 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

uuClimate Control SystemuUsing Automatic Climate Control

202

Controls

■Changing the interior temperature setting

1. Select the driver’s or passenger’s side

temperature control.

2. Change the temperature setting from the

following:

Temperature bar: Select a point where your

desired temperature setting is.

Farther to the left is for a lower, and to the

right for a higher setting.

3/4: To raise or lower the temperature

setting one degree at a time.

While you select and hold 3/4, the

temperature decreases or increases.

MAX COOL ON/OFF: To rapidly cool down

the interior.

uThe AUTO indicator comes on. The

setting returns to the previously selected

value when you select it again.

MAX HEAT ON/OFF: To rapidly warm up the

interior.

uThe AUTO indicator comes on. The

setting returns to the previously selected

value when you select it again.

1Using Automatic Climate Control

When you set the temperature to the lower or upper

limit, Lo or Hi is displayed.

When you set the MAX COOL or MAX HEAT, MAX

COOL or MAX HEAT is displayed.

The side you selected.

Temperature Bar

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 202 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

Continued

203

uuClimate Control SystemuUsing Automatic Climate Control

Controls

■Switching the vent mode

1. Select the driver’s or passenger’s side vent

mode.

2. Select a desired vent mode icon, or Driver

Mode Auto (driver’s side)/Passenger

Mode Auto (passenger’s side): The system

automatically selects the vent mode most

suitable to the ambient environment.

Vent mode

: Dashboard vents and back of the center

console

: Dashboard and floor vents, and back of

the center console

: Floor vents

: Floor and defroster vents (driver’s side

only)

■A/C on and off

1. Select A/C.

2. Select ON or OFF.

1Switching the vent mode

While the climate control system is in AUTO, Driver

Mode Auto or Passenger Mode Auto is

highlighted.

The side you selected.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 203 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

uuClimate Control SystemuUsing Automatic Climate Control

204

Controls

■SYNC on and off

1. Select SYNC.

2. Select ON for synchronized mode, and OFF

for dual mode.

uWhen in synchronized mode, the

passenger’s side temperature and vent

mode become the same as the driver’s

side settings.

3. Adjust the temperature or change the

mode from the driver’s side.

■Changing the fan speed

1. Select .

2. Change the fan speed with one of the

following:

The fan speed level indicators: Select your

desired speed level. The smaller indicator is

for a slower speed, and the larger for a

faster speed.

(+/(-: To go up or down one level at a

time.

Fan AUTO: The system automatically

selects the fan speed most suitable to the

ambient environment.

1SYNC on and off

When you press the button, the system changes

to synchronized mode.

When the system is in dual mode, the driver’s side

temperature and vent mode, and the passenger’s

side temperature and vent mode can be set

separately.

You can also return to dual mode by changing the

passenger’s side temperature or switching the vent mode.

The system adjusts each temperature based on the

information of the sunlight sensor and the sun

position updated by the navigation system’s GPS.

1Changing the fan speed

While the climate control system is in AUTO, Fan

AUTO is highlighted.

Fan Speed Level Indicators

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 204 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

Continued

205

uuClimate Control SystemuUsing Automatic Climate Control

Controls

■Switching between the recirculation and fresh air modes

1. Select , or currently

shown.

2. Switch the mode depending on

environmental conditions to the following:

(recirculation mode): Recirculates air

from the vehicle’s interior through the system.

(auto mode): Automatically switch

between the recirculation and fresh air modes

most suitable to environmental conditions. If

the ambient temperature is low, the mode

may not change to recirculation to keep the

windows from fogging up.

(fresh air mode): Maintains outside

ventilation. Keep the system in fresh air mode

in normal situations.

1Switching between the recirculation and fresh air modes

While the climate control system is in AUTO, is

highlighted.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 205 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

uuClimate Control SystemuUsing Automatic Climate Control

206

Controls

■Shortcuts

You can store two sets of your preferred temperature, fan speed, and vent mode

settings to the climate control system.

To store a set of the climate control settings:

1. Select Shortcuts.

2. Adjust the climate control system to your

preference.

2Climate Control System P. 200

3. Select Climate.

4. Select Edit.

5. Select Add.

6. Select Preset 1 or Preset 2 you want to

store your settings to.

To recall one of the settings:

1. Select Shortcuts.

2. Select Climate.

3. Select Preset 1 or Preset 2.

To delete a preset:

1. Select Shortcuts.

2. Select Climate.

3. Select Edit.

4. Select Delete.

5. Select Preset 1 or Preset 2 you want to

delete.

1Shortcuts

You can also store a set by pressing and holding the

preset number you want to store that setting after

step 3.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 206 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

Continued

207

uuClimate Control SystemuUsing Automatic Climate Control

Controls

Pressing the button turns the air

conditioning system on and automatically

switches the system to fresh air mode.

Press the button again to turn off, the

system returns to the previous settings.

■To rapidly defrost the windows

1. Press the button.

2. Select the recirculation mode.

2Switching between the recirculation

and fresh air modes P. 205

■Defrosting the Windshield and Windows

1Defrosting the Windshield and Windows

For your safety, make sure you have a clear view

through all the windows before driving.

Do not set the temperature near the upper or lower

limit.

When cold air hits the windshield, the outside of the

windshield may fog up.

If the side windows fog up, adjust the vents so that

the air hits the side windows.

1To rapidly defrost the windows

After defrosting the windows, switch over to fresh air

mode.

If you keep the system in recirculation mode, the

windows may fog up from humidity. This impedes

visibility.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 207 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

uuClimate Control SystemuUsing Automatic Climate Control

208

Controls

You can set the rear passenger compartment

temperature different than the driver’s, using

the rear temperature control dial.

■Rear Temperature Control Dial

1Rear Temperature Control Dial

The rear temperature can be adjusted when the

climate control system is on.

Dial up to raise

the temperature.

Dial down to lower

the temperature.

Rear

Temperature

Control Dial

Position of driver’s

temperature

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 208 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

209

uuClimate Control SystemuAutomatic Climate Control Sensors

Controls

Automatic Climate Control Sensors

The automatic climate control system is

equipped with sensors. Do not cover or spill

any liquid on them.

Sensor

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 209 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

210

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 210 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

211

Features

This chapter describes how to operate technology features.

Audio System

About Your Audio System................ 212

USB Port .......................................... 213

Auxiliary Input Jack .......................... 213

Audio System Theft Protection ......... 214

Audio Remote Controls.................... 215

Audio System Basic Operation ........ 216

On Demand Multi-Use Display

....... 217

Audio/Information Screen ................ 225

Adjusting the Sound ........................ 230

Display Setup ................................... 231

Voice Control Operation .................. 232

Playing AM/FM Radio ....................... 237

Playing SiriusXM® Radio................... 242

Playing a CD .................................... 245

Playing Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Audio.... 248

Playing an iPod ................................ 258

Song By Voice

(SBV)...................... 262

Playing Internet Radio ...................... 266

Playing a USB Flash Drive ................. 269

Playing Bluetooth® Audio................. 272

Audio Error Messages

CD Player......................................... 274

Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Audio............ 275

iPod/USB Flash Drive ........................ 276

Pandora®......................................... 277

Aha

Radio..................................... 278

General Information on the Audio System

SiriusXM® Radio Service ................... 279

Recommended CDs ......................... 280

Compatible iPod, iPhone, and USB Flash

Drives .................................................282

Customized Features

............................283

Defaulting All the Settings........................306

Deleting all HDD Data ..............................307

HomeLink

Universal Transceiver

.......308

Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®

Using HFL ........................................ 310

HFL Menus ...................................... 312

AcuraLink

............................................349

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 211 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

212

Features

Audio System

About Your Audio System

See the Navigation System Manual for information on the navigation system.

The audio system features AM/FM radio and the SiriusXM® Radio service. It can also

play audio CDs, WMA/MP3/AAC files, Hard Disk Drive (HDD) audio, USB flash drives,

and iPod, iPhone and Bluetooth® devices.

You can operate the audio system from the buttons and switches on the panel, or

the icons on the On Demand Multi-Use Display

1About Your Audio System

SiriusXM® Radio is available on a subscription basis

only. For more information on SiriusXM® Radio,

contact a dealer.

2General Information on the Audio System

P. 279

SiriusXM® Radio is available in the United States and

Canada, except Hawaii, Alaska, and Puerto Rico.

SiriusXM® is a registered trademark of Sirius XM

Radio, Inc.

Video CDs, DVDs, and 3-inch (8-cm) mini CDs are not

supported.

iPod, iPhone and iTunes are trademarks of Apple Inc.

State or local laws may prohibit the operation of

handheld electronic devices while operating a

vehicle.

When the screen is viewed through polarized

sunglasses, a rainbow pattern may appear on the

screen due to optical characteristics of the screen. If

this is disturbing, please operate the screen without

polarized sunglasses.

Remote Controls

iPod

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 212 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

213

uuAudio SystemuUSB Port

Features

USB Port

Install the iPod dock connector or the USB

flash drive to the USB port.

Auxiliary Input Jack

Use the jack to connect standard audio

devices.

1. Open the AUX cover.

2. Connect a standard audio device to the

input jack using a 1/8 inch (3.5 mm) stereo

miniplug.

uThe audio system automatically switches

to the AUX mode.

1USB Port

•Do not leave the iPod or USB flash drive in the

vehicle. Direct sunlight and high temperatures may

damage it.

•We recommend using an extension cable with the

USB port.

•Do not connect the iPod or USB flash drive using a

hub.

•Do not use a device such as a card reader or hard

disk drive, as the device or your files may be

damaged.

•We recommend your data backed up before using

the device in your vehicle.

•Displayed messages may vary depending on the

device model and software version.

If the audio system does not recognize the iPod, try

reconnecting it a few times or reboot the device. To

reboot, follow the manufacturer’s instructions

provided with the iPod or visit www.apple.com/ipod.

1Auxiliary Input Jack

You can return to the AUX mode by selecting

Change Source on the Audio menu screen or

Audio Source on the On Demand Multi-Use

Display

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 213 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

214

uuAudio SystemuAudio System Theft Protection

Features

Audio System Theft Protection

The audio system is disabled when it is disconnected from the power source, such as

when the 12-volt battery is disconnected or goes dead. In certain conditions, the

system may display Enter code. If this occurs, reactivate the audio system.

■Reactivating the audio system

1. Set the power mode to ON.

2. Turn on the audio system.

3. Press and hold the audio system power button for more than two seconds.

uThe audio system is reactivated when the audio control unit establishes a

connection with the vehicle control unit. If the control unit fails to recognize

the audio unit, you must go to a dealer and have the audio unit checked.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 214 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

215

uuAudio System uAudio Remote Controls

Features

Audio Remote Controls

Allows you to operate the audio system while driving.

SOURCE Button

Cycles through the audio modes as follows:

FM AM SiriusXM®CD HDD USB

iPod Bluetooth®Audio Pandora®

Aha

AUX

Left Selector Wheel

Roll Up: To increase the volume.

Roll Down: To decrease the volume.

Push: To mute. Push again to unmute.

•When listening to the radio

Move to the right: To select the next preset radio station.

Move to the left: To select the previous preset radio station.

Move to the right and hold: To select the next strong station.

Move to the left and hold: To select the previous strong station.

•When listening to a CD, HDD, iPod, USB flash drive, or Bluetooth® Audio

Move to the right: To skip to the next song.

Move to the left: To go back to the beginning of the current or previous song.

Move to the right and hold: To go to the group up. (Bluetooth® Audio only)

Move to the left and hold: To go to the group down. (Bluetooth® Audio only)

•When listening to a CD, HDD or USB flash drive

Move to the right and hold: To skip to the next folder.

Move to the left and hold: To go back to the previous folder.

•When listening to Pandora®

Move to the right: To skip to the next song.

Move to the right and hold: To select the next station.

Move to the left and hold: To select the previous station.

1Audio Remote Controls

Some mode appears only when an appropriate

device or medium is used.

Left Selector Wheel

SOURCE Button

* Not available on all models

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 215 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

216

Features

Audio System Basic Operation

To use the audio system function, the power mode must be in ACCESSORY or ON.

Use the interface dial or MENU button to

access some audio functions.

Press to switch between the normal and

extended display for some functions.

Interface dial: Rotate left or right to scroll

through the available choices. Press to set

your selection. Move right, left, up or down to

select a secondary menu.

MENU button: Press to select any mode. The

available mode includes Sound, Change

Source, Refresh Station List, Save Preset,

Radio Text, Music Search, and play modes.

Play modes can be also selected from Scan,

Random/Repeat, and so on.

BACK button: Press to go back to the

previous display.

(Day/Night) button: Press to change

the audio/information screen brightness.

Press once and make an adjustment

using the interface dial.

uEach time you press , the mode

switches between the daytime mode,

nighttime mode and off mode.

1Audio System Basic Operation

Voice Control System

The navigation system is voice operable.

2Voice Control Operation P. 232

These indications are used to show how to operate

the interface dial.

Rotate to select.

Press to enter.

Move , , or to select a secondary menu.

Audio Menu Items

2Sound P. 230

2Refresh Station List P. 239

2Save Preset P. 238, 244

2Radio Text P. 240

2Music Search P. 246, 250, 260, 270

2Scan P. 240, 247, 251, 271

2Random/Repeat P. 247, 251, 261, 271

When you unlock the doors with your remote, the

driver’s ID (Driver 1 or Driver 2) is detected, and the

audio system settings and preset memory are turned

to the respective mode automatically when you set

the power mode to ON.

Interface Dial

MENU ButtonBACK Button

Button

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 216 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

217

uuAudio System Basic OperationuOn Demand Multi-Use Display

Continued

Features

On Demand Multi-Use Display

Use the On Demand Multi-Use Display

to operate the audio system.

Select Audio Source, then select an icon on the source list to switch the audio

source.

Select More to display the menu items.

■Selecting an Audio Source

1On Demand Multi-Use Display

Icons that appear on the screen vary by the source

selected.

Select to go back to the previous screen.

Use the / / / icons to turn the page.

1Selecting an Audio Source

You can change the order of source icons displayed.

1. Select Audio Source, , then Edit Order.

2. Select two icons, then select Done.

The locations of these icons are switched.

To go back to the original display order, select

Default.

■Displaying the Menu Items

Select Audio Source.

Source List Icons

Select More.Menu Items

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 217 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuOn Demand Multi-Use Display

218

Features

You can preset the settings of four categories

(Places, Phone, Climate, Audio) from

Shortcuts.

■Shortcuts

1Shortcuts

The preset memory is cleared when it is disconnected

from the power source, such as when the 12-volt

battery is disconnected or goes dead.

Shortcuts Icon

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 218 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

Continued

219

uuAudio System Basic OperationuOn Demand Multi-Use Display

Features

■Places

You can store up to six addresses, and the home address for your preset

destinations.

To store an address on the selected preset

number:

1. Select Shortcuts.

2. Select Places.

3. Select Edit or No Entry.

uIf you select No Entry, go to step 6.

4. Select Add.

uAll the six preset icons appear.

5. Select the preset number to which you

want to store an address.

6. The screen changes to a list of addresses

stored in your address book.

7. Select an address you want to store as a

preset.

To enter one of the preset addresses, or

Home as your destination:

1. Select Shortcuts.

2. Select Places.

3. Select a preset number or Home.

uThe system starts to calculate the route

to your selected destination.

1Places

See the Navigation System Manual for how to store

address book entries, and enter your home address.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 219 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

220

uuAudio System Basic OperationuOn Demand Multi-Use Display

Features

To delete a preset address:

1. Select Shortcuts.

2. Select Places.

3. Select Edit.

4. Select Delete.

5. Select the preset number with the destination you want to delete.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 220 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

Continued

221

uuAudio System Basic OperationuOn Demand Multi-Use Display

Features

■Phone

You can preset five speed dial entries, and make a call from one of the preset

numbers, or call history when the phone is paired and connected to the vehicle‘s

Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® (HFL) system.

2 Phone Setup P. 316

To preset a speed dial:

1. Select Shortcuts.

2. Select Phone.

3. Select Speed Dial.

4. Select Edit or No Entry.

uIf you select No Entry, go to step 6.

5. Select Add.

uFive presets appear. Select a No Entry

preset or an existing preset.

uThe screen changes to a list of previously

stored speed dial entries.

6. Select a number you want to store as a

shortcut.

To make a call from a speed dial entry:

1. Select Shortcuts.

2. Select Phone.

3. Select Speed Dial.

4. Select a preset number.

uDialing starts automatically.

1Phone

Dial icon

You can make a call using the keyboard on the On

Demand Multi-Use Display

to input numbers.

2To make a call using a phone number

P. 337

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 221 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuOn Demand Multi-Use Display

222

Features

To delete a speed dial:

1. Select Shortcuts.

2. Select Phone.

3. Select Speed Dial.

4. Select Edit.

5. Select Delete.

6. Select the preset number with the phone number you want to delete.

To make a call from call history:

1. Select Shortcuts.

2. Select Phone.

3. Select Call History.

4. Select a phone number.

uDialing starts automatically.

1Phone

The call history displays the last six dialed, received, or

missed calls.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 222 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

Continued

223

uuAudio System Basic OperationuOn Demand Multi-Use Display

Features

■Audio

You can store up to six radio stations, and HDD audio album/play lists when playing

AM, FM, or SiriusXM® radio, or HDD audio.

To preset a station or song:

1. Tune to a radio station or select a song from

HDD audio.

2Playing AM/FM Radio P. 237

2Playing SiriusXM® Radio P. 242

2Playing Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Audio

P. 248

2. Select Shortcuts.

3. Select Audio.

4. Select Edit or No Entry.

uIf you select No Entry, go to step 6.

5. Select Add.

6. Select the preset icon you want to store the

station or song to.

To play a preset station or song:

1. Select Shortcuts.

2. Select Audio.

3. Select a preset icon.

To delete a preset station or song:

1. Select Shortcuts.

2. Select Audio.

3. Select Edit.

4. Select Delete.

5. Select the preset icon with the radio station

or a song you want to delete.

1Audio

You can also preset a station or song by pressing and

holding the preset icon you want to store that station

or song after step 3.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 223 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuOn Demand Multi-Use Display

224

Features

1. Select More, then Sound.

2. Use (+, (- or other icons to adjust the

setting.

1. Select More, then Screen Settings.

2. Use (+, (- or other icons to adjust the

setting.

■Adjusting the Sound

1Adjusting the Sound

Select Off, Low, Mid or High for the SVC setting.

2Adjusting the Sound P. 230

Instead of using (+, (- or icons, you can also touch

the point where your desired setting is.

You can also adjust the sound by selecting on

the On Demand Multi-Use Display

■Changing the Screen Settings

1Changing the Screen Settings

The following are adjustable screen settings:

•Sync Display Brightness

Selects whether the screen brightness synchronizes

with the instruments panel brightness.

•Brightness

•Contrast

•Black Level

•Display

Changes between the daytime or nighttime

modes.

•Beep

Mutes a beep that sounds every time you touch the

screen.

•Keyboard

Changes the on-screen keyboard from the

alphabetical order to the qwerty type.

•Vibration

Turns on and off the vibration when you touch the

screen.

•Fade Timer

Sets the screen black out timing.

Instead of using (+, (- or icons, you can also touch

the point where your desired setting is.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 224 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

225

uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen

Continued

Features

Audio/Information Screen

Displays the audio status and wallpaper. From this screen, you can go to various

setup options.

Press the NAV, PHONE, INFO and AUDIO buttons to go to the corresponding

display.

■Switching the Display

AudioInfoNavigation Phone

AUDIO

Button

NAV

Button

PHONE

Button

INFO

Button

Models with surround view

camera system

Models without surround view

camera system

AUDIO

Button

NAV

Button

PHONE

Button

INFO

Button

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 225 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

226

uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen

Features

■Audio

Shows the current audio information.

■Navigation

Shows the navigation screen.

2 Refer to the Navigation System Manual

■Phone

Shows the HFL information.

2 Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® P. 310

■Info

Shows the Trip Computer or Clock/Wallpaper and other information. Rotate

to select an item, then press .

■Trip computer (Current Drive)

Shows the range, instant and average fuel economy, and EV/total drive of the

current trip, as well as the average fuel economy from your last trip.

■Trip computer (History of Trip A)

Shows the range, average fuel economy and distances traveled for the current trip, as well

as the average fuel economy and distances traveled during the last three driving cycles.

Each time you reset the trip meter A, the information on the display updates. The

history of the previous three driving cycles is kept.

■Deleting the history manually

1. Move on the History of Trip A screen to select Delete History, then press .

2. You will receive a confirmation message on the screen. Rotate to select Yes,

then press .

■Clock/Wallpaper

Shows a clock screen or an image you import.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 226 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

Continued

227

uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen

Features

■Power Distribution Monitor

Consists of two monitoring displays, one that

indicates the vehicle’s power flow, and the

other, the torque distribution.

1Power Distribution Monitor

The power distribution monitor is also displayed on

the head-up display. See Power Distribution

Monitor on P. 128 for details.

While the vehicle is stationary with the engine

running, the following may appear on the display.

The High Voltage battery charge level gauge shows

the current High Voltage battery charge level.

The amount shown here is the same level as the

gauge amount shown in the instrument panel.

2 High Voltage Battery Charge Level Gauge

P. 107

High Voltage

Battery

Charge Level

Gauge

Engine Icon

Torque

Indicator

Torque

Indicator

Power Flow Indicator

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 227 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen

228

Features

You can change, store, and delete the wallpaper on the audio/information screen.

■Import wallpaper

You can import up to three images, one at a time, for wallpaper from a USB flash

drive.

Connect the USB flash drive to the USB port.

2USB Port P. 213

2. Press the SETTINGS button.

3. Rotate to select System Settings, then

press .

4. Move or to select the Clock tab.

5. Rotate to select Clock/Wallpaper

Type, then press .

6. Move to select Wallpaper.

uThe screen will change to the wallpaper

list.

7. Move to select Add New Wallpaper, then

press .

8. Rotate to select a desired picture.

uThe preview is displayed on the left side

on the screen.

9. Press , then move to select Start

Import.

uThe confirmation message will appear.

Then the display will return to the

wallpaper list.

■Wallpaper Setup

1Wallpaper Setup

•When importing wallpaper files, the image must be

in the USB flash drive’s root directory.

Images in a folder cannot be imported.

•The file name must be fewer than 64 characters.

•The file format of the image that can be imported

is BMP (bmp) or JPEG (jpg).

•The individual file size limit is 6 MB.

•The maximum image size is 1,680 x 936 pixels. If

the image size is less than 420 × 234 pixels, the

image is displayed in the middle of the screen with

the extra area appearing in black.

•Up to 255 files can be selected.

•If the USB flash drive does not have any pictures,

the No files detected message appears.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 228 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

229

uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen

Features

■Select wallpaper

1. Press the SETTINGS button.

2. Rotate to select System Settings, then press .

3. Move or to select the Clock tab.

4. Rotate to select Clock/Wallpaper Type, then press .

5. Move to select Wallpaper.

uThe screen changes to the wallpaper list.

6. Rotate to select a desired wallpaper.

uThe preview is displayed on the left side on the screen.

7. Press .

uThe pop-up menu appears on the screen.

8. Rotate to select Set, then press .

uThe display will return to the wallpaper list.

■Delete wallpaper

1. Press the SETTINGS button.

2. Rotate to select System Settings, then press .

3. Move or to select the Clock tab.

4. Rotate to select Clock/Wallpaper Type, then press .

5. Move to select Wallpaper.

uThe screen changes to the wallpaper list.

6. Rotate to select a wallpaper that you want to delete, then press .

uThe preview is displayed on the left side on the screen.

7. Press .

uThe pop-up menu appears on the screen.

8. Rotate to select Delete, then press .

uThe confirmation message will appear.

9. Rotate to select Yes, then press to delete completely.

uThe display will return to the wallpaper list.

1Wallpaper Setup

From the pop-up menu, rotate to select Preview

and press to see a preview at full-size screen.

To go back to the previous screen, press to select

OK, or press the BACK button.

When the file size is large, it takes a while to be

previewed.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 229 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

230

uuAudio System Basic OperationuAdjusting the Sound

Features

Adjusting the Sound

1. Press the MENU button.

2. Rotate to select Sound, then press .

Rotate to scroll through the following

choices:

1Adjusting the Sound

The SVC has four modes: Off, Low, Mid, and High.

SVC adjusts the volume level based on the vehicle

speed. As you go faster, audio volume increases. As

you slow down, audio volume decreases.

DTS Neural Surround is a trademark of DTS, Inc.

2Adjusting the Sound P. 224

On Demand Multi-Use Display

MENU Button

Speed-sensitive

Volume

Compensation

Bass

Treble

Fader

Balance

Subwoofer

SVC

Center

DTS Neural

Surround

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 230 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

231

uuAudio System Basic OperationuDisplay Setup

Features

Display Setup

You can change the brightness or color theme of the audio/information screen.

1. Press the SETTINGS button.

2. Rotate to select System Settings, then

press .

3. Move or to select the Display tab.

4. Rotate to select Brightness, then press

5. Rotate to adjust the setting.

1. Press the SETTINGS button.

2. Rotate to select System Settings, then

press .

3. Move or to select the Others tab.

4. Rotate to select Background Color,

then press .

5. Rotate to select the setting you want,

then press .

■Changing the Screen Brightness

1Changing the Screen Brightness

You can change the Contrast and Black Level

settings in the same manner.

■Changing the Screen’s Color Theme

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 231 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

232

uuAudio System Basic OperationuVoice Control Operation

Features

Voice Control Operation

Your vehicle has a voice control system that allows hands-free operation of most of

the navigation system functions.

The voice control system uses the (Talk) and (hang-up/back) buttons on the

steering wheel and a microphone near the map lights on the ceiling.

To achieve optimum voice recognition when using the voice control system:

•Make sure the correct screen is displayed for the voice command that you are

using.

The system recognizes only certain commands. Available voice commands.

2Voice Portal Screen P. 233

•Close the windows and moonroof.

•Adjust the dashboard and side vents so air does not blow onto the microphone

on the ceiling.

•Speak clearly in a clear, natural speaking voice without pausing between words.

•Reduce any background noise if possible. The system may misinterpret your

command if more than one person is speaking at the same time.

•Refer to the Voice Help feature.

2Refer to the Navigation System Manual

■Voice Recognition

1Voice Control Operation

When you press the button, a helpful prompt asks

what you would like to do. Press and release the

button again to bypass this prompt and give a

command.

1Voice Recognition

The voice control system can only be used from the

driver’s seat because the microphone unit removes

noises from the front passenger’s side.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 232 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

233

uuAudio System Basic OperationuVoice Control Operation

Continued

Features

When the (Talk) button is pressed,

available voice commands appear on the

screen.

For a complete list of commands, say “Voice

Help” after the beep or select Voice Help.

You can see the list of commands in Voice

Info on the Info menu screen. Select Info,

then select .

The system only recognizes the commands

on the following pages, at certain screens.

Free form voice commands are not

recognized.

■Voice Portal Screen ■

Phone Call

This can be only used when the phone is

connected. When the system recognizes the

Phone call command, the screen will

change the dedicated screen for the voice

recognition of the phone.

•Call <Your Contact Name>

•Call <Phone Number>

■Music Search

This can be only used when the iPod or HDD

device is connected.

■Voice Help

You can see a list of the available

commands on the screen.

•Navigation Commands

•Useful Commands

•Phone Commands

•Audio Commands

•On Screen Commands

•Music Search Commands

•General Commands

•Climate Control Commands

•All Commands

•Voice Settings

•Getting Started

■Navigation

The screen changes the navigation screen.

2Refer to the Navigation System Manual

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 233 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

234

uuAudio System Basic OperationuVoice Control Operation

Features

■Audio

When the system recognizes the Audio

command, the screen will change the

dedicated screen for the voice recognition

of the audio.

•Audio On

•Audio off

•FM

•AM

•SXM

•Disc

•HDD

•USB

•iPod

•Bluetooth® Audio

•Pandora

•Aha

•AUX

2Audio Commands P. 235

*1: These commands toggle the function

on and off, so the command may not match

your intended action.

■Climate Control

The screen changes the climate control

screen.

2Climate Control Commands P. 236

The system accepts these commands on the

voice portal top screen.

•Call <Your Contact Name>

•Call <Phone Number>

•What time is it?

•What is today's date?

■Useful Commands

The system accepts these commands on the

dedicated screen for the voice recognition

of the phone.

•Call <Your Contact Name>

•Call <Phone Number>

■Phone Commands

* Not available on all models

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 234 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

235

uuAudio System Basic OperationuVoice Control Operation

Continued

Features

The system accepts these commands on the

dedicated screen for the voice recognition

of the audio.

■Radio FM Commands

•Radio tune to <87.7-107.9> FM

•Radio FM preset <1-12>

■Radio AM Commands

•Radio tune to <530-1710> AM

•Radio AM preset <1-6>

■Radio SXM Commands

•SXM channel <1-999>

•Radio SXM preset <1-12>

■Disc Commands

•Disc play

•Disc play track <1-30>

■HDD Commands

•HDD play

•HDD play track <1-30>

•Music Search

•What album is this?

•What am I listening to?

■Audio Commands ■

iPod Commands

•iPod play

•iPod play track <1-30>

•Music Search

•What album is this?

•What am I listening to?

■USB Commands

•USB play

•USB play track <1-30>

■Bluetooth® Audio Commands

•Bluetooth® Audio play

NOTE:

Bluetooth® Audio commands may not work

on some phones or Bluetooth® Audio

devices.

■Pandora Commands

•Pandora play

■Aha Commands

•Aha radio play

■AUX Commands

•AUX play

The system accepts the the voice command

operation of the voice recognition screen.

■On Screen Commands

* Not available on all models

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 235 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

236

uuAudio System Basic OperationuVoice Control Operation

Features

The system accepts these commands on the

Music Search screen.

■Using Song By Voice

Song By Voice

is a feature that allows you

to select music from your iPod or HDD

device using Voice Commands. To activate

this mode, you must press the (Talk)

button and say: “Music Search”.

■Song By Voice Commands

•Music Search

•What am I listening to?

•Who am I listening to?

•Who is this?

•What's playing?

•Who's playing?

•What album is this?

■Music Search Commands ■

Play Commands

•Play artist <Name>

•Play album <Name>

•Play song <Name>

•Play composer <Name>

•Play genre <Name>

•Play playlist <Name>

■List Commands

•List artist <Name>

•List album <Name>

•List composer <Name>

•List genre <Name>

•List playlist <Name>

•What time is it?

•What is today's date?

■General Commands

The system accepts these commands on the

Climate control screen.

•Climate Control Automatic

•Climate Control On

•Climate Control Off

•Air conditioner On

•Air conditioner Off

•Defrost On

•Defrost Off

•Vent

•Dash and Floor

•Floor Vents

•Floor and Defrost

•Fan Speed Up

•Fan Speed Down

•Fan Speed <1-7>

•Temperature Up

•Temperature Down

•Temperature Max Heat

•Temperature Max Cool

•Temperature <57-87> Degrees (U.S.)

•Temperature <18-32> Degrees (Canada)

*1: These commands toggle the function

on and off, so the command may not match

your intended action.

■Climate Control Commands

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 236 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

237

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying AM/FM Radio

Continued

Features

Playing AM/FM Radio

Audio/Information Screen

On Demand Multi-Use Display

Tune Up/Down Icons

Select or to tune the radio frequency.

MENU Button

Press to display the menu items.

(Power) Button

Press to turn the audio system

on and off.

Audio Source

Select to change a band or change

an audio source.

Tune

Select to switch to tune mode.

Preset Icons

Select to store a station.

To listen to a stored channel, select

1-6 (AM) or 1-12 (FM).

Skip/Seek Icons

Select or to search up

and down the selected band for

a station with a strong signal.

Select to display the menu items.

BACK Button

Press to go back to the previous display.

VOL (Volume) Knob

(Pushed out)

Turn to adjust the volume.

Interface Dial/ENTER Button

Press and turn to select preset radio

stations.

Move up, down, right and left to

select secondary menu.

TAG

Select to tag the song if it is played on

an HD Radio

station. The iPod/iPhone

should be connected to the audio

system to store the tagged song

information on your device.

Models with HD Radio

feature

iPod/iPhone

Scan

Select to sample each of the

strongest stations on the selected

band for 10 seconds.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 237 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying AM/FM Radio

238

Features

To store a station:

1. Tune to the selected station.

2. Move or to select the Preset tab.

3. Rotate to select the preset number you want to store the station.

4. Press and hold for a few seconds.

You can also store that station by the following procedure.

1. Tune to the selected station.

2. Press the MENU button.

3. Rotate to select Save Preset, then press .

4. Rotate to select the preset number you want to store that station, then press

1. Tune to the selected station.

2. Change the display to the preset screen.

3. Select and hold the preset number you want to store that station.

You can also store that station by the following procedure.

1. Tune to the selected station.

2. Select More.

3. Select Save Preset.

4. Select the preset number you want to store that station.

■Preset Memory

1Playing AM/FM Radio

You can control the AM/FM radio using voice

commands.

2Voice Control Operation P. 232

The ST indicator appears on the display indicating

stereo FM broadcasts.

Stereo reproduction in AM is not available.

Switching the Audio Mode

Press the SOURCE button on the steering wheel.

2Audio Remote Controls P. 215

You can also switch the mode by pressing the MENU

button and selecting Change Source on the Audio

menu screen.

You can store 6 AM stations and 12 FM stations into

the preset memory.

HD Radio Technology manufactured under license

from iBiquity Digital Corporation. U.S. and Foreign

Patents. HD Radio

and the HD, HD Radio, and

"Arc" logos are proprietary trademarks of iBiquity

Digital Corp.

Models with HD Radio

feature

Interface Dial

On Demand Multi-Use Display

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 238 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

Continued

239

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying AM/FM Radio

Features

Provides text data information related to your selected RDS-capable FM station.

■To find an RDS station from Station List

1. Move or to select the Station List

tab.

2. Rotate to select the station, then press

■Manual update

Updates your available station list at any time.

1. Press the MENU button while listening to an FM station.

2. Rotate to select Refresh Station List, then press .

■Radio Data System (RDS)

1Playing AM/FM Radio

iTunes Tagging

“iTunes” in “iTunes Tagging” is a trademark of

Apple Inc.

When an HD Radio

station is selected, the HD

indicator appears on the audio/information screen

and On Demand Multi-Use Display

If you want to have the information on the song

played from the HD Radio

station, select TAG in On

Demand Multi-Use Display

or select Tag Song in

the menu with the interface dial.

If the iPod/iPhone is connected, the tag is transferred

to the connected device immediately, otherwise the

tag will be transferred when the device is connected

and Tag Song in the menu is selected with Interface

dial.

Models with HD Radio

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 239 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

240

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying AM/FM Radio

Features

■Radio text

Display the radio text information of the selected RDS station.

1. Press the MENU button.

2. Rotate to select Radio Text, then press .

■Scan

Samples each of the strongest stations on the selected band for 10 seconds.

1. Press the MENU button.

2. Rotate to select Scan, then press .

To turn off scan, press to select Cancel Scan, or press the BACK button.

2Playing AM/FM Radio P. 237

To turn off scan, select Stop Scan.

■Tag song to device

You can store the TAG information in the connected iPod/iPhone.

If the iPod/iPhone is not connected to the audio system, the information is stored in

the audio unit temporarily, then once the device is connected to the system, data is

transferred to the iPod/iPhone.

To store the TAG information to the iPod/iPhone, or the audio system:

1. Press the MENU button.

2. Rotate to select Tag Song, then press .

3. Select the song for which you want to save the information.

Interface Dial

On Demand Multi-Use Display

Models with HD Radio

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 240 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

241

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying AM/FM Radio

Features

■Tagged song list

Displays the TAG information saved to the audio system.

1. Press the MENU button.

2. Rotate to select Tagged Song List, then press .

■HD subchannel

Displays the subchannel list when an HD Radio

station is selected.

1. Press the MENU button.

2. Rotate to select HD Subchannel, then press .

3. Rotate to select a channel from a list, then press .

Select the or when the subchannel number is displayed.

You can also select the channel by the following procedure.

1. Select More.

2. Select HD Subchannel.

3. Select the channel number.

Interface Dial

On Demand Multi-Use Display

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 241 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

242

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM® Radio

Features

Playing SiriusXM® Radio

Audio/Information Screen

On Demand Multi-Use Display

Category Up/Down Icons

Select or to display and select

an SiriusXM® Radio category.

MENU Button

Press to display the menu items.

(Power) Button

Press to turn the audio system

on and off.

Audio Source

Select to change an audio source.

Tune

Select to switch to tune mode. Preset Icons

Select to store a station.

To listen to a stored channel, select

1-12.

Select to display the menu items.

BACK Button

Press to go back to the previous display.

VOL (Volume) Knob

(Pushed out)

Turn to adjust the volume.

Interface Dial/ENTER Button

Press and turn to select preset radio

stations.

Move up, down, right and left to

select secondary menu.

Scan

Select to sample each of the

strongest stations on the selected

band for 10 seconds.

Skip/Seek Icons

Select or to the previous

or next channel.

In channel mode, select and hold

to change the channel rapidly.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 242 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

Continued

243

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM® Radio

Features

1. Select the SiriusXM® mode.

2Audio Remote Controls P. 215

2On Demand Multi-Use Display

P. 217

2. Press the MENU button.

3. Rotate to select Channel List, then press .

4. Rotate to select a channel from a list, then press .

2. Select a channel using the , , , icons on the tune mode screen or

the preset numbers (1-12) on the preset mode screen.

To change the tune mode:

1. Press the MENU button.

2. Rotate to select XM Tune Mode, then press .

3. Rotate to select Channel Mode or Category Mode, then press .

1. Select More.

2. Select XM Tune Mode.

3. Select Channel Mode or Category Mode.

■To Play the SiriusXM® Radio

1Playing SiriusXM® Radio

You can control the SiriusXM® radio using voice

commands.

2Voice Control Operation P. 232

In the channel mode, all available channels are

selectable. In the category mode, you can select a

channel within a category (Jazz, Rock, Classical, etc.).

There may be instances when SiriusXM® Radio does

not broadcast all the data fields (artist name, title).

This does not indicate a problem with your audio

system.

SiriusXM® Radio stations load in ascending order,

which can take about a minute. Once they have

loaded you will be able to scroll up or down to make

your selections.

Interface Dial

On Demand Multi-Use Display

Interface Dial

On Demand Multi-Use Display

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 243 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM® Radio

244

Features

To store a station:

1. Tune to the selected station.

2. Move or to select the Preset tab.

3. Rotate to select the preset number you want to store the station.

4. Press and hold for a few seconds.

You can also store that station by the following procedure.

1. Tune to the selected station.

2. Press the MENU button.

3. Rotate to select Save Preset, then press .

4. Rotate to select the preset number you want to store that station, then press

1. Tune to the selected station.

2. Change the display to the preset screen.

3. Select and hold the preset number you want to store that station.

You can also store that station by the following procedure.

1. Tune to the selected station.

2. Select More.

3. Select Save Preset.

4. Select the preset number you want to store that station.

■Preset Memory

1Playing SiriusXM® Radio

You can store 12 SiriusXM® stations into the preset

memory.

Interface Dial

On Demand Multi-Use Display

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 244 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

245

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a CD

Continued

Features

Playing a CD

Your audio system supports audio CDs, CD-Rs and CD-RWs in either MP3, WMA, or

AAC

format. With the CD loaded, select the CD mode.

*1:Only AAC format files recorded with iTunes are playable on this unit.

Audio/Information Screen

MENU Button

Press to display the menu items.

CD Slot

Insert a CD about halfway into the CD

slot.

(CD Eject) Button

Press to eject a CD.

Folder Up/Down Icons

Select to skip to the next folder, and

to skip to the beginning of the

previous folder in MP3, WMA, or AAC.

Audio Source

Select to change an audio source.

Skip/Seek Icons

Select or to change tracks

(files in MP3, WMA, or AAC).

Select and hold to move rapidly within

a track/file.

Select to display the menu items.

BACK Button

Press to go back to the previous display.

Interface Dial/ENTER Button

Press and turn to select an item,

then press to set your selection.

Move up, down, right and left to

select secondary menu.

On Demand Multi-Use Display

(Power) Button

Press to turn the audio system

on and off.

VOL (Volume) Knob (Pushed out)

Turn to adjust the volume.

Scan

Select to use a scan feature.

Random

Select to use a random feature. Repeat

Select to use a repeat feature.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 245 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a CD

246

Features

1. Press the MENU button.

2. Rotate to select Music Search, then

press .

3. Rotate , move or , then press to

select a file from the Music Search list.

You can also select a file by the following

procedure.

1. Rotate or press to display the song

list.

2. Rotate , move or , then press to

select a file from the list.

■How to Select a File from the Music Search List

(MP3/WMA/AAC)

1Playing a CD

NOTICE

Do not use CDs with adhesive labels. The label can

cause the CD to jam in the unit.

WMA and AAC files protected by digital rights

management (DRM) cannot be played.

The audio system displays Unplayable File, then

skips to the next file.

Text data appears on the display under the following

circumstances:

•When you select a new folder, file, or track.

•When you change the audio mode to CD.

•When you insert a CD.

If you eject the CD but do not remove it from the slot,

the system reloads the CD automatically after several

seconds.

You can control a CD audio using voice commands.

2Voice Control Operation P. 232

Folder Selection

File Selection

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 246 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

247

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a CD

Features

You can select scan, repeat, and random modes when playing a track or file.

1. Press the MENU button.

2. Rotate to select Scan or Random/

Repeat, then press .

3. Rotate to select a mode, then press .

1. Select Scan, Random or Repeat.

2Playing a CD P. 245

2. Select a mode.

■To turn off a play mode

1. Press the MENU button.

2. Rotate to select the mode you want to turn off, then press .

1. Select Scan, Random or Repeat.

2Playing a CD P. 245

2. Select the mode you want to turn off.

■How to Select a Play Mode

1How to Select a Play Mode

Play Mode Menu Items

Scan

Scan Folders (MP3/WMA/AAC): Provides a 10-

second sampling of the first file in each of the main

folders.

Scan Tracks: Provides a 10-second sampling of all

tracks on the CD (all files in the current folder in MP3,

WMA, or AAC).

Random/Repeat

Repeat Folder (MP3/WMA/AAC): Repeats all files in

the current folder.

Repeat Track: Repeats the current track/file.

Random in Folder (MP3/WMA/AAC): Plays all files

in the current folder in random order.

Random All Tracks: Plays all tracks/files in random

order.

Random/Repeat is selected.

Interface Dial

On Demand Multi-Use Display

Interface Dial

On Demand Multi-Use Display

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 247 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

248

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Audio

Features

Playing Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Audio

The Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Audio function plays tracks from music CDs that have

been recorded onto the built-in HDD. You can arrange the tracks in playlists or play

the tracks using various search methods.

Audio/Information Screen

MENU Button

Press to display the menu items.

CD Slot

Insert a CD about halfway into the CD

slot.

(CD Eject) Button

Press to eject a CD.

Playlist/Album Up/Down Icons

Select to skip to the next playlist/

album, and to skip to the beginning

of the previous playlist/album.

Audio Source

Select to change an audio source.

Skip/Seek Icons

Select or to change tracks.

Select and hold to move rapidly within

a track.

Select to display the menu items.

BACK Button

Press to go back to the previous display

or cancel a setting.

Interface Dial/ENTER Button

Press and turn to select an item,

then press to set your selection.

Move up, down, right and left to

select secondary menu.

SETTINGS Button

Press to go the Setting menu screen.

On Demand Multi-Use Display

(Power) Button

Press to turn the audio system

on and off.

VOL (Volume) Knob (Pushed out)

Turn to adjust the volume.

Random

Select to use a random feature.

Scan

Select to use a scan feature.

Repeat

Select to use a repeat feature.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 248 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

Continued

249

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Audio

Features

When Recording from CD is set to Auto, the songs on music CDs are automatically

recorded to the HDD the first time you play each disc. You can then play the songs

directly from the HDD.

2Customized Features P. 283

1. Press the MENU button.

2. Rotate to select Cancel Record to HDD, then press .

When Recording from CD is set to Manual, the songs on music CDs can be

manually recorded to the HDD.

1. Press the MENU button.

2. Rotate to select Rec to HDD, then press .

■Recording a Music CD to HDD

1Recording a Music CD to HDD

You can add tracks to user playlists, where you can

mix and match tracks from other CDs recorded on

the HDD.

2Editing an Album or Playlist P. 252

2Editing Track Information P. 255

If you turn the power system off or the audio system

is turned off while recording a CD, there may be

pauses between songs when you play back from the

HDD.

Repeat, random, and scan functions are not available

during recording.

You can play music from other sources (e.g.,

SiriusXM®, HDD, etc.) while recording.

Please note that there is no compensation offered in

the case of unsuccessful recording of audio data or

the loss of audio data due to any cause whatsoever.

Clearing the HDD

Any music tracks stored on the HDD can be deleted.

2Deleting all HDD Data P. 307

■Stop Recording

■Recording a CD Manually

Album AAA

Artist AAA

01’23”

Track AAA01

Recording Indicator

Recording

Ready to record

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 249 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Audio

250

Features

1. Press the MENU button.

2. Rotate to select Music Search, then

press .

3. Rotate , move or , then press to

select a track from the Music Search list.

uTitle information is displayed if found in

the Gracenote® Album Info (Gracenote®

Media Database) stored on the HDD.

uThe HDD has two types of playlists:

original playlists and user playlists. An

original playlist is automatically created

for each album when a music CD is

recorded. You can customize up to six

user playlists provided on the HDD by

adding tracks from your original playlists.

You can also select a track by the following

procedure.

1. Rotate or press to display the song

list.

2. Rotate , move or , then press to

select a track from the list.

■How to Select a Track from the Music Search List

1How to Select a Track from the Music Search List

You can control the HDD audio using voice

commands.

2Voice Control Operation P. 232

2Song By Voice

(SBV) P. 262

Music tracks recorded on HDD cannot be recorded

onto CDs or other devices.

Tracks are recorded at four times the playback speed

using ultra-efficient compression technology;

therefore, sound quality may vary slightly from the

original.

If the HDD is ever replaced, all music data is lost and

cannot be recovered.

If there is a problem, you may see an error message

on the display.

2Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Audio P. 275

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 250 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

Continued

251

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Audio

Features

You can select scan, repeat, and random modes when playing a track.

1. Press the MENU button.

2. Rotate to select Scan or Random/

Repeat, then press .

3. Rotate to select a mode, then press .

1. Select Scan, Random or Repeat.

2Playing Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Audio

P. 248

2. Select a mode.

■To turn off a play mode

1. Press the MENU button.

2. Rotate to select the mode you want to turn off, then press .

1. Select Scan, Random or Repeat.

2Playing Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Audio P. 248

2. Select the mode you want to turn off.

■How to Select a Play Mode

1How to Select a Play Mode

Play Mode Menu Items

Scan

Scan Albums: Provides a 10-second sampling of the

first track in each album.

Scan Tracks: Provides a 10-second sampling of all

tracks on the HDD.

Random/Repeat

The following menu items vary depending on the

category you selected by the Music Search list.

Repeat Artist: Repeats all tracks in the current artist.

Repeat Album: Repeats all tracks in the current

album.

Repeat Track: Repeats the current track.

Random in Artist: Plays all tracks in the current artist

in random order.

Random in Album: Plays all tracks in the current

album in random order.

Random All Tracks: Plays all tracks in random order.

Random/Repeat is selected.

Interface Dial

On Demand Multi-Use Display

Interface Dial

On Demand Multi-Use Display

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 251 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Audio

252

Features

Change the playlist name, album name, genre, and track order of the current

playlist. You can also delete tracks, playlists, and albums.

■Editing an album

1. Press the MENU button.

2. Rotate to select Edit/Delete, then press

3. Rotate to select Albums, then press .

uThe pop-up menu appears on the screen.

4. Rotate to select an album that you want

to edit or delete, then press .

5. To edit an album name:

Rotate to select Edit Name, then press

uEnter the name using the interface dial or

the On Demand Multi-Use Display

To delete an album:

Rotate to select Delete, then press .

To edit track information or delete a track:

Rotate to select List Tracks, then press

2Editing Track Information P. 255

■Editing an Album or Playlist

1Editing an Album or Playlist

The maximum number of songs in each of the six

user playlists is 999. Adding new songs overwrites

the oldest songs.

The maximum number of original playlists is 999 with

a maximum of 99 songs in each playlist.

Each album CD counts as an original playlist. Adding

a track from a user playlist into the same user playlist

will cause the track to appear twice in the playlist.

Deleting an album (original playlist) also deletes the

album tracks you have stored in any user playlists.

Deleting a user playlist or deleting all tracks from a

user playlist does not remove the playlist folder.

The folder retains the playlist name and artist

information.

Select to enter symbols.

Icon

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 252 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

253

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Audio

Continued

Features

■Editing a playlist

1. Press the MENU button.

2. Rotate to select Edit/Delete, then press

3. Rotate to select Playlists, then press

uThe pop-up menu appears on the screen.

4. Rotate to select a playlist that you want

to edit or delete, then press .

5. To edit a playlist name:

Rotate to select Edit Name, then press

uEnter the name using the interface dial or

the On Demand Multi-Use Display

To delete a playlist:

Rotate to select Delete, then press .

To edit track information or delete a track:

Rotate to select List Tracks, then press

2Editing Track Information P. 255

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 253 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

254

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Audio

Features

■Creating a new playlist

1. Press the MENU button.

2. Rotate to select Edit/Delete, then press

3. Rotate to select Playlists, then press

4. Rotate to select Create New Playlist,

then press .

uEnter the name using the interface dial or

the On Demand Multi-Use Display

then select tracks from the Music

Search list.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 254 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

255

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Audio

Continued

Features

Change the track title, artist name, genre and composer. You can also delete tracks.

1. Press the MENU button.

2. Rotate to select Edit/Delete, then press

3. Rotate to select Tracks, then press .

4. Rotate to select a track you want to edit

or delete, then press .

uThe pop-up menu appears on the screen.

5. To edit track information:

Rotate to select Edit Name, then press

uEnter the track name, track artist, etc.

using the interface dial or the On

Demand Multi-Use Display

. Move ,

rotate to select OK, then press .

To delete a track:

Rotate to select Delete, then press .

■Editing Track Information

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 255 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

256

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Audio

Features

Music information (album name, artist name, genre) can be acquired by accessing

the Gracenote® Album Info.

1. Press the MENU button.

2. Rotate to select Edit/Delete, then press

3. Rotate to select Albums, then press .

4. Rotate to select an album you want to

edit, then press .

uThe pop-up menu appears on the screen.

5. Rotate to select Edit Name, then press

6. Move to select Get Music Info, then

press .

uThe system starts to access the

Gracenote® Album Info.

■Displaying Music Information

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 256 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

257

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Audio

Features

Update the Gracenote® Album Info (Gracenote® Media Database) that is included

with the navigation system.

1. Insert the update disc into the disc slot or

connect the USB flash drive that includes

the update.

2. Press the SETTINGS button in the HDD

mode.

3. Move or to select the CD/HDD tab.

4. Rotate to select Update Gracenote

Album Info, then press .

5. Rotate to select Update by USB or

Update by CD, then press .

uThe system starts updating and the

confirmation message appears on the

screen. Press to finish.

■Updating Gracenote® Album Info

1Updating Gracenote® Album Info

To acquire updated files:

•Consult a dealer.

•U.S.: Visit www.acura.com.

•Canada: Visit www.acura.ca.

Once you perform an update, any information you

edited before will be overwritten or erased.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 257 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

258

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying an iPod

Features

Playing an iPod

Connect the iPod using your dock connector to the USB port, then select the iPod

mode.

2USB Port P. 213

Audio/Information Screen

MENU Button

Press to display the menu items.

Album Bar

Select to search for an album.

Audio Source

Select to change an audio source.

Skip/Seek Icons

Select or to change songs.

Select and hold to move rapidly

within a song.

Select to display the menu items.

(Power) Button

Press to turn the audio system

on and off.

BACK Button

Press to go back to the previous display.

Interface Dial/ENTER Button

Press and turn to select an item, then

press to set your selection.

Move up, down, right and left to select

secondary menu.

USB Indicator

Appears when an iPod is connected.

Album Art

On Demand Multi-Use Display

VOL (Volume) Knob (Pushed out)

Turn to adjust the volume.

Album Art Icon

Repeat

Select to use a repeat feature.

Play/Pause Icon

Select to resume or play a song.

Shuffle

Select to use a shuffle feature.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 258 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

Continued

259

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying an iPod

Features

1. Select the album bar.

uThe image of the current album is displayed.

2. Select or icon to search for an album.

uWhen the album image you are looking for appears, select it to play.

■How to Select an Album

1How to Select an Album

This function may not be available depending on

models or versions.

Select to go back to the previous screen.

Select an album

image.

Select the

album bar.

Album Bar Album Image

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 259 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying an iPod

260

Features

1. Press the MENU button.

2. Rotate to select Music Search, then

press .

3. Rotate , move or , then press to

select a song from the Music Search list.

You can also select a song by the following

procedure.

1. Rotate or press to display the song

list.

2. Rotate , move or , then press to

select a song from the list.

■How to Select a Song from the Music Search List

1How to Select a Song from the Music Search List

You can control an iPod using voice commands.

2Voice Control Operation P. 232

2Song By Voice

(SBV) P. 262

Available operating functions vary on models or

versions. Some functions may not be available on the

vehicle’s audio system.

If there is a problem, you may see an error message

on the audio/information screen.

2iPod/USB Flash Drive P. 276

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 260 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

261

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying an iPod

Features

You can select repeat and shuffle modes when playing a file.

1. Press the MENU button.

2. Rotate to select Shuffle/Repeat, then

press .

3. Rotate to select a mode, then press .

1. Select Shuffle or Repeat.

2Playing an iPod P. 258

2. Select a mode.

■To turn off a play mode

1. Press the MENU button.

2. Rotate to select the mode you want to turn off, then press .

1. Select Shuffle or Repeat.

2Playing an iPod P. 258

2. Select the mode you want to turn off.

■How to Select a Play Mode

1How to Select a Play Mode

Play Mode Menu Items

Repeat Song: Repeats the current track.

Shuffle Albums: Plays all available albums in a

selected list (playlists, artists, albums, songs, genres,

or composers) in random order.

Shuffle All Songs: Plays all available files in a

selected list (playlists, artists, albums, songs, genres,

or composers) in random order.

Interface Dial

On Demand Multi-Use Display

Interface Dial

On Demand Multi-Use Display

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 261 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

262

uuAudio System Basic OperationuSong By Voice

(SBV)

Features

Song By Voice

(SBV)

Use SBV to search for and play music from your HDD or iPod using voice commands.

■To enable SBV

1. Press the SETTINGS button.

2. Rotate to select System Settings, then

press .

3. Move or to select the Voice Reco

tab.

4. Rotate to select Song By Voice, then

press .

5. Rotate to select On or Off, then press

1Song By Voice

(SBV)

Setting options:

•On (factory default): Song By Voice

commands

are available.

•Off: Disable the feature.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 262 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

Continued

263

uuAudio System Basic OperationuSong By Voice

(SBV)

Features

■Searching for music using SBV

1. Set the Song By Voice setting to On.

2. Press the (Talk) button and say “Music

Search” to activate the SBV feature for the

HDD and iPod.

3. Press the button and say a command.

uExample 1: Say “(List) ‘Artist A’“ to view a

list of songs by that artist. Select the

desired song to start playing.

uExample 2: Say “Play ‘Artist A’“ to start

playing songs by that artist.

4. To cancel SBV, press the (hang-up/back)

button on the steering wheel. The selected

song continues playing.

Once you have canceled this mode, you need

to press the button and say “Music Search”

again to re-activate this mode.

1Searching for music using SBV

Song By Voice

Commands List

2Song By Voice Commands P. 236

NOTE:

Song By Voice

commands are available for tracks

stored on the HDD or iPod.

You can add phonetic modifications of difficult

words so that it is easier for SBV to recognize artists,

songs, albums, and composers in voice commands.

2Phonetic Modification P. 264

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 263 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuSong By Voice

(SBV)

264

Features

Add phonetic modifications of difficult or foreign words so that it is easier for SBV

to recognize artists, songs, albums, and composers in voice commands when

searching for music on the HDD or iPod.

1. Press the SETTINGS button.

2. Rotate to select System Settings,

then press .

3. Move or to select the Voice Reco

tab.

4. Rotate to select Song By Voice

Phonetic Modification, then press .

5. Move and rotate to select New

Modification, then press .

6. Rotate to select HDD or iPod, then

press .

■Phonetic Modification

1Phonetic Modification

Phonetic Modification is grayed out when Song By

Voice is set to Off.

You can store up to 2,000 phonetic modification

items.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 264 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

265

uuAudio System Basic OperationuSong By Voice

(SBV)

Features

7. Rotate to select the item to modify

(e.g., Artist), then press .

uThe list of the selected item appears on

the screen.

8. Rotate to select an entry (e.g., No

Name), then press .

uThe pop-up menu appears on the

screen.

uTo listen to the current phonetic

modification, rotate to select Play,

then press .

uTo delete the current phonetic

modification, rotate to select

Delete, then press .

9. Rotate to select Modify, then press

10. Enter the phonetic spelling you wish to

use (e.g., “Artist A”) when prompted.

11. Move to select OK to exit.

uThe artist “No Name” is phonetically

modified to “Artist A.” When in the SBV

mode, you can press the (Talk)

button and use the voice command

“Play ‘Artist A’” to play songs by the

artist “No Name.”

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 265 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

266

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Internet Radio

Features

Playing Internet Radio

Connect a compatible phone through Bluetooth®.

You can also connect the phone using your dock connector to the USB port.

Select Audio Source to select Pandora or Aha mode.

Compatible phones only

1Playing Internet Radio

Pandora®, the Pandora logo, and the Pandora trade

dress are trademarks or registered trademarks of

Pandora Media, Inc., used with permission. Pandora

is currently available exclusively in the United States.

iPhone

Audio/Information Screen

Album Art

USB Indicator

Appears when a phone is

connected.

Rating Icon

BACK Button

Press to go back to the previous display.

Skip Icon

Select to skip a song.

Select to display the menu items.

Station Up/Down Icons

Select to change a station.

Audio Source

Select Pandora® or Aha

Play/Pause Icon

Select to resume or play a song.

Like/Dislike Icons

Select to evaluate a song.

(Power) Button

Press to turn the audio system on

and off.

Interface Dial/ENTER Button

Press and turn to select an item, then press

to set your selection. Move up, down, right

and left to select secondary menu.

On Demand Multi-Use Display

VOL (Volume) Knob (Pushed out)

Turn to adjust the volume.

Bluetooth® Indicator

Appears when your phone is

connected to HFL.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 266 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

Continued

267

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Internet Radio

Features

You can operate some of the Pandora® menu items from your vehicle’s audio

system. The available items are:

■Operating a menu item

The menu items are shown in the lower half of

the audio/information screen.

Rotate to select an item and press .

To select Change Source or Sound, press the

MENU button, then press .

■Pandora® Menu

•Skip Forward •Bookmark Track

•Play/Pause •Bookmark Artist

•Station List •Change Source

•Like •Sound

•Dislike

U.S. models

1Playing Internet Radio

To find out if your phone is compatible with this

feature, visit www.acura.com/handsfreelink, or call

1-888-528-7876.

Pandora® is a personalized Internet radio service that

selects music based on an artist, song, or genre a user

enters, and streams what is likely to be of interest.

To use this service in your vehicle, the Pandora® app

must first be installed on your phone. Visit

www.pandora.com. for more information.

If you cannot operate Pandora

through the audio system,

it may be streaming through

Bluetooth

Audio. Make sure

Pandora

mode on your audio system is selected.

1Pandora® Menu

You can control Pandora® using voice commands.

2Voice Control Operation P. 232

Available operating functions vary on software

versions. Some functions may not be available on the

vehicle’s audio system.

If there is a problem, you may see an error message

on the audio/information screen.

2Pandora® P. 277

There are restrictions on the number of songs you

can skip or dislike in a given hour.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 267 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Internet Radio

268

Features

You can operate some of the Aha

menu items from your vehicle’s audio system.

The available items are:

■Operating a menu item

The menu items are shown in the lower half of

the audio/information screen.

Rotate to select an item and press .

To select Sound, Change Source or

Stations, press the MENU button, then press

■Aha

Radio Menu

•Like •View text

•Dislike •View list

•Play/Pause •Reply

•15sec Back •Change Source

•30sec Skip •Stations

•Sound

1Aha

Radio Menu

Aha

by Harman is a cloud-based service that

organizes your favorite web content into live radio

stations. You can access podcasts, internet radio,

location-based services, and audio updates from

social media sites.

You can control Aha

Radio using voice commands.

2Voice Control Operation P. 232

Available operating functions vary on software

versions. Some functions may not be available on the

vehicle’s audio system.

If there is a problem, you may see an error message

on the audio/information screen.

2Aha

Radio P. 278

The menu items vary depending on the station you

selected.

To use this service in your vehicle, the AcuraLink app

must be installed on your phone. Visit

owners.acura.com/apps for more information.

You must have a previously set up Aha account prior

to using the service in your vehicle. Visit

www.aharadio.com for more information.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 268 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

269

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a USB Flash Drive

Continued

Features

Playing a USB Flash Drive

Your audio system reads and plays sound files on a USB flash drive in either MP3,

WMA, or AAC

format.

Connect your USB flash drive to the USB port, then select the USB mode.

2USB Port P. 213

*1:Only AAC format files recorded with iTunes are playable on this unit.

Audio/Information Screen

BACK Button

Press to go back to the previous display.

Select to display the menu items.

Audio Source

Select to change an audio source.

USB Indicator

Appears when a USB flash drive is

connected.

Folder Up/Down Icons

Select to skip to the next folder,

and to skip to the beginning of

the previous folder.

Skip/Seek Icons

Select or to change files.

Select and hold to move rapidly

within a file.

(Power) Button

Press to turn the audio system

on and off.

Interface Dial/ENTER Button

Press and turn to select an item, then press

to set your selection. Move up, down, right

and left to select secondary menu.

MENU Button

Press to display the menu items.

On Demand Multi-Use Display

VOL (Volume) Knob (Pushed out)

Turn to adjust the volume.

Random

Select to use a random feature.

Scan

Select to use a scan feature.

Repeat

Select to use a repeat feature.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 269 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a USB Flash Drive

270

Features

1. Press the MENU button.

2. Rotate to select Music Search, then

press .

3. Rotate , move or , then press to

select a file from the Music Search list.

You can also select a file by the following

procedure.

1. Rotate or press to display the song

list.

2. Rotate , move or , then press to

select a file from the list.

■How to Select a File from the Music Search List

1Playing a USB Flash Drive

You can control a USB flash drive using voice

commands.

2Voice Control Operation P. 232

Use the recommended USB flash drives.

2General Information on the Audio System

P. 279

Files in WMA/AAC format protected by digital rights

management (DRM) cannot be played.

The audio system displays Unplayable File, and then

skips to the next file.

If there is a problem, you may see an error message

on the audio/information screen.

2iPod/USB Flash Drive P. 276

Folder Selection

File Selection

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 270 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

271

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a USB Flash Drive

Features

You can select scan, repeat, and random modes when playing a file.

1. Press the MENU button.

2. Rotate to select Scan or Random/

Repeat, then press .

3. Rotate to select a mode, then press .

1. Select Scan, Random or Repeat.

2Playing a USB Flash Drive P. 269

2. Select a mode.

■To turn off a play mode

1. Press the MENU button.

2. Rotate to select the mode you want to turn off, then press .

1. Select Scan, Random or Repeat.

2Playing a USB Flash Drive P. 269

2. Select the mode you want to turn off.

■How to Select a Play Mode

1How to Select a Play Mode

Play Mode Menu Items

Scan

Scan Folders: Provides a 10-second sampling of the

first file in each of the main folders.

Scan Tracks: Provides a 10-second sampling of all

files in the current folder.

Random/Repeat

Repeat Folder: Repeats all files in the current folder.

Repeat Track: Repeats the current file.

Random in Folder: Plays all files in the current folder

in random order.

Random All Tracks: Plays all files in random order.

Random/Repeat is selected.

Interface Dial

On Demand Multi-Use Display

Interface Dial

On Demand Multi-Use Display

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 271 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

272

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Bluetooth® Audio

Features

Playing Bluetooth® Audio

Your audio system allows you to listen to music from your Bluetooth-compatible

phone.

This function is available when the phone is paired and connected to the vehicle’s

Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® (HFL) system.

2Phone Setup P. 316

1Playing Bluetooth® Audio

Not all Bluetooth-enabled phones with streaming

audio capabilities are compatible with the system.

For a list of compatible phones:

•U.S.: Visit www.acura.com/handsfreelink, or call 1-

888-528-7876.

•Canada: Visit www.handsfreelink.ca, or call 1-888-

528-7876.

In some states, it may be illegal to perform some data

device functions while driving.

If more than one phone is paired to the HFL system,

there will be a delay before the system begins to play.

You can control Bluetooth® Audio using voice

commands.

2Voice Control Operation P. 232

Bluetooth® Indicator

Appears when your

phone is connected

to HFL.

Play Icon

Pause Icon More

Select to display

the menu items.

Audio Source

Select to change

an audio source.

(Power) Button

Press to turn the

audio system on and

off.

Interface Dial/

ENTER Button

Press and turn to

select an item,

then press to set

your selection.

Move up, down,

right and left to

select secondary

menu.

Skip/Seek Icons

Select or

to change files.

MENU Button

Press to display

the menu items.

Folder Up/Down

Icons

Select or to

change folders.

On Demand Multi-

Use Display

VOL (Volume) Knob

(Pushed out)

Turn to adjust the

volume.

Audio/Information

Screen

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 272 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

273

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Bluetooth® Audio

Features

1. Make sure that your phone is paired and

connected to HFL.

2. Select the Bluetooth® Audio mode.

If the phone is not recognized, another HFL-

compatible phone, which is not compatible

for Bluetooth® Audio, may already be

connected.

■To pause or resume a file

1. Press the MENU button.

2. Rotate to select Play or Pause, then press .

Select the play icon or pause icon.

Press the (pick-up) button on the steering

wheel to receive a call when Bluetooth® Audio

is playing.

2Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® P. 310

Press the (hang-up/back) button to end

the call and return to Bluetooth® Audio.

■To Play Bluetooth® Audio Files

1To Play Bluetooth® Audio Files

To play the audio files, you may need to operate your

phone. If so, follow the phone maker’s operating

instructions.

The pause function may not be available on some

phones.

Switching to another mode pauses the music playing

from your phone. This function may not be available

on some phones.

■Switching to HFL

Interface Dial

On Demand Multi-Use Display

1Switching to HFL

If you receive a call while Bluetooth® Audio is in the

pause mode, it will resume play after ending the call.

Button

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 273 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

274

Features

Audio Error Messages

CD Player

If a disc error occurs, you may see the following error messages.

Error Message Cause Solution

Unplayable File Track/file format not supported

●

Current track/file will be skipped. The next supported track/file

plays automatically.

Bad Disc

Please Check Owner’s

Manual

Push Eject Mechanical error

●

Press the (eject) button and remove the disc, and check that the

error message is cleared.

●

Check that the disc is not damaged or deformed, and insert the

disc again.

2Protecting CDs P. 281

●

If the error message reappears, press the button, and pull out

the disc.

●

Insert a different disc.

If the new disc plays, there is a problem with the first disc.

●

If the error message repeats, or the disc cannot be removed,

contact a dealer.

Do not try to force the disc out of the player.

Mecha Error

Bad Disc

Please Check Owner’s

Manual

Servo error

Check Disc Disc error

●

Check that the disc is not damaged or deformed.

2Protecting CDs P. 281

Heat Error High temperature

●

Turn the audio system off and allow the player to cool down until

the error message is cleared.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 274 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

275

uuAudio Error MessagesuHard Disk Drive (HDD) Audio

Features

Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Audio

If an error occurs while playing the Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Audio, you may see the

following error messages. If you cannot clear the error message, contact a dealer.

Error Message Solution

HDD access error.

Please consult your dealer. —

The display system temperature is too high. For protection,

the system will shut off until the display cools down.

Turn the audio system off and allow the player to cool down until

the error message is cleared.

The navigation system temperature is too low. For

protection, the system will shut off until it warms up.

The navigation system has difficulty reading the HDD when the

temperature is below approximately -22°F (-30°C). The navigation

system starts up automatically when the display warms up.

Unplayable File Appears when a file format not supported. Current track will be

skipped. The next supported track plays automatically.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 275 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

276

uuAudio Error MessagesuiPod/USB Flash Drive

Features

iPod/USB Flash Drive

If an error occurs while playing an iPod or USB flash drive, you may see the following

error messages. If you cannot clear the error message, contact a dealer.

Error Message Solution

USB Error Appears when there is a problem with the audio system. Check if the device is compatible with the

audio system.

Incompatible USB Device

Please Check Owner’s

Manual

Appears when an incompatible device is connected. Disconnect the device. Then turn the audio system

off, and turn it on again. Do not reconnect the device that caused the error.

Unsupported Version Appears when an unsupported iPod is connected. If it appears when a supported iPod is connected,

update the iPod software to the newer version.

Connect Retry Appears when the system does not acknowledge the iPod. Reconnect the iPod.

Unplayable File Appears when the files in the USB flash drive are DRM or an unsupported format. This error message

appears for about 3 seconds, then plays the next song.

No Data

Appears when the iPod is empty.

Appears when the USB flash drive is empty or there are no MP3, WMA, or AAC files in the USB flash

drive.

Check that compatible files are stored on the device.

Unsupported Appears when an unsupported device is connected. If it appears when a supported device is

connected, reconnect the device.

iPod

USB flash drive

iPod and USB flash drive

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 276 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

277

uuAudio Error MessagesuPandora®

Features

Pandora®

If an error occurs while playing Pandora®, you may see the following error messages.

If you cannot clear the error message, contact a dealer.

Error Message Solution

Incompatible USB Device

Please Check Owner’s Manual

Appears when an incompatible device is connected. Disconnect

the device. Then turn the audio system off, and turn it again. Do

not reconnect the device that caused the error.

No stations have been created.

Please create a station on the device.

Appears when there is no station list on the device. Use the device

to create a station.

Music licenses force us to limit the number of tracks you may

skip each hour.

Appears when you try to skip a song or select Dislike over the

predetermined number of times in an hour.

Unable to save rating.

Unable to save bookmark

Unable to skip

Appears when the commanded operation is failed. Try again later.

No data Appears when no data is available with Pandora® activated.

Reboot the app and reconnect the device.

PANDORA Unsupported Appears when Pandora® version is not supported. Update

Pandora® to the latest version.

PANDORA system maintenance Appears when the Pandora® server is in maintenance. Try again

later.

Cannot connect to PANDORA. When stopped, check your

mobile device.

Appears when Pandora® is unable to play music. Check your

device.

U.S. models

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 277 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

278

uuAudio Error MessagesuAha

Radio

Features

Aha

Radio

If an error occurs while playing Aha

Radio, you may see the following error

messages.

If you cannot clear the error message, contact a dealer.

Error Message Solution

Cannot connect to aha. When stopped, check your mobile

device. Appears when the Aha

app is not activated. Check your device.

Incompatible USB Device

Please Check Owner’s Manual

Appears when an incompatible device is connected. Disconnect

the device. Then turn the audio system off, and turn it on again.

Do not reconnect the device that caused the error.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 278 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

279

Features

General Information on the Audio System

SiriusXM® Radio Service

1. You need your radio ID ready before registering for subscription. To see the ID in

the On Demand Multi-Use Display

, select until CH 000 and the radio ID

appears.

2. Have your radio ID and credit card number ready, and either call or visit the

SiriusXM® website to subscribe.

Switch to the SiriusXM® mode by pressing the SOURCE button repeatedly or

operating the On Demand Multi-Use Display

, and stay in this mode for about 30

minutes until the service is activated. Make sure your vehicle is in an open area with

good reception.

Loading:

SiriusXM® is loading the audio or program information.

Ch off air:

The channel is not currently broadcasting.

Ch unauthorized:

SiriusXM® radio is receiving information update from the network.

No signal:

The signal is too weak in the current location.

Ch unavailable:

No such channel exists, the channel is not part of your subscription, or the artist or

title information is unavailable.

Check antenna:

There is a problem with the SiriusXM® antenna. Contact a dealer.

■Subscribing to SiriusXM® Radio

■Receiving SiriusXM® Radio

■SiriusXM® Radio Display Messages

1Subscribing to SiriusXM® Radio

Contact Information for SiriusXM® Radio:

•U.S.: SiriusXM® Radio at www.siriusxm.com or

(800) 852-9696

•Canada: SiriusXM® Canada at www.xmradio.ca, or

(877) 209-0079

1Receiving SiriusXM® Radio

The SiriusXM® satellites are in orbit over the equator;

therefore, objects south of the vehicle may cause

satellite reception interruptions. Satellite signals are

more likely to be blocked by tall buildings and

mountains the farther north you travel from the

equator.

You may experience reception problems under the

following circumstances:

•In a location with an obstruction to the south of

your vehicle.

•In tunnels

•On the lower level of a multi-tiered road

•Large items carried on the roof rack

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 279 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

280

uuGeneral Information on the Audio System uRecommended CDs

Features

Recommended CDs

•Use only high-quality CD-R or CD-RW discs labeled for audio use.

•Use only CD-R or CD-RW discs on which the recordings are closed.

•Play only standard round-shaped CDs.

•Some software files may not allow for audio play or text data display.

•Some versions of MP3, WMA or AAC formats may be unsupported.

1Recommended CDs

A Dual-disc cannot play on this audio unit. If recorded

under certain conditions, a CD-R or CD-RW may not

play either.

For DTS patents, see http://patents.dts.com.

Manufactured under license from DTS Licensing

Limited. DTS, the Symbol, & DTS and the Symbol

together are registered trademarks, and DTS Digital

Surround and DTS Neural Surround are trademarks of

■CDs with MP3, WMA or AAC files

The CD packages or jackets should have one of these marks.

Also includes:

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 280 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

281

uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuRecommended CDs

Features

■Protecting CDs

Follow these precautions when handling or storing CDs:

•Store a CD in its case when it is not being played.

•When wiping a CD, use a soft clean cloth from the center to the outside edge.

•Handle a CD by its edge. Never touch either surface.

•Never insert foreign objects into the CD player.

•Keep CDs out of direct sunlight and extreme heat.

•Do not place stabilizer rings or labels on the CD.

•Avoid fingerprints, liquids, and felt-tip pens on the CD.

1Protecting CDs

NOTICE

Do not insert a damaged CD. It may be stuck inside

and damage the audio unit.

Examples:

●

Damaged CDs

Bubbled/

Wrinkled

With Label/

Sticker

Using

Printer Label

Kit

Sealed With Plastic Ring

●

Poor quality

CDs

Chipped/

Cracked

Warped Burrs

●

Small CDs

3-inch

(8-cm)

●

Bubbled, wrinkled, labeled, and

excessively thick CDs

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 281 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

282

uuGeneral Information on the Audio System uCompatible iPod, iPhone, and USB Flash Drives

Features

Compatible iPod, iPhone, and USB Flash Drives

•Use a recommended USB flash drive of 256 MB or higher.

•Some digital audio players may not be compatible.

•Some USB flash drives (e.g., a device with security lockout) may not work.

•Some software files may not allow for audio play or text data display.

•Some versions of MP3, WMA, or AAC formats may be unsupported.

■iPod and iPhone Model Compatibility

Model

iPod (5th generation)

iPod classic 80GB/160GB (launch in 2007)

iPod classic 120GB (launch in 2008)

iPod classic 160GB (launch in 2009)

iPod nano (1st to 7th generation) released between 2005 and 2012

iPod touch (1st to 5th generation) released between 2007 and 2012

iPhone 3G/iPhone 3GS/iPhone 4/iPhone 4s/iPhone 5/iPhone 5c/iPhone 5s/iPhone 6/

iPhone 6 Plus/iPhone 6s/iPhone 6s Plus

■USB Flash Drives

1iPod and iPhone Model Compatibility

This system may not work with all software versions

of these devices.

1USB Flash Drives

Files on the USB flash drive are played in their stored

order. This order may be different from the order

displayed on your PC or device.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 282 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

283

Continued

Features

Customized Features

Use the audio/information screen to customize certain features.

■How to customize

Select your desired setting item by pressing the SETTINGS button, then rotating

while the power mode is ON and the vehicle is at a complete stop. Press .

1Customized Features

When you customize setting, make sure that the

vehicle is at a complete stop and shift to

(P.

To customize other features, rotate , move , ,

or , and press .

2List of customizable options P. 292

SETTINGS Button

Audio/Information Screen

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 283 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

284

uuCustomized Featuresu

Features

■Customization flow

Song By Voice

Song By Voice Phonetic Modification

Phonebook Phonetic Modification

Press the SETTINGS button.

Guidance Volume

Voice Prompt

Message Auto Reading

Guidance Volume

Interface Dial Feedback

Verbal Reminder

Brightness

Contrast

Black Level

Bluetooth Status

Bluetooth Device List

Edit Pairing Code

Default

Sound/

Beep

Display

System

Settings

Bluetooth

Voice Reco

Sync Display Brightness

Sound Volume

Opening

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 284 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

285

uuCustomized Featuresu

Continued

Features

System Device Information

Factory Data Reset

Background Color

Header Clock Display

Clock Reset

Auto Time Zone

Auto Daylight

Clock

Clock Adjustment

Clock Format

Clock

Units

Language

Voice Command Tips

Others

Wallpaper

Clock/Wallpaper

Type

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 285 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

286

uuCustomized Featuresu

Features

“Trip A” Reset Timing

“Trip B” Reset Timing

Language Selection

Adjust Outside Temp. Display

Forward Collision Warning Distance

ACC Forward Vehicle Detect Beep

Turn By Turn Display

Default

Memory Position Link

Door Unlock Mode

Keyless Access Light Flash

Interior Light Dimming Time

Headlight Auto Off Timer

Auto Light Sensitivity

Vehicle

Settings

Meter/

Head-up

Display

Setup

Driver

Assist

System

Setup

Keyless

Access

Setup

Lighting

Setup

Keyless Access Beep

Lane Keeping Assist Suspend Beep

Blind Spot Info

Steering Wheel Movement At Entry/Exit

Auto Seat Belt Tension

Driving

Position

Setup

Display Speed Unit

Reactive Force Pedal

Head-up Warning

Road Departure Mitigation Setting

Remote Start System On/Off

* Not available on all models

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 286 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

287

uuCustomized Featuresu

Continued

Features

Fixed Guideline

Dynamic Guideline

Default

Rear

Camera

Cross Traffic Monitor

*1: Models with multi-view rear camera

Maintenance ResetMaintenance Info.

Wiper Action

Wiper

Setup

Key And Remote Unlock Mode

Keyless Lock Answer Back

Security Relock Timer

Auto Door Lock

Auto Door Unlock

Door

Setup

Auto Folding Door Mirror

Camera

Settings

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 287 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

288

uuCustomized Featuresu

Features

Fixed Guideline

Dynamic Guideline

Default

Guidelines

Cross Traffic Monitor

Automatically show

camera after reverse

Default camera mode in

forward

Preferences

Default camera mode in

reverse

Show camera when

decelerating

Clear parking guideline

automatically

Display

*2: Models with surround view camera system (MVCS)

Camera

Settings

MVCS

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 288 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

289

uuCustomized Featuresu

Continued

Features

Default

Source Select Popup

HD Radio Mode

*, *1

Cover Art

Connect Bluetooth Audio Device

Bluetooth Device List

Recording from CD

Recording Quality

HDD Info

Update Gracenote Album Info

Delete all HDD Data

*1: May change depending on your currently selected source.

CD/HDD

Bluetooth

Other

Audio

Settings

* Not available on all models

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 289 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

290

uuCustomized Featuresu

Features

Add Bluetooth

Device

Disconnect

Default

Phone Connect Phone

Edit Bluetooth

Device

Add Bluetooth

Device

Bluetooth Device

List

Edit Speed Dial

Auto Transfer

Auto Answer

Ring Tone

Automatic Phone Sync

Use Contact Photo

Default

Enable Text/Email

Select Account

New Text/Email Alert

Text/Email

Phone

Settings

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 290 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

291

uuCustomized Featuresu

Continued

Features

Auto Daylight

Clock Reset

Info Screen Preference

Clock Format

Auto Time Zone

Clock/Wallpaper Type

Clock Adjustment

Clock

Default

Others

Info

Settings

Navi

Settings See the Navigation System Manual.

AcuraLink Subscription Status

AcuraLink Msg Notice

Delete AcuraLink Message

AcuraLink

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 291 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

292

uuCustomized Featuresu

Features

■List of customizable options

*1:Default Setting

Setup

Group Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings

System

Settings

Display

Sync Display Brightness Selects whether the display brightness synchronizes

with the instrument panel brightness. On

/Off

Brightness Changes the brightness of the audio/information

screen. —

Contrast Changes the contrast of the audio/information screen. —

Black Level Changes the black level of the audio/information

screen. —

Sound/

Beep

Guidance Volume Changes the volume of the audio speakers. —

Interface Dial Feedback Sets if and when the system reads aloud a

selection made using the Interface Dial. On/Off/Auto

Message Auto Reading Selects whether the system automatically reads

out messages, and, if selected, whether only

when driving. On/Off/Auto

Verbal Reminder Turns the verbal reminders on and off. On

/Off

Blue-

tooth

Bluetooth Status Turns the Bluetooth® on and off. On

/Off

Bluetooth Device List Pairs a new phone to HFL, edits and deletes a

paired phone, and creates a security PIN.

2Phone Setup P. 316

—

Edit Pairing Code Changes a pairing code.

2To change the pairing code setting P. 318 Random/Fixed

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 292 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

293

uuCustomized Featuresu

Continued

Features

*1:Default Setting

Setup

Group Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings

System

Settings

Voice

Reco

Guidance Volume Changes the volume of the voice prompt. —

Voice Prompt Turns the voice prompt on and off. On

/Off

Song By Voice Turns the Song By Voice

on and off.

2Song By Voice

(SBV) P. 262 On

/Off

Song By Voice Phonetic

Modification

Modifies a voice command for music stored in

the HDD or an iPod.

2Phonetic Modification P. 264

—

Phonebook Phonetic

Modification

Modifies a voice command for the phonebook.

2Phonebook Phonetic Modification P. 331 —

Opening Sound Volume

Changes the volume of the system’s startup sound.

—

Clock

Clock/

Wallpaper

Type

Clock Changes the clock display type. Analog/Digital

Small Digital/Off

Wallpaper

●

Changes the wallpaper type.

●

Imports an image file for a new wallpaper.

●

Deletes an image file for a wallpaper.

2Wallpaper Setup P. 228

Blank/Galaxy

Metallic

Clock Adjustment Adjusts Clock.

2Clock P. 132 —

Clock Format Selects the digital clock display from 12H to 24H. 12H

/24H

Auto Time Zone Sets the navigation system to automatically adjust

the clock when driving through different time zones. On

/Off

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 293 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

294

uuCustomized Featuresu

Features

*1:Default Setting

Setup

Group Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings

System

Settings

Clock

Auto Daylight

Sets the navigation system to automatically adjust

the clock (“spring ahead” or “fall back” by one

hour) when a daylight saving time change occurs.

/Off

Clock Reset Resets the settings of all items in the Clock group. —

Others

Units Changes the distance unit on the navigation map

screen.

mile

/km (U.S.)

mile/km

(Canada)

Language Changes the display language. English

/French/

Spanish

Voice Command Tips

Alerts you when manual control of the system is

disabled to prevent distraction while driving. Only

voice commands are available.

/Off

Background Color

Changes the background color of the audio/

information screen and the On Demand Multi-

Use Display

Blue

/Amber/Red/

Green

Header Clock Display Selects whether the clock display comes on. On/Off

System Device Information Displays the system/device information. —

Factory Data Reset Resets all the settings to their factory default.

2Defaulting All the Settings P. 306 —

Default Cancels /Resets all customized items in the

System Settings group as default. Default/OK

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 294 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

295

uuCustomized Featuresu

Continued

Features

*1:Default Setting

Setup

Group Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings

Vehicle

Settings

Driver

Assist

System

Setup

Forward Collision Warning

Distance Changes at which distance the CMBS

alerts. Long/Normal

Short/Off

Head-up Warning Turns the head-up warning on and off. On

/Off

ACC Forward Vehicle

Detect Beep

Causes the system to beep when the system

detects a vehicle, or when the vehicle goes out of

the ACC with LSF range.

On/Off

Road Departure Mitigation

Setting

Changes the setting for the road departure

mitigation system.

Normal

/Wide/

Warning Only

Lane Keeping Assist

Suspend Beep

Causes the system to beep when the LKAS is

suspended. On/Off

Blind Spot Info Changes the setting for the blind spot

information.

Audible And Visual

Alert

/Visual Alert/

Off

Reactive Force Pedal Change the amount of the accelerator pedal

resistance force.

High Force/Low

Force

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 295 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

296

uuCustomized Featuresu

Features

*1:Default Setting

Setup

Group Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings

Vehicle

Settings

Meter/

Head-

Display

Setup

Language Selection Changes the displayed language on the multi-

information display.

English

/French/

Spanish

Adjust Outside Temp.

Display

Adjusts the temperature reading by a few

degrees.

-5°F ~ ±0°F

~ +5°F

(U.S.)

-3°C ~ ±0°C

~ +3°C

(Canada)

“Trip A” Reset Timing

Changes the setting of how to reset trip meter A,

average fuel economy A, average speed A, and

elapsed time A.

When Refueled/IGN

Off/Manually

Reset

“Trip B” Reset Timing

Changes the setting of how to reset trip meter B,

average fuel economy B, average speed B, and

elapsed time B.

When Refueled/IGN

Off/Manually

Reset

Turn By Turn Display Selects whether the turn-by-turn display comes

on during the route guidance. On

/Off

Display Speed Unit

Changes the speed unit for ACC with LSF on the

multi-information display, and the speed unit on

the head-up display.

km/h/mph

(U.S.)

km/h

/mph

(Canada)

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 296 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

297

uuCustomized Featuresu

Continued

Features

*1:Default Setting

Setup

Group Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings

Vehicle

Settings

Driving

Position

Setup

Memory Position Link

Turns the driving position memory system on and off.

/Off

Steering Wheel

Movement At Entry/Exit

Moves the steering wheel fully up when you get

in/get out of the vehicle. On

/Off

Auto Seat Belt Tension Turns the auto seatbelt tension setting for the

seat belt e-pretensioner on and off. On

/Off

Keyless

Access

Setup

Door Unlock Mode Changes which doors unlock when you grab the

driver’s door handle.

Driver Door Only

All Doors

Keyless Access Light Flash Causes some exterior lights to flash when you

unlock/lock the doors. On

/Off

Keyless Access Beep Causes the beeper to sound when you unlock/

lock the doors. On

/Off

Remote Start System On/

Off

Turns the remote engine start feature on and off. On

/Off

Lighting

Setup

Interior Light Dimming

Time

Changes the length of time the interior lights stay

on after you close the doors.

60seconds

30seconds

*1/

15seconds

Headlight Auto Off Timer Changes the length of time the exterior lights

stay on after you close the driver’s door.

60seconds

30seconds

15seconds

*1/

0seconds

Auto Light Sensitivity Changes the timing for the headlights to come

on.

Max/High/Mid

Low/Min

* Not available on all models

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 297 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

298

uuCustomized Featuresu

Features

*1:Default Setting

Setup

Group Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings

Vehicle

Settings

Door

Setup

Auto Door Lock Changes the setting for when the doors

automatically lock.

With Vehicle Speed

Shift from P/Off

Auto Door Unlock Changes the setting for when the doors

automatically unlock.

All Doors When

Driver’s Door Opens

All Doors When

Shifted to Park/All

Doors When Ignition

Switched Off/Off

Key And Remote Unlock

Mode

Sets up either the driver’s door or all doors to

unlock on the first push of the remote.

Driver Door

/All

Doors

Keyless Lock Answer Back LOCK/UNLOCK- The exterior lights flash.

LOCK (2nd push)- The beeper sounds. On

/Off

Security Relock Timer

Changes the time it takes for the doors to relock

and the security system to set after you unlock

the vehicle without opening any door.

90seconds/

60seconds/

30seconds

Auto Folding Door Mirror Changes how you can fold the door mirrors.

Auto Fold With

Keyless

Manual Only

Wiper

Setup Wiper Action Changes the setting for the automatic

intermittent wipers in the AUTO position.

Rain Sensing

Intermittent/Speed

Sensitive

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 298 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

299

uuCustomized Featuresu

Continued

Features

*1:Default Setting

Setup

Group Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings

Vehicle

Settings

Mainte-

nance

Info.

Maintenance Reset Resets the engine oil life display when you have

performed the maintenance service. —

Default Cancels/Resets all customized items in the

Vehicle Settings group as default. Default/OK

Camera

Settings

Rear

Camera

Fixed Guideline Selects whether the fixed guidelines come on the

rear camera monitor. On

/Off

Dynamic Guideline Selects whether the dynamic guidelines come on

the rear camera monitor. On

/Off

Default Cancels/Resets all customized items in the Rear

Camera group as default. Default/OK

Cross Traffic Monitor Turns the cross traffic monitor feature on and off. On

/Off

Models with

multi-view

rear camera

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 299 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

300

uuCustomized Featuresu

Features

*1:Default Setting

Setup

Group Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings

Camera

Settings

MVCS

Guidelines

Fixed

Guideline

Sets whether to turn on the reference line

display. On

/Off

Dynamic

Guideline

Sets whether to turn on the projection line

display. On

/Off

Preferences

Automatically

show camera

after reverse

Sets the rear view to be automatically switched to

the front view when the gear is shifted out of (R.On

/Off

Default

camera mode

in forward

Selects which screen to display when the

surround view camera system is turned on while

the vehicle is moving forward.

Front Ground

View

/Last Used/

Front Blind View/

Side View

Default

camera mode

in reverse

Sets which screen to display when the surround

view camera system is turned on while the vehicle

is reversing.

Rear Ground View

Last Used/Rear

View/Rear Wide

View

Models with

surround view

camera system

(MVCS)

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 300 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

301

uuCustomized Featuresu

Continued

Features

*1:Default Setting

Setup

Group Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings

Camera

Settings

MVCS

Preferences

Show camera

when

decelerating

Sets the screen to automatically return to the

camera view at vehicle speeds of 7 mph (12 km/

h) or lower. The screen can return only when the

display has been switched to the audio/

information screen at the vehicle speed of over 9

mph (15 km/h).

/Off

Clear parking

guidance

automatically

Turns the parking guide lines on and off. On

/Off

Display Adjusts the screen’s preferences. —

Default Cancels/Resets all customized items in the

Camera Settings group as default. Default/OK

Cross Traffic Monitor Turns the cross traffic monitor feature on and off. On

/Off

Models with

surround view

camera system

(MVCS)

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 301 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

302

uuCustomized Featuresu

Features

*1:Default Setting

Setup

Group Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings

Audio

Settings

CD/HDD

Recording from CD

Selects whether the songs on music CDs are

automatically recorded to the HDD. Auto

/Manual

Recording Quality

Selects the quality of the music files recorded

to the HDD. Standard

/High

HDD Info Displays the HDD capacity. —

Update Gracenote Album

Info

Updates the Gracenote® Album Info

(Gracenote® Media Database).

Update by USB

Update by CD

Delete All HDD Data 2Deleting all HDD Data P. 307 —

Bluetooth

Bluetooth Device List

Edits or deletes a Bluetooth® Audio device

paired to HFL. —

Connect Bluetooth Audio

Device

Connects, disconnects or pairs a Bluetooth®

Audio device to HFL. —

CD mode

HDD mode

CD or HDD mode

HDD mode

Bluetooth® Audio, Pandora®

Aha

mode

Bluetooth® Audio, Pandora®

Aha

mode

* Not available on all models

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 302 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

303

uuCustomized Featuresu

Continued

Features

*1:Default Setting

Setup

Group Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings

Audio

Settings

Other

Source Select Popup Selects whether the list of selectable audio sources

comes on when the AUDIO button is pressed. On/Off

HD Radio Mode

Selects whether the audio system automatically

switches to the digital radio waves or receives the

analogue waves only.

Auto

/Analog

Cover Art

Turns on and off the cover art display. On

/Off

Default Cancels/Resets all customized items in the Audio

Settings group as default. Default/OK

Phone

Settings Phone

Connect phone

Pairs a new phone to HFL, connects or

disconnects a paired phone.

2Phone Setup P. 316

—

Bluetooth Device List

Pairs a new phone to HFL, edits or deletes a

paired phone, or creates a security PIN.

2Phone Setup P. 316

—

Edit Speed Dial Edits, adds or deletes a speed dial entry.

2Phone Setup P. 316 —

AM/FM mode

CD (MP3/WMA/AAC), iPod, USB,

Pandora®

or Aha

mode

* Not available on all models

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 303 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

304

uuCustomized Featuresu

Features

*1:Default Setting

Setup

Group Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings

Phone

Settings

Phone

Auto Transfer Sets calls to automatically transfer from your

phone to HFL when you enter the vehicle. On

/Off

Auto Answer Sets whether to automatically answer an

incoming call after about four seconds. On/Off

Ring Tone Selects the ring tone. Fixed/Mobile

Phone

/Off

Automatic Phone Sync Sets a phonebook data to be automatically

imported when a phone is paired to HFL. On

/Off

Use Contact Photo Displays a caller’s picture on an incoming call

screen. On

/Off

Text/

Enable Text/Email Turns the text/e-mail message function on and

off. On

/Off

Select Account Selects a text/e-mail message account. —

New Text/Email Alert

Selects whether a pop-up alert comes on the

screen when HFL receives a new text/e-mail

message.

On/Off

Default Cancels/Resets all customized items in the Phone

Settings group as default. Default/OK

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 304 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

305

uuCustomized Featuresu

Features

*1:Default Setting

Setup

Group Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings

Info

Settings

Acura

Link

AcuraLink Msg Notice Selects whether newly received AcuraLink

messages to be displayed. On

/Off

Delete AcuraLink Message Deletes AcuraLink messages. —

AcuraLink Subscription Status

Displays your current AcuraLink subscription status. —

Clock

Clock/

Wallpaper

Type

Clock

See System Settings on P. 292 to P. 294.

Wallpaper

Clock Adjustment

Clock Format

Auto Time Zone

Auto Daylight

Clock Reset

Other Info Screen Preference

Selects the top menu when the INFO button is

pressed.

●

Info Top- A brief menu pops up.

●

Info Menu- A full menu pops up.

●

Off- A menu does not pop up.

Info Top/Info

/Off

Default Cancels/Resets all customized items in the Info

Settings group as default. Default/OK

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 305 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

306

uuCustomized FeaturesuDefaulting All the Settings

Features

Defaulting All the Settings

You can reset all the menu and customized settings as the factory defaults.

1. Press the SETTINGS button.

2. Rotate to select System Settings, then

press .

3. Move or to select the Others tab.

4. Rotate to select Factory Data Reset,

then press .

uThe pop-up menu appears on the screen.

5. Rotate to select Yes, then press .

uThe confirmation message will appear.

6. Rotate to select Yes, then press

again to reset the settings.

uThe confirmation message will appear.

Press to select OK.

1Defaulting All the Settings

When you transfer the vehicle to a third party, reset

all settings to default and delete all personal data.

The following settings will be reset:

•Routing & Guidance: Rerouting, Unverified Area

Routing, Traffic Rerouting, Edit Waypoint Search

Area, Guidance Mode, Street Name Guidance

•Route Preference

•Audio preset settings

•Phonebook entries

•Other display and each item settings.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 306 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

307

uuCustomized FeaturesuDeleting all HDD Data

Features

Deleting all HDD Data

You can reset all the menu and customized settings, and delete all music data on the

HDD.

1. Turn on the audio system and select the

HDD mode.

2. Press the SETTINGS button.

3. Rotate to select Audio Settings, then

press .

4. Move or to select the CD/HDD tab.

5. Rotate to select Delete all HDD Data,

then press .

uThe confirmation message will appear.

6. Rotate to select Yes, then press .

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 307 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

308

Features

HomeLink® Universal Transceiver

The HomeLink® Universal Transceiver can be programmed to operate up to three

remote controlled devices around your home, such as garage doors, lighting, or

home security systems.

Refer to the safety information that came with your garage door opener to test that

the safety features are functioning properly. If you do not have the safety

information, contact the manufacturer.

Before programming HomeLink, make sure that people and objects are out of the

way of the garage or gate to prevent potential injury or damage.

When programming a garage door opener, park just outside the garage door’s

path.

Training HomeLink

If you have not trained any of the buttons in

HomeLink before, you should erase any

previously learned codes. To do this:

•Press and hold the two outside buttons for

about 20 seconds, until the red indicator

blinks. Release the buttons, and proceed to

step 1.

•If you are training the second or third

button, go directly to step 1.

■Important Safety Precautions

1HomeLink® Universal Transceiver

HomeLink® is a registered trademark of Johnson

Controls., Inc.

Before programming HomeLink to operate a garage

door opener, confirm that the opener has an external

entrapment protection system, such as an “electronic

eye,” or other safety and reverse stop features. If it

does not, HomeLink may not be able to operate it.

Red Indicator

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 308 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

309

uuHomeLink® Universal TransceiveruTraining HomeLink

Features

■Training a Button

1Training HomeLink

Retraining a Button

If you want to retrain a programmed button for a

new device, you do not have to erase all button

memory. You can replace the existing memory code

using this procedure:

1. Press and hold the desired HomeLink button

until the HomeLink indicator begins to blink.

2. Continue to hold the HomeLink button and

follow steps 1 - 3 under “Training a Button.”

Indicator remains on

for about 25 secs.

Standard transmitter

Indicator blinks rapidly for

2 secs, then remains on for

about 23 secs.

Rolling code transmitter

Erasing Codes

To erase all the codes, press and hold the two outside

buttons until the HomeLink indicator begins to blink

(about 10 to 20 secs). You should erase all codes

before selling the vehicle.

If you have any problems, see the device’s

instructions, visit www.homelink.com, or call

HomeLink at (800) 355-3515.

5. a.

1. Position the remote transmitter you wish to link 1 to 3 inches (3 - 8 cm) from the

HomeLink button you want to program.

Press and hold the desired HomeLink button and the button on

the remote transmitter. Does the HomeLink indicator (LED)

blink after 10 secs?

Press and hold the

programmed HomeLink

button for about a sec.

Does the device (garage

door opener) work?

Press and hold the remote and the HomeLink

button at the same time. Then, while

continuing to hold the HomeLink button,

press and release the button on the remote

every 2 secs.

Does the LED blink within 20 secs?

Training

Complete

Press and hold the HomeLink button again.

Press and hold the HomeLink

button again.

The remote-controlled device

should operate.

Training Complete

The remote has a rolling code. Press the

“learn” button on the remote-controlled

device (e.g. garage door opener).

Within 30 secs, press and hold the

programmed HomeLink button for 2 secs.

HomeLink indicator blinks for 2 secs,

then remains on.

HomeLink LED

is on.

YES NO

YES

YES NO NO

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 309 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

310

Features

Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®

Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® (HFL) allows you to place and receive phone calls using

your vehicle’s navigation system, without handling your cell phone.

Using HFL

(Pick-up) button: Press to go to the Speed Dial/Call History on the multi-

information display or the head-up display, or to answer an incoming call.

(Hang-up/back) button: Press to end a call, to cancel a command or to clear

the phone information on the multi-information display or the head-up display.

(Talk) button: Press to give HFL voice commands.

PHONE button: Press to go directly to the Phone screen.

Interface dial: Rotate to select an item on the screen, then press . Move ,

, or to select secondary menu.

■HFL Buttons

1Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®

To use HFL, you need a Bluetooth-compatible cell

phone. For a list of compatible phones, pairing

procedures, and special feature capabilities:

•U.S.: Visit www.acura.com/handsfreelink, or call 1-

888-528-7876.

•Canada: Visit www.handsfreelink.ca, or call 1-888-

528-7876.

To use HFL, the Bluetooth setting must be On.

2Customized Features P. 283

Voice control tips:

•Aim the vents away from the ceiling and close the

windows, as noise coming from them may interfere

with the microphone.

•Press and release the button when you want to

call a number using a stored voice tag, a

phonebook name, or a number. Speak clearly and

naturally after a beep.

•If the microphone picks up voices other than yours,

the command may be misinterpreted.

•To change the volume level, use the audio system’s

volume knob or the remote audio controls on the

steering wheel.

State or local laws may prohibit the operation of

handheld electronic devices while operating a

vehicle.

Talk Button

Volume up

Microphone

Hang-up/Back Button

Pick-up

Button

Volume down

Interface

Dial

PHONE

Button

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 310 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

311

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uUsing HFL

Features

The audio/information screen notifies you when there is an incoming call.

Certain manual functions are disabled or

inoperable while the vehicle is in motion.

You cannot select a grayed-out option until

the vehicle is stopped.

Only previously stored speed dial entries with

voice tags, phonebook names, or numbers

can be called using voice commands while the

vehicle is in motion.

2Speed Dial P. 328

■HFL Status Display

1Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®

Bluetooth® Wireless Technology

The Bluetooth® word mark and logos are registered

trademarks owned by Bluetooth SIG, Inc., and any

use of such marks by Honda Motor Co., Ltd., is under

license. Other trademarks and trade names are those

of their respective owners.

HFL Limitations

An incoming call on HFL will interrupt the audio

system when it is playing. It will resume when the call

is ended.

1HFL Status Display

The information that appears on the audio/

information screen varies between phone models.

You can change the system language to English,

French, or Spanish.

2Customized Features P. 283

■Limitations for Manual Operation

Bluetooth® Indicator

Comes on when your

phone is connected to HFL.

Signal Strength

HFL Mode

Battery Level

Status

Roam Status

Caller’s Name

Caller’s Number

Disabled Option

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 311 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

312

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

Features

HFL Menus

The power mode must be in ACCESSORY or ON to use HFL.

■Phone Settings screen

1. Press the SETTINGS button.

2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then

press .

1HFL Menus

To use HFL, you must first pair your Bluetooth-

compatible cell phone to the system while the vehicle

is parked.

Some functions are limited while driving. A message

appears on the screen when the vehicle is moving

and the operation is canceled.

Edit the user name of a paired phone.

Phone

Edit Device

Name

Connect

Phone

Bluetooth

Device List

(Existing

entry list)

Replace This

Device

Add Bluetooth

Device

Disconnect a paired phone from the system.

Connect a phone to the system.

*1: Appears when a phone has already been paired to HFL.

Disconnect

(Existing entry list)

Pair a phone to the system.

Edit PIN

Create a security PIN for a paired phone.

Replace a previously paired phone with a

new phone.

Delete This

Device Delete a previously paired phone.

Add Bluetooth

Device Pair a phone to the system.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 312 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

313

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

Continued

Features

Select a text/e-mail message account.

Text/Email

Manual Input

Edit Speed

Dial

New Entry

Import from

Call History

*1: Appears only when a phone is connected to HFL.

Import from

Phonebook

Delete All Delete all the previously stored speed dial numbers.

Select a phone number from the call

history to store as a speed dial number.

Select a phone number from the

phonebook to store as a speed dial number.

Enter a phone number to store as a speed

dial number.

Edit

Delete

(Existing

entry list)

Edit a previously stored speed dial number.

●

Change a number.

●

Create or delete a voice tag.

Delete a previously stored speed dial number.

Set calls to automatically transfer from your phone to HFL when you enter the

vehicle.

Auto Transfer

Auto Answer

Ring Tone

Set whether to automatically answer an incoming call after about four

seconds.

Select the ring tone.

Use Contact Photo

Set phonebook data to be automatically imported when a phone is paired to

HFL.

Display a caller’s picture on an incoming call screen.

Automatic Phone Sync

Select Account

Enable Text/Email Turn the text/e-mail message function on and off.

New Text/Email Alert Select whether a pop-up alert comes on the screen when HFL receives a new

text/e-mail message.

Cancel/Reset all customized items in the Phone Settings group as default.

Default

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 313 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

314

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

Features

■Phone screen

1. Press the PHONE button.

2. Press the MENU button to display the

menu items.

Select a phone number from the call history to store as a

speed dial number.

Speed Dial

Manual Input

New Entry Import from

Call History

Import from

Phonebook

Select a phone number from the phonebook to store as a

speed dial number.

Enter a phone number to store as a speed dial number.

More Speed Dials Display another paired phone’s speed dial list.

*1: Appears only when a phone is connected to HFL.

(Existing entry list) Dial the selected number in the speed dial list.

Phonebook

Dial

Display the paired phone’s phonebook.

Enter a phone number to dial.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 314 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

315

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

Continued

Features

Text/Email

Message is

read aloud.

See the previous message.

(Read/Stop)

Next See the next message.

System reads received message aloud, or stop message

from being read.

Call

Reply to a received message using one of six fixed phrases.

Make a call to the sender.

Select Account

Select a message

and press .

Select a mail or text message account.

Redial

Redial the last number dialed in the phone’s history.

Display the last 20 outgoing, incoming and missed calls.

Call History

All

Dialed

Received

Display the last 20 outgoing calls.

Display the last 20 incoming calls.

Missed Display the last 20 missed calls.

Roadside Assistance

Makes a call to the number for the Roadside Assistance service.

*1: Appears only when a phone is connected to HFL.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 315 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

316

Features

■To pair a cell phone (when there is no

phone paired to the system)

1. Press the PHONE button.

2. Rotate to select Yes, then press .

3. Make sure your phone is search or

discoverable mode, then press .

uHFL automatically searches for a

Bluetooth device.

4. When your phone appears on the list, select

it by pressing .

uIf your phone does not appear, you can

select Refresh to search again.

uIf your phone still does not appear, move

to select Phone not Found? and

search for Bluetooth devices using your

phone. From your phone, select

HandsFreeLink.

5. HFL gives you a pairing code on the audio/

information screen.

uConfirm if the pairing code on the screen

and your phone match.

This may vary by phone.

6. You will receive a notification on the screen

if pairing is successful.

■Phone Setup

1Phone Setup

Your Bluetooth-compatible phone must be paired to

HFL before you can make and receive hands-free

calls.

Phone Pairing Tips:

•You cannot pair your phone while the vehicle is

moving.

•Up to six phones can be paired.

•Your phone’s battery may drain faster when it is

connected to HFL.

•If your phone is not ready for pairing or not found

by the system within three minutes, the system will

time out and returns to idle.

Once you have paired a phone, you can see it

displayed on the screen with one or two icons on the

right side.

These icons indicate the following:

: The phone can be used with HFL.

: The phone is compatible with Bluetooth® Audio.

When pairing is completed, an Automatic Phone

Sync prompt appears. Select On if you want your call

history and phonebook automatically imported to

HFL.

2Changing the Automatic Phone Sync

setting P. 327

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 316 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

317

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

Continued

Features

■To pair a cell phone (when a phone has

already been paired to the system)

1. Press the SETTINGS button.

2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then

press .

3. Move or to select the Phone tab.

4. Rotate to select the Connect Phone,

then press .

uRepeat the procedure to select Add

Bluetooth Device.

5. Make sure your phone is in search or

discoverable mode, then press .

uHFL automatically searches for a

Bluetooth device.

6. When your phone appears on the list, select

it by pressing .

uIf your phone does not appear, you can

select Refresh to search again.

uIf your phone still does not appear, move

to select Phone not Found? and

search for Bluetooth devices using your

phone. From your phone, select

HandsFreeLink.

7. HFL gives you a pairing code on the audio/

information screen.

uConfirm if the pairing code on the screen

and your phone match.

This may vary by phone.

8. You will receive a notification on the screen

if pairing is successful.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 317 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

318

Features

■To change the pairing code setting

1. Press the SETTINGS button.

2. Rotate to select System Settings, then

press .

3. Move or to select the Bluetooth tab.

4. Rotate to select Edit Pairing Code,

then press .

5. Rotate to select Fixed or Random,

then press .

1To change the pairing code setting

The pairing code may be six or four digits depending

on your phone.

The default pairing code is 0000 until you change the

setting.

To create your own, select Fixed, and delete the

current code, then enter a new one.

For a randomly generated pairing code each time you

pair a phone, select Random.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 318 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

Continued

319

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

Features

■To replace an already-paired phone

with a new phone

1. Press the SETTINGS button.

2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then

press .

3. Move or to select the Phone tab.

4. Rotate to select Bluetooth Device List,

then press .

5. Rotate to select a paired phone you

want to replace, then press .

6. Rotate to select Replace This Device,

then press .

7. HFL enters the pairing process and searches

a new phone.

uFollow the prompts to pair a new phone.

8. You will receive a notification on the screen

if pairing is successful.

1To replace an already-paired phone with a new phone

The replaced phone will keep the same speed dial

entries, and security PIN information from the

previously paired phone.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 319 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

320

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

Features

■To delete a paired phone

1. Press the SETTINGS button.

2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then

press .

uRepeat the procedure to select

Bluetooth Device List.

3. Move or to select the Phone tab.

4. Rotate to select Bluetooth Device List,

then press .

5. Rotate to select a phone you want to

delete, then press .

6. Rotate to select Delete This Device,

then press .

7. You will receive a confirmation message on

the screen. Rotate to select Yes, then

press .

8. You will receive a notification on the screen

if it is successful.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 320 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

Continued

321

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

Features

■To turn on or off the text/e-mail

message function

1. Press the SETTINGS button.

2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then

press .

3. Move or to select the Text/Email

tab.

4. Rotate to select Enable Text/Email,

then press .

uA pop-up menu appears on the screen.

5. Rotate to select On or Off, then press

■To turn on or off the text/e-mail

message notice

1. Press the SETTINGS button.

2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then

press .

3. Move or to select the Text/Email

tab.

4. Rotate to select New Text/Email

Alert, then press .

uA pop-up menu appears on the screen.

5. Rotate to select On or Off, then press

■To Set Up a Text/E-mail Message Option

1To Set Up a Text/E-mail Message Option

To use the text/E-mail message function, you need a

Bluetooth-compatible cell phone. For a list of

compatible phones, pairing procedures, and special

feature capabilities:

•U.S.: Visit www.acura.com/handsfreelink, or call 1-

888-528-7876.

•Canada: Visit www.handsfreelink.ca, or call 1-888-

528-7876.

1To turn on or off the text/e-mail message notice

On: A pop-up notification comes on every time you

receive a new message.

Off: The message you receive is stored in the system

without notification.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 321 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

322

Features

■To set up the auto reading option

1. Press the SETTINGS button.

2. Rotate to select System Settings, then

press .

3. Move or to select the Sound/Beep

tab.

4. Rotate to select Message Auto

Reading, then press .

uA pop-up menu appears on the screen.

5. Rotate to select On, Off or Auto, then

press .

1To set up the auto reading option

On: A text/e-mail message is always read aloud.

Off: A text/e-mail message is not read aloud.

Auto: A text/e-mail message is read aloud only when

driving.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 322 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

Continued

323

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

Features

You can protect each of the six cell phones with a security PIN.

1. Press the SETTINGS button.

2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then

press .

3. Move or to select the Phone tab.

4. Rotate to select Bluetooth Device List,

then press .

5. Rotate to select a phone you want to

add a security PIN to, then press .

6. Rotate to select Edit PIN, then press .

7. Enter a new four-digit number.

Rotate to select, then press .

Move to delete. Rotate to select

OK to enter the security PIN.

You can also enter a number using the

icons.

8. Re-enter the four-digit number.

uThe screen returns to the screen in step

■To Create a Security PIN

1To Create a Security PIN

If the phone is already security PIN protected, you

need to enter the current security PIN before clearing

the PIN or creating a new one.

Audio/information screen

On Demand Multi-Use Display

Audio/information screen

On Demand Multi-Use Display

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 323 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

324

Features

Edit the user name of a paired phone as

follows:

1. Press the SETTINGS button.

2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then

press .

3. Move or to select the Phone tab.

4. Rotate to select Bluetooth Device List,

then press .

5. Rotate to select a phone you want to

edit, then press .

6. Rotate to select Edit Device Name,

then press .

7. Enter a new name of the phone.

Rotate to select, then press .

Move to delete. Rotate or move

to select OK then press to enter the

name.

You can also enter a name using the

icons.

■Editing User Name

1Editing User Name

Select to enter symbols.

Audio/information screen

Icon

Audio/information screen

On Demand Multi-Use Display

Audio/information screen

On Demand Multi-Use Display

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 324 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

325

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

Continued

Features

If you get into the vehicle while you are on the phone, the call can be automatically

transferred to HFL.

1. Press the SETTINGS button.

2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then

press .

3. Move or to select the Phone tab.

4. Rotate to select Auto Transfer, then

press .

5. Rotate to select On, then press .

You can set HFL to automatically answer an incoming call in four seconds.

1. Press the SETTINGS button.

2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then

press .

3. Move or to select the Phone tab.

4. Rotate to select Auto Answer, then

press .

5. Rotate to select On, then press .

■Automatic Transferring

■Auto Answer

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 325 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

326

Features

You can change the ring tone setting.

1. Press the SETTINGS button.

2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then

press .

3. Move or to select the Phone tab.

4. Rotate to select Ring Tone, then press

5. Rotate to select Fixed, Mobile Phone

or Off, then press .

You can display a caller’s picture on an incoming call screen.

1. Press the SETTINGS button.

2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then

press .

3. Move or to select the Phone tab.

4. Rotate to select Use Contact Photo,

then press .

5. Rotate to select On or Off, then press

■Ring Tone

1Ring Tone

Fixed: The fixed ring tone sounds from the speaker.

Mobile Phone: The ring tone stored in the

connected cell phone sounds from the speaker.

Off: No ring tones sound from the speaker.

■Use Contact Photo

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 326 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

Continued

327

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

Features

■When Automatic Phone Sync is set to

On:

When your phone is paired, the contents of its

phonebook and call history are automatically

imported to HFL.

■Changing the Automatic Phone Sync

setting

1. Press the SETTINGS button.

2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then

press .

3. Move or to select the Phone tab.

4. Rotate to select Automatic Phone

Sync, then press .

5. Rotate to select On or Off, then press

■Automatic Import of Cellular Phonebook and Call History

1Automatic Import of Cellular Phonebook and Call History

When you select a person from the list in the cellular

phonebook, you can see up to three category icons.

The icons indicate what types of numbers are stored

for that name.

On some phones, it may not be possible to import the

category icons to HFL.

The phonebook is updated after every connection.

Call history is updated after every connection or call.

Pref

Home

Mobile

Work

Pager

Fax

Car

Other

Message

Voice

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 327 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

328

Features

Up to 20 speed dial numbers can be stored per phone.

To store a speed dial number:

1. Press the PHONE button.

2. Press the MENU button.

3. Rotate to select Speed Dial, then press

uRepeat the procedure to select New

Entry.

4. Rotate to select a place to choose a

number from, then press .

From Import from Call History:

uSelect a number from the call history.

From Manual Input:

uInput the number manually.

From Import from Phonebook:

uSelect a number from the linked cell

phone’s imported phonebook.

5. When the speed dial is successfully stored

from Import from Call History or Import

from Phonebook, you are asked to create

a voice tag for the number. Rotate to

select Yes or No, then press .

6. Using the button, follow the prompts to

store a voice tag for the speed dial entry.

■Speed Dial

1Speed Dial

When a voice tag is stored, press the button to

call the number using the voice tag. Say “Call” and

the voice tag name.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 328 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

Continued

329

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

Features

■To add a voice tag to a stored speed

dial number

1. Press the SETTINGS button.

2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then

press .

3. Move or to select the Phone tab.

4. Rotate to select Edit Speed Dial, then

press .

5. Select an existing speed dial entry.

uFrom the pop-up menu, rotate to

select Edit, then press .

6. Rotate to select Voice Tag, then press

7. From the pop-up menu, rotate to select

Record, then press .

uAfter selecting Record, wait for the

beep(s) to sound before you state the

name.

8. Move and select OK to complete the

voice tag.

1Speed Dial

Avoid using duplicate voice tags.

Avoid using “home” as a voice tag.

It is easier for HFL to recognize a longer name. For

example, use “John Smith” instead of “John.”

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 329 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

330

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

Features

■To delete a voice tag

1. Press the SETTINGS button.

2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then

press .

3. Move or to select the Phone tab.

4. Rotate to select Edit Speed Dial, then

press .

5. Select an existing speed dial entry.

uFrom the pop-up menu, rotate to

select Edit, then press .

6. Rotate to select Voice Tag, then press

uFrom the pop-up menu, rotate to

select Clear, then press .

7. You will receive a confirmation message on

the screen. Rotate to select Yes, then

press .

■To delete a speed dial

1. Press the SETTINGS button.

2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then

press .

3. Move or to select the Phone tab.

4. Rotate to select Edit Speed Dial, then

press .

5. Select an existing speed dial entry.

uFrom the pop-up menu, rotate to

select Delete, then press .

6. You will receive a confirmation message on

the screen. Rotate to select Yes, then

press .

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 330 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

Continued

331

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

Features

Add phonetic modifications or a new voice tag to the phone’s contact name so that

it is easier for HFL to recognize voice commands.

■To add a new voice tag

1. Press the SETTINGS button.

2. Rotate to select System Settings, then

press .

3. Move or to select the Voice Reco

tab.

4. Rotate to select Phonebook Phonetic

Modification, then press .

5. Rotate to select the phone you want to

add phonetic modification to, then press

■Phonebook Phonetic Modification

1Phonebook Phonetic Modification

You can store up to 20 phonetic modification items.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 331 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

332

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

Features

6. Rotate to select New Voice Tag, then

press .

7. Move or and rotate to select a

contact name, then press .

uThe pop-up menu appears on the screen.

8. Rotate to select Modify, then press .

9. Using the button, follow the prompts to

complete the voice tag.

10.You will receive a confirmation message

on the screen. Rotate to select OK, then

press .

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 332 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

Continued

333

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

Features

■To modify a voice tag

1. Press the SETTINGS button.

2. Rotate to select System Settings, then

press .

3. Move or to select the Voice Reco

tab.

4. Rotate to select Phonebook Phonetic

Modification, then press .

5. Rotate to select the phone you want to

add phonetic modification to, then press

6. Rotate to select a contact name you

want to modify, then press .

uThe pop-up menu appears on the screen.

7. Rotate to select Modify, then press .

8. Using the button, follow the prompts to

complete the voice tag.

9. You will receive a confirmation message on

the screen. Rotate to select OK, then

press .

1Phonebook Phonetic Modification

You can only modify or delete contact names for the

currently connected phone.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 333 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

334

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

Features

■To delete a modified voice tag

1. Press the SETTINGS button.

2. Rotate to select System Settings, then

press .

3. Move or to select the Voice Reco

tab.

4. Rotate to select Phonebook Phonetic

Modification, then press .

5. Rotate to select the phone you want to

delete phonetic modification, then press

6. Rotate to select a contact name you

want to delete, then press .

uThe pop-up menu appears on the screen.

7. Rotate to select Delete, then press .

8. Move and rotate to select OK, then

press .

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 334 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

Continued

335

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

Features

■To delete all modified voice tags

1. Press the SETTINGS button.

2. Rotate to select System Settings, then

press .

3. Move or to select the Voice Reco

tab.

4. Rotate to select Phonebook Phonetic

Modification, then press .

5. Rotate to select the phone you want to

delete phonetic modification, then press

uThe contact name list appears.

6. Move and rotate to select Delete All,

then press .

7. You will receive a confirmation message on

the screen. Rotate to select Yes, then

press .

You can make calls by inputting any phone

number, or by using the imported

phonebook, call history, speed dial entries, or

redial.

■Making a Call

1Making a Call

Any voice-tagged speed dial entry, phonebook name,

or number can be dialed by voice from most screens.

Press the button and say “Call” and the voice tag

name, “Call by name” and the phonebook name, or

“Call” and the phone number.

The maximum range between your phone and

vehicles is 30 feet (10 meters).

Once a call is connected, you can hear the voice of

the person you are calling through the audio

speakers.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 335 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

336

Features

■To make a call using the imported

phonebook

1. Press the PHONE button.

2. Press the MENU button.

3. Rotate to select Phonebook, then

press .

4. The phonebook is stored alphabetically.

Move to Search.

uYou can use the keyboard on the touch

screen for an alphabetical search.

5. Rotate to select a number, then press

uDialing starts automatically.

1To make a call using the imported phonebook

This function is disabled while the vehicle is moving.

However, you can call a stored voice-tagged speed

dial number, phonebook name, or number using

voice commands.

2Limitations for Manual Operation P. 311

2Speed Dial P. 328

You can use the keyboard on the On Demand Multi-

Use Display

for an alphabetical search.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 336 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

Continued

337

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

Features

■To make a call using a phone number

1. Press the PHONE button.

2. Press the MENU button.

3. Rotate to select Dial, then press .

4. Rotate to select a number, then press

5. Rotate to select , then press .

uDialing starts automatically.

■To make a call using redial

1. Press the PHONE button.

2. Press the MENU button.

3. Rotate to select Redial, then press .

uDialing starts automatically.

1To make a call using a phone number

This function is disabled while the vehicle is moving.

However, you can call a stored voice-tagged speed

dial number, phonebook name, or number using

voice commands.

2Limitations for Manual Operation P. 311

2Speed Dial P. 328

You can use the keyboard on the On Demand Multi-

Use Display

to input numbers.

Select numbers, then to start dialing.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 337 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

338

Features

■To make a call using the call history

Call history is stored by All, Dialed,

Received, and Missed.

1. Press the PHONE button.

2. Press the MENU button.

3. Rotate to select Call History, then

press .

4. Move or to select All, Dialed,

Received, and Missed.

5. Rotate to select a number, then press

uDialing starts automatically.

1. Press the button.

2. Move the left selector wheel right to select

Call History.

3. Roll the left selector wheel to select a

number.

4. Push the left selector wheel or the

button.

uDialing starts automatically.

1To make a call using the call history

The call history displays the last 20 dialed, received, or

missed calls.

(Appears only when a phone is connected to HFL.)

These icons next to the number indicate the

following:

: Dialed calls.

: Received calls.

: Missed calls.

The call history displays the last 12 dialed, received, or

missed calls.

Steering switches

111AAA####

Mr.AAA

Mr.BBB

Multi-information display

Head-up display

Steering switches

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 338 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

Continued

339

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

Features

■To make a call using a speed dial entry

1. Press the PHONE button.

2. Press the MENU button.

3. Rotate to select Speed Dial, then press

4. Rotate to select a number, then press

uDialing starts automatically.

1. Press the button.

2. Move the left selector wheel left to select

Speed Dial.

3. Roll the left selector wheel to select a

number.

4. Push the left selector wheel or the

button.

uDialing starts automatically.

1To make a call using a speed dial entry

Move to select More Speed Dials to view another

paired phone’s speed dial list. You can make a call

from that list using the currently connected phone.

When a voice tag is stored, press the button to

call the number using the voice tag.

2Speed Dial P. 328

Any voice-tagged speed dial entry, phonebook name

or number can be dialed by voice from any screen.

Press the button and follow the prompts.

The speed dial displays the 20 speed dial entries.

Steering switches

111AAA####

Mr.AAA

Mr.BBB

Multi-information display

Head-up display

Steering switches

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 339 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

340

Features

When there is an incoming call, an audible

notification sounds (if activated) and the

Incoming call screen appears.

Press the button to answer the call.

Press the button to decline or end the call.

■Receiving a Call

1Receiving a Call

Call Waiting

Press the button to put the current call on hold to

answer the incoming call.

Press the button again to return to the current

call.

Ignore the incoming call if you do not want to answer

it.

Press the button if you want to hang up the

current call.

You can select the icons on the On Demand Multi-

Use Display

instead of the and buttons.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 340 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

Continued

341

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

Features

The following options are available during a call.

Mute: Mute your voice.

Transfer: Transfer a call from HFL to your phone.

Touch Tones: Send numbers during a call. This is useful when you call a menu-

driven phone system.

The available options are shown on the Phone

screen.

Rotate to select the option, then press .

uThe mute icon appears when Mute is

selected. Select Mute again to turn it off.

■Options During a Call

1Options During a Call

Touch Tones: Available on some phones.

You can select the icons on the On Demand Multi-

Use Display

0123456789#### 01’23

John

Mute Icon

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 341 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

342

Features

HFL can display newly received text/e-mail messages as well as 20 of the most

recently received messages on a linked cell phone. Each received message can be

read aloud and replied to using a fixed common phrase.

1. A pop-up appears and notifies you of a new

text/e-mail message.

2. Rotate to select Read to listen to the

message, then press .

uThe text/e-mail message is displayed. The

system automatically starts reading out

the message.

3. To discontinue the message read-out, press

■Receiving a Text/E-mail Message

1Receiving a Text/E-mail Message

The system does not display any received messages

while you are driving. You can only hear them read

aloud.

With some phones, you may be able to display up to

20 most recent text/e-mail messages.

State or local laws may limit your use of the HFL text/

e-mail message feature. Only use the text/e-mail

message feature when conditions allow you to do so

safely.

When you receive a text/e-mail message for the first

time since the phone is paired to HFL, you are asked

to turn the New Text/Email Alert setting to On.

2To turn on or off the text/e-mail message

notice P. 321

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 342 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

Continued

343

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

Features

If a paired phone has text message or mail accounts, you can select one of them to

be active and receive notifications.

1. Press the SETTINGS button.

2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then

press .

3. Move or to select the Text/Email

tab.

4. Rotate to select Select Account, then

press .

5. Rotate to select Text Messages or an

e-mail account you want, then press .

■Selecting a Mail Account

1Selecting a Mail Account

You can also select a mail account from the folder list

screen or the message list screen.

Move to select Select Account, then press .

You can only receive notifications from one text

message or mail account at a time.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 343 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

344

Features

■Displaying text messages

1. Press the PHONE button.

2. Press the MENU button.

3. Rotate to select Text/Email, then press

uSelect account if necessary.

4. Rotate to select a message, then press

uThe text message is displayed. The

system automatically starts reading the

message aloud.

■Displaying Messages

1Displaying Messages

The icon appears next to an unread message.

If you delete a message on the phone, the message is

also deleted in the system. If you send a message

from the system, the message goes to your phone’s

outbox.

To see the previous or next message, move or

on the text message screen.

Message List

Text Message

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 344 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

Continued

345

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

Features

■Displaying e-mail messages

1. Press the PHONE button.

2. Press the MENU button.

3. Rotate to select Text/Email, then press

4. Rotate to select a folder, then press .

5. Rotate to select a message, then press

uThe e-mail is displayed. The system

automatically starts reading the message

aloud.

1Displaying e-mail messages

Received text/e-mail messages may appear in the

message list screen at the same time. In this case, text

messages are titled No subject.

Folder List

Message List

E-mail

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 345 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

346

Features

■Read or stop reading a message

1. Go to the text/e-mail message screen.

uThe system automatically starts reading

the message aloud.

2Displaying Messages P. 344

2. Press to stop reading.

Press again to start reading the message

from the beginning.

■Reply to a message

1. Go to the text/e-mail message screen.

uThe system automatically starts reading

the message aloud.

2Displaying Messages P. 344

2. Move and rotate to select Reply,

then press .

3. Rotate to select the reply message, then

press .

uThe pop-up menu appears on the screen.

4. Select Send to send the message.

uMessage sent appears on the screen

when the reply message was successfully

sent.

1Reply to a message

The available fixed reply messages are as follows:

•Talk to you later, I’m driving.

•I’m on my way.

•I’m running late.

•OK

•Yes

•No

You cannot add, edit, or delete reply messages.

Only certain phones receive and send messages when

paired and connected. For a list of compatible

phones:

•U.S.: Visit www.acura.com/handsfreelink, or call 1-

888-528-7876.

•Canada: Visit www.handsfreelink.ca, or call 1-888-

528-7876.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 346 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

347

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

Continued

Features

■Making a call to a sender

1. Go to the text message screen.

uThe system automatically starts reading

the message aloud.

2Displaying text messages P. 344

2. Move and rotate to select Call, then

press .

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 347 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

348

Features

Provides a nationwide service for unexpected incidents. You can call for assistance

using a phone paired and connected to Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®.

1. From the Phone screen, press the MENU

button.

2. Rotate to select Roadside Assistance,

then press .

3. Rotate to select a phone number, then

press .

uDialing starts automatically.

■Roadside Assistance

1Roadside Assistance

If you are subscribed to a paid AcuraLink package,

you can call roadside assistance using the LINK

button instead of your phone.

2AcuraLink® P. 349

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 348 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

349

Continued

Features

AcuraLink®

Is a subscription-based service that provides convenient features such as voice

communication in case of emergency, online security, one-on-one operator

assistance, and the transmission of important messages regarding your vehicle’s

status.

For information on traffic rerouting and traffic information updates, provided by the

AcuraLink server, see the Navigation System Manual.

■Automatic collision notification

If your vehicle’s airbags deploy or if the unit

detects that the vehicle is severely impacted,

your vehicle will automatically attempt to

connect to the AcuraLink operator. Once

connected, information about your vehicle, its

positioning, and its condition will be sent to

the operator; you also can speak to the

operator when connected.

■In Case of Emergency

1AcuraLink®

AcuraLink also provides services you can operate

from the Internet or your smartphone.

To subscribe to AcuraLink, or to get more

information about all of its features, contact an Acura

dealer, or visit owners.acura.com (in U.S.) or

www.acura.ca (in Canada).

1In Case of Emergency

Your vehicle may not be able to connect to the operator

if the battery level is low, the line is disconnected or you

do not have adequate cellular coverage.

You cannot use emergency services when:

•You travel outside the AcuraLink service coverage

areas.

•There is a problem with the connecting devices,

such as the ASSIST button, microphone, speakers,

or the unit itself.

•You are not subscribed to the service or your

subscription is no longer valid.

You cannot operate other navigation- or phone-

related functions using the screens while talking to

the operator.

Only the operator can terminate the connection to

your vehicle.

1Automatic collision notification

If the unit fails to connect to the operator, it

repeatedly tries until it succeeds.

Audio/information screen

On Demand Multi-Use Display

When connected to the AcuraLink

operator:

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 349 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

uuAcuraLink®u

350

Features

■Manual operator connection

If you need to talk to the AcuraLink operator

in an emergency situation, you can manually

connect to them by pressing the ASSIST

button with the power mode in ACCESSORY

or ON.

1. Open the cover attached to the ceiling

console.

2. Press the ASSIST button.

uYou are connected to the AcuraLink

operator.

1Manual operator connection

Do not press the button while driving. When you

need to contact the operator, park the vehicle in a

safe place.

If the unit fails to connect to the operator, it

automatically cancels the action after three minutes.

In an emergency, the cover can be broken through to

press the ASSIST button.

ASSIST

Button

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 350 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

Continued

351

uuAcuraLink®u

Features

Your subscribed telematics service provider can track your vehicle’s location,

remotely lock or unlock doors, and help you find your vehicle.

To use these features, you need your user ID and personal identification number

(PIN).

■Stolen vehicle tracking

This feature searches and tracks down your vehicle position even if it is on the move.

If you believe that your vehicle has been stolen, contact the police as well as the

provider.

■Remote door lock/unlock

The provider can remotely lock or unlock doors upon your request.

■Vehicle finder

This feature is convenient to use when trying to locate your vehicle in large areas,

such as a crowded parking lot. If you cannot locate your vehicle after using the

remote transmitter’s answerback function, you can contact the provider which can

then flash your vehicle’s exterior lights and sound the horn.

■Security alarm notification

If the security system in your vehicle detects an abnormal condition, such as

someone tampering with the lock on your vehicle, the provider notifies you by email

or SMS.

■Security Features

1Security Features

The contact information of your provider, your user

ID and PIN will be given when you subscribe to

AcuraLink. If you forget any of the above, contact a

dealer, or go to owners.acura.com (in U.S.) or

www.acura.ca (in Canada).

You can also activate the remote door lock/unlock

and vehicle finder features from the Internet or using

your smartphone app. Ask a dealer, or visit

owners.acura.com (in U.S.) or www.acura.ca (in

Canada) for details.

1Vehicle finder

The lights will stop flashing and horn will stop

sounding under the following conditions:

•When 30 seconds have elapsed.

•You unlock the doors using the remote transmitter.

•You unlock the doors using the keyless access

system.

•You unlock the doors using the built-in key.

•The power mode is set to ACCESSORY or ON.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 351 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

uuAcuraLink®u

352

Features

Connect to the AcuraLink operator when trying to find a destination or for roadside

assistance.

1. Press the LINK button.

uConnection to the operator begins.

2. Talk to the operator.

uTo disconnect, press the selector knob,

select End Call on the On Demand

Multi-Use Display

, or press the Hang-

up button.

■Operator Assistance

1Operator Assistance

Remain attentive to road conditions and driving

during operator assistance.

LINK Button

Audio/information screen

when connected to the

AcuraLink operator.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 352 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

Continued

353

uuAcuraLink®u

Features

AcuraLink sends you messages on vehicle

features, safety and emissions recall

campaigns, maintenance reminders (U.S.

models only), and diagnostic information.

When you receive a new message, an icon

appears on the audio/information screen.

■Message category

There are six message categories.

•Feature Guide: Appears for the first 90 days of ownership, introducing vehicle

features each day.

•Quick Tips: Supplements your Owner’s Manual with updated vehicle

information.

•Diagnostic Info: Appears when a warning indicator or message comes on.

Rotate to select Check Later or Check Now.

uSelecting Check Now lets you know if you should see a dealer immediately or

later in accordance with the warning severity level.

•Scheduled Dealer Appointment (U.S. models only): An appointment made

through the Acura server or Acura Owners website can be rescheduled or

canceled from this option. 2 P. 355

•Maintenance Minder (U.S. models only): Lets you know which maintenance

item is due along with a reminder message.

•Recalls/Campaigns: Reminds you of a recall or important safety information.

You should also be notified by mail.

■AcuraLink Message

1AcuraLink Message

Messages may not appear immediately after your

vehicle purchase. It can take several days for your

dealer to register your vehicle’s ID.

If an icon includes an exclamation point, it indicates

that Acura gives high priority to this message

compared to the one without.

•: An unread message with high priority

•: An unread message

Message Icon

1Message category

Message categories can be added, edited, or deleted

through broadcast messages from Acura.

You can call your dealer, find the nearest dealer, or

schedule appointments (U.S. models only) from the

message options in Maintenance Minder (U.S.

models only), Recalls/Campaigns, and Diagnostic

Info.

2Message Options P. 354

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 353 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

uuAcuraLink®u

354

Features

■Reading a message

1. Press the INFO button, rotate to select

AcuraLink/Messages, then press .

uIf your display has changed from Info

menu to Current Drive, press the

MENU button.

uAcuraLink messages appears.

2. Rotate to select a category, then press

uIf there are unread messages in a

category, a message icon appears next to

that category.

3. Rotate to select a message you want to

read, then press .

■Message Options

While a message is displayed, you can use

options to take immediate action to the

message.

Available options are:

•Voice: Reads the message aloud. Select Stop to cancel it.

•Find Acura Dlr.: Searches for the nearest Acura dealer.

•Delete: Deletes the displayed message. Rotate to select this option, then

press .

•Call Your Dealer: Calls your Acura dealer using HFL.

1Reading a message

If there is no message listed on the menu,

AcuraLink/Messages is grayed out and cannot be

selected.

The message icon disappears once you read the

message.

However, the exclamation mark that indicates that

the message has a high priority remains.

•: A read message with high priority.

1Message Options

The available options vary by message category.

You can delete all messages in a category at once.

2Customized Features P. 283

Voice is available only when the Message Auto

Reading setting is in ON, and the language selected

is English.

2Customized Features P. 283

Dec. 31, 2011

The engine may not be operating properly.

Select VOICE FOR DETAILS.

Engine System. P062F

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 354 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

355

uuAcuraLink®u

Features

•Schedule Dealer Appointment (U.S. models only): Automatically sets an

appointment date at your dealer.

•Phone number: Dials a number displayed in the message via HFL.

•Diagnostic Info: Updates the current diagnostic message by connecting to the

Acura server using HFL.

■Dealer Appointments

You can confirm the scheduled appointment date when you receive a

Maintenance Minder or Recalls/Campaigns message, or reschedule any existing

appointments.

1. Select a Maintenance Minder, Recalls/

Campaigns, or Scheduled Dealer

Appointment message.

2. Rotate to select Scheduled Dealer

Appointment or Reschedule

Appointment (depending on the screen).

Press .

uA suggested time and date are displayed.

3. Rotate to select Confirm

Appointment. Press to accept the time

and date.

4. Press to select OK.

1Dealer Appointments

To set up an automated dealer appointment when a

regular maintenance is due, visit the Acura Owners

website at owners.acura.com (in U.S.) or

www.acura.ca (in Canada), and set the required

option. A reminder message will be sent as the date

for the dealer appointment approaches. A reminder

message will also be sent if you schedule an

appointment online using Acura Owners’ Schedule

Service Appointment function.

If you are not satisfied with the proposed

appointment date and time, call your dealer directly.

To cancel the scheduled appointment, select Cancel

Appointment when a message is displayed.

U.S. models only

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 355 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

356

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 356 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

357

Driving

This chapter discusses driving, refueling, and information on items such as accessories.

Before Driving

Driving Preparation .......................... 358

Maximum Load Limit........................ 361

Towing a Trailer

Towing Your Vehicle........................ 363

When Driving

Turning on the Power ...................... 364

Precautions While Driving................. 369

Dual Clutch Transmission ................. 370

Shifting............................................ 371

SPORT Mode.................................... 378

Reactive Force Pedal......................... 379

Acoustic Vehicle Alerting System...... 380

Front Sensor Camera ....................... 381

Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low

Speed Follow (LSF) ......................... 383

Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) System....397

Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)...... 401

Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA®), aka Electronic

Stability Control (ESC), System ........... 408

Agile Handling Assist ....................... 410

SPORT HYBRID Super Handling-All Wheel

Drive

(SPORT HYBRID SH-AWD

).... 411

Blind Spot Information (BSI) System ..... 412

Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)... 414

Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) -

Required Federal Explanation ......... 416

High Voltage Battery........................ 418

Braking

Brake System ................................... 419

Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) ........... 424

Brake Assist System ......................... 425

Collision Mitigation Braking System

(CMBS

) ....................................... 426

Parking Your Vehicle

When Stopped ................................ 434

Parking Sensor System

................... 436

Cross Traffic Monitor ....................... 440

Multi-View Rear Camera

................ 444

Surround View Camera System

..... 445

Refueling

Fuel Information .............................. 455

How to Refuel ................................. 456

Fuel Economy and CO

Emissions.... 457

Improving Fuel Economy and Reducing

Emissions................................ 457

* Not available on all models

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 357 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

358

Driving

Before Driving

Driving Preparation

Check the following items before you start driving.

•Make sure there are no obstructions on the windows, door mirrors, exterior

lights, or other parts of the vehicle.

uRemove any frost, snow, or ice.

uRemove any snow on the roof, as this can slip down and obstruct your field of

vision while driving. If frozen solid, remove ice once it has softened.

uWhen removing ice from around the wheels, be sure not to damage the wheel

or wheel components.

•Make sure the hood is securely closed.

uIf the hood opens while driving, your front view will be blocked.

•Make sure the tires are in good condition.

uCheck air pressures, and check for damage and excessive wear.

2Checking and Maintaining Tires P. 488

•Make sure there are no people or objects behind or around the vehicle.

uThere are blind spots from the inside.

■Exterior Checks

1Exterior Checks

NOTICE

When doors are frozen shut, use warm water around

the door edges to melt any ice. Do not try to force

them open, as this can damage the rubber trim

around the doors. When done, wipe dry to avoid

further freezing.

Do not pour warm water into the key cylinder.

You will be unable to insert the key if the water

freezes in the hole.

Heat from the engine and exhaust can ignite

flammable materials left under the hood, causing a

fire. If you’ve parked your vehicle for an extended

period, inspect and remove any debris that may have

collected, such as dried grass and leaves that have

fallen or have been carried in for use as a nest by a

small animal. Also check under the hood for leftover

flammable materials after you or someone else has

performed maintenance on your vehicle.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 358 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

Continued

359

uuBefore DrivinguDriving Preparation

Driving

•Store or secure all items on board properly.

uCarrying too much cargo, or improperly storing it, can affect your vehicle’s

handling, stability, stopping distance, and tires, and make it unsafe.

2Maximum Load Limit P. 361

•Do not pile items higher than the seat height.

uThey can block your view and may be thrown forward in the event of sudden

braking.

•Do not place anything in the front seat footwells. Make sure to secure the floor

mat.

uAn object or unsecured floor mat can interfere with your brake and accelerator

pedal operation while driving.

•If you have any animals on board, do not let them move around in the vehicle.

uThey may interfere with driving and a crash could occur.

•Securely close and lock all doors and the trunk.

2Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside P. 142

•Adjust your seating position properly.

uAdjust the head restraint, too.

2Adjusting the Seats P. 175

2Adjusting the Head Restraints P. 178

•Adjust the mirrors and steering wheel properly for your driving.

uAdjust them while sitting in the proper driving position.

2Adjusting the Mirrors P. 172

2Adjusting the Steering Wheel P. 171

■Interior Checks

1Interior Checks

The headlight aim is set by the factory, and does not

need to be adjusted. However, if you regularly carry

heavy items in the trunk have the aiming readjusted

at a dealer or by a qualified technician.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 359 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

360

uuBefore DrivinguDriving Preparation

Driving

•Be sure items placed on the floor behind the front seats cannot roll under the

seats.

uThey can interfere with the driver’s ability to operate the pedals, the operation

of the seats, or the operation of the sensors under the seats.

•Everyone in the vehicle must fasten their seat belt.

2Fastening a Seat Belt P. 39

•Make sure that the indicators in the instrument panel come on when you start the

vehicle, and go off soon after.

uAlways have a dealer check the vehicle if a problem is indicated.

2Indicators P. 74

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 360 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

361

uuBefore DrivinguMaximum Load Limit

Continued

Driving

Maximum Load Limit

The maximum load for your vehicle is 850 lbs (385 kg). See the

Tire and Loading Information label attached to the driver’s doorjamb.

This figure includes the total weight of all occupants, cargo, and

accessories, and the tongue load if you are towing a trailer.

Steps for Determining Correct Load Limit -

(1) Locate the statement “The combined weight of occupants and

cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX lbs.” on your

vehicle’s placard.

(2) Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers

that will be riding in your vehicle.

(3) Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers

from XXX kg or XXX lbs.

(4) The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and

luggage load capacity. For example, if the “XXX” amount

equals 1,400 lbs. and there will be five 150 lb. passengers in

your vehicle, the amount of available cargo and luggage load

capacity is 650 lbs. (1,400 - 750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs.)

1Maximum Load Limit

Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR):

The maximum allowable weight of the vehicle, all

occupants, all accessories and all cargo.

2Specifications P. 554

Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR):

The maximum allowable weight of the vehicle axle.

2Specifications P. 554

WARNING

Overloading or improper loading

can affect handling and stability

and cause a crash in which you

can be hurt or killed.

Follow all load limits and other

loading guidelines in this manual.

Label Example

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 361 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

362

uuBefore DrivinguMaximum Load Limit

Driving

(5) Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being

loaded on the vehicle. That weight may not safely exceed the

available cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in step 4.

(6) If your vehicle will be towing a trailer, load from your trailer will

be transferred to your vehicle. Consult this manual to

determine how this reduces the available cargo and luggage

load capacity of your vehicle.

In addition, the total weight of the vehicle, all occupants,

accessories, cargo, and trailer tongue load must not exceed the

Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) or the Gross Axle Weight

Rating (GAWR). Both are on a label on the driver’s doorjamb.

Load Limits Example

Example1

Max Load

850 lbs

(385 kg)

Passenger Weight

150 lbs x 2 = 300 lbs

(68 kg x 2 = 136 kg)

Cargo Weight

550 lbs

(249 kg)

Example2

Max Load

850 lbs

(385 kg)

Passenger Weight

150 lbs x 5 = 750 lbs

(68 kg x 5 = 340 kg)

Cargo Weight

100 lbs

(45 kg)

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 362 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

363

Driving

Towing a Trailer

Your vehicle is not designed to tow a trailer. Attempting to do so can void your

warranties.

Towing Your Vehicle

Your vehicle is not designed to be towed behind a motor home. If your vehicle needs

to be towed in an emergency, refer to the emergency towing information.

2Emergency Towing P. 548

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 363 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

364

Driving

When Driving

Turning on the Power

1. Make sure the parking brake is applied.

uThe electric parking brake indicator

comes on for 15 seconds when you pull

up the electric parking brake switch.

2. Depress the brake pedal.

uMake sure the transmission is in (P.

1When Driving

When you set the power mode to ON, you may feel

as if the brake pedal is sinking down. This is normal.

1Turning on the Power

Keep your foot firmly on the brake pedal when

starting the power system.

The engine is harder to start in cold weather and in

thinner air found at altitudes above 8,000 feet (2,400

meters).

When turning on the power system in cold weather,

turn off all electrical accessories such as the lights,

climate control system, and rear defogger in order to

reduce 12-volt battery drain.

If you live in a region where winter is extremely cold,

an engine block heater and transmission clutch

actuator heater will improve starting and reduce the

warming time required before driving. Consult a

dealer for details.

If the exhaust system sounds abnormal or you can

smell exhaust gas inside the vehicle, have your vehicle

checked by a dealer. There may be a problem with

the engine or exhaust system.

Electric Parking

Brake Switch

Brake Pedal

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 364 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

Continued

365

uuWhen DrivinguTurning on the Power

Driving

3. Press the POWER button without

depressing the accelerator pedal.

uThe Ready To Drive message appears

on the multi-information display.

uWhen the ambient temperature is

extremely low, the vehicle does not move

until certain conditions are met.

A warning message appears instead of

Ready To Drive.

2Multi-Information Display Warning

and Information Messages P. 99

uIf the High Voltage battery is fully

charged, the gasoline engine may not

start.

uIf the High Voltage battery charge level is

low, the gasoline engine starts.

You can turn the power system off when the vehicle is completely stopped.

1. Select (P.

2. Press the POWER button.

1Turning on the Power

The immobilizer system protects your vehicle from

theft.

If an improperly coded device is used, the power

system does not activate.

2Immobilizer System P. 149

Bring the keyless access remote close to the POWER

button if the battery in the keyless access remote is

weak.

2If the Keyless Access Remote Battery is

Weak P. 530

The power system may not activate if the keyless

access remote is subjected to strong radio waves.

Do not hold the POWER button to start the power

system.

If the power system does not start, wait at least 30

seconds before trying again.

■Stopping the Power System

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 365 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

uuWhen DrivinguTurning on the Power

366

Driving

You can remotely turn the power system on using the two-way keyless access

remote from extended distances.

■To turn the power system on

The power system is on for up to 10 minutes without you starting the vehicle.

To extend the time for another 10 minutes during the first 10 minutes, press the

button, then press and hold the button.

uThe amber LED blinks, then the green LED comes back on if a 10-minute

extension request was transmitted successfully.

After pressing the (lock) button, wait for the green LED to blink. This indicates that

the all the doors and the trunk are locked.

■Remote Engine Start with Vehicle Feedback

1Remote Engine Start with Vehicle Feedback

If there are buildings and obstacles between your

vehicle and the remote, the range will be reduced.

This distance may vary by external electrical

interference.

The power system may not be turned on by the

remote engine start if:

•You have disabled a remote engine start setting

using the multi-information display.

•The power mode is not in VEHICLE OFF (LOCK).

•The gear is in a position other than (P.

•The hood is open, or any door or the trunk is

unlocked.

•You have already used the remote twice to turn the

power system on.

•Another registered keyless access remote is in the

vehicle.

•There is any antenna failure.

•Door is unlocked with the built-in key.

WARNING

Engine exhaust contains toxic carbon

monoxide.

Breathing carbon monoxide can kill you

or cause unconsciousness.

Never use the remote engine starter

when the vehicle is parked in a garage

or other area with limited ventilation.

With the doors locked, Press the button,

then press and hold the button.

Amber LED: Blinks when any button is pressed.

Continues to blink

during a vehicle

self check until the

power system is

turned on.

Go within the range,

and try again.

Green LED: Comes on while

the power system is on.

Red LED: Blinks when the

remote is out of the keyless

access system range.

* Not available on all models

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 366 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

Continued

367

uuWhen DrivinguTurning on the Power

Driving

■To turn the power system off

Press and hold the button

for one second.

Go within the range,

and try again.

Amber LED: Blinks when any

button is pressed.

Red LED:

●

Comes on for one second to let you know

that the power system is turned off.

●

Blinks when the remote is out of the keyless

access system range. The power system will not

be turned off.

1Remote Engine Start with Vehicle Feedback

•The engine oil pressure is low.

•The engine coolant temperature is extremely high.

•The telematics unit malfunctions.

•The security system alarm is not set.

Before turning the power system on, make sure to

check the door lock status using the remote. When

you press the button, wait for the green LED to

blink. If the red LED turns on, the doors and trunk did

not lock, and the power system is not turned on.

While the power system is on, the vehicle will

automatically precondition inside the vehicle.

When it is warm outside:

•The air conditioning is activated in recirculation

mode.

When it is cold outside:

•The defroster is activated at a moderately warm

temperature.

•The rear defogger and door mirror heaters are

activated.

* Not available on all models

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 367 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

uuWhen DrivinguTurning on the Power

368

Driving

1. While depressing the brake pedal, press the POWER button.

2. Change the gear position to (D. Select (R when reversing.

3. With the parking brake applied, release the brake pedal and gently depress the

accelerator pedal.

uMake sure the electric parking brake indicator goes off.

4. Gradually release the brake pedal and gently depress the accelerator pedal to pull

away.

■Hill Start Assist System

Hill start assist keeps the brake engaged briefly to help prevent the vehicle from

rolling on inclines as you move your foot from the brake pedal to the accelerator.

Change to (D when facing uphill, or (R when facing downhill, then release the

brake pedal.

■Starting to Drive

1Starting to Drive

You can also release the parking brake by pressing

the electric parking brake switch while depressing the

brake pedal.

When facing downhill, you can start your vehicle

more smoothly by manually releasing it with the

electric parking brake switch than by releasing it with

the accelerator pedal.

The power sytem is turned off when the gear position

is changed from (P before the POWER button is

pressed. Follow the step 1 when starting to drive.

When the engine was started using the two-way

keyless access remote

When the engine was started using the two-way keyless access remote

When the engine was started in any case

1Hill Start Assist System

Hill start assist may not prevent the vehicle from

rolling downhill on a very steep or slippery slope, and

does not operate on small inclines.

Hill start assist is not a replacement for the parking

brake.

* Not available on all models

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 368 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

369

uuWhen DrivinguPrecautions While Driving

Continued

Driving

Precautions While Driving

Avoid driving in deep water and on flooded roads. This can damage the power

system or driveline, or cause electrical component failure.

■In Rain

1Precautions While Driving

NOTICE

Do not select a shift button while pressing the

accelerator pedal. You could damage the

transmission.

NOTICE

The following can damage the under spoiler:

•Parking the vehicle by a parking block

•Parallel parking along the road shoulder

•Driving toward the bottom of a hill

•Driving up or down to a different surface level

(such as a road shoulder)

•Driving on a rutted or bumpy road

•Driving on a road with potholes.

NOTICE

If you repeatedly turn the steering wheel at an

extremely low speed, or hold the steering wheel on

the full left or right position for a while, the electric

power steering (EPS) system heats up. The system

goes into a protective mode, and limits its

performance. The steering wheel becomes harder

and harder to operate. Once the system cools down,

the EPS system is restored.

Repeated operation under these conditions can

eventually damage the system.

If the power mode is set to ACCESSORY while

driving, the power system will shut down and all

steering and brake power assist functions will stop,

making it difficult to control the vehicle.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 369 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

uuWhen DrivinguDual Clutch Transmission

370

Driving

If there is a strong impact with something under the vehicle, stop in a safe location.

Check the underside of the vehicle for damage or any fluid leaks.

Dual Clutch Transmission

As with a conventional gasoline-powered vehicle with an automatic transmission,

this vehicle will creep.

Keep the brake pedal firmly depressed when stopped.

Quickly depressing the accelerator pedal while driving uphill may cause the

transmission to drop to a lower gear, unexpectedly increasing vehicle speed. Depress

the accelerator pedal carefully, especially on slippery roads and curves.

■Other Precautions

■Creeping

■Kickdown

1Precautions While Driving

Do not press the (N button, as you will lose

regenerative braking (and acceleration) performance.

During the first 600 miles (1,000 km) of operation,

avoid sudden acceleration or full throttle operation so

as to not damage the engine or powertrain.

Avoid hard braking for the first 200 miles (300 km).

You should also follow this when the brake pads are

replaced.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 370 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

371

uuWhen DrivinguShifting

Continued

Driving

Shifting

Change the gear position in accordance with your driving needs.

■Shift button positions

1Shifting

While the High Voltage battery level is full, or the

High Voltage battery temperature is low,

regenerative braking may become less effective.

To prevent malfunction and unintended

engagement:

•Do not spill any liquids on or around shift buttons.

•Do not place or drop any objects on or around shift

buttons.

•Do not let passengers or children operate the shift

buttons.

You may occasionally find that it takes longer than

usual for the vehicle to start moving when you select

(R, release the brake pedal, and/or depress the

accelerator pedal. This may occur when the High

Voltage battery level is extremely low, and does not

indicate a vehicle malfunction.

WARNING

The vehicle can roll away if left unattended

without confirming that Park is engaged.

Always keep your foot on the brake pedal

until you have confirmed that

is shown

on the gear position indicator.

Park

Used when parking or starting the power

system

Reverse

Used when reversing

Neutral

Used when idling

Drive

Used for:

●

Normal driving (gears change between 1st

and 7th automatically)

●

Temporarily driving in the sequential

mode

●

Driving in the sequential mode (when

driving in SPORT mode)

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 371 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

uuWhen DrivinguShifting

372

Driving

■(P (park) button

The gear position changes to (P when you

press the (P button while the vehicle is

parked with the power mode in ON.

The indicators on the sides of the (P button

come on.

1Shifting

The beeper sounds when you depress the accelerator

pedal with the gear position in (N.

Change the gear position to (D or (R with the brake

pedal depressed.

When shifting gears in extremely low temperatures

(-22°F/-30°C), there may be a short delay before the

shift is indicated in the display. Always confirm you

are in the correct gear before driving.

(P Button

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 372 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

Continued

373

uuWhen DrivinguShifting

Driving

■Shift Operation

1Shift Operation

NOTICE

When you change (D to (R and vice versa, come to

a complete stop and keep the brake pedal depressed.

Operating the shift button before the vehicle has

come to a complete standstill can damage the

transmission.

Use the gear position indicator and the shift button

indicator to check the gear position before selecting

a shift button.

If the indicator of the currently selected gear position,

or all the gear position indicators are blinking

simultaneously, there is a problem with the

transmission.

Avoid sudden acceleration and have the transmission

checked by a dealer as soon as possible.

The fuel supply may be cut off if you drive at engine

speeds in or over the tachometer’s red zone (engine

speed limit). If this happens, you may experience a

slight jolt.

When the engine speed is increased while the

transmission is in (N, (P or (R, the fuel supply may

be cut off even without the engine speed entering

the tachometer’s red zone.

The beeper sounds once when you change to (R.

Gear Position Indicator

Tachometer’s red zone

Press the (P button.

Press back the (R button.

Press the (N button.

Press the (D button.

Shift Button

Indicator

M (sequential mode)

Indicator

Sequential Mode Gear

Selection Indicator

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 373 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

uuWhen DrivinguShifting

374

Driving

■When opening the driver’s door

If you open the driver’s door under the following conditions, the gear position

automatically changes to (P.

•The vehicle is in stationary with the power mode in ON, or moving at 1 mph (2

km/h) or slower.

•The transmission is in other than (P.

•You have unfastened the driver side seat belt.

uIf you manually change the gear position from (P with the brake pedal

depressed, the gear position will automatically return to (P once you release

the brake pedal.

■When turning off the power mode

If you turn the power system off while the vehicle is stationary, and the transmission

is in other than (P, the gear position automatically changes to (P.

■If you want to keep the transmission in (N position (car wash mode)

With the engine running:

1. Press and hold the brake pedal.

2. Within five seconds select (N.

3. Then press the POWER button.

uThis puts the vehicle in car wash mode which must be used when your vehicle

is pulled through a conveyor type automatic car wash where you or an

attendant do not remain in the vehicle.

uThe gear position remains in (N with the power mode in ACCESSORY for 15

minutes, then, it automatically changes to (P and the power mode changes to

OFF.

Manually changing to (P cancels ACCESSORY mode. The (P indicator comes on

and the power mode changes to OFF.

1When opening the driver’s door

While the system is designed to automatically change

the gear position to (P under the described

conditions, in the interest of safety you should always

select (P before opening the driver's door.

Make sure to park the vehicle in a safe place.

2When Stopped P. 434

If you want to drive the vehicle after the gear position

has automatically changed to (P under the described

conditions, close the door, fasten the seat belt,

depress the brake pedal, then change the gear

position.

If you leave the vehicle, turn off the power system

and lock the doors.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 374 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

375

uuWhen DrivinguShifting

Continued

Driving

■Restriction on selecting a gear position

You cannot select a gear position under certain circumstances that may lead to unexpected accidents.

When the

transmission is in:

1. Under the circumstances

of that: 2. You cannot select: 3. The gear position

remains in/changes to:

How to change the

gear position

The brake pedal is not

depressed.

Other gear position

Release the accelerator

pedal and depress the

brake pedal.

The accelerator pedal is

depressed.

The vehicle is moving at low

speed without the brake pedal

depressed.

The vehicle is moving at low

speed with the accelerator

pedal depressed.

(N or (DThe vehicle is moving forward. (R

Park your vehicle in a

safe place.

(R or (NThe vehicle is moving backward. (D

(R, (N, or (DThe vehicle is moving. (P

(P or (NThe READY indicator is not on.

A gear position other than (P

or (N(P or (N

Make sure that the

READY indicator

comes on.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 375 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

uuWhen DrivinguShifting

376

Driving

Use the paddle shifters to change between 1st and 7th gears without removing your

hands from the steering wheel. The transmission will switch to the sequential mode.

■When the transmission is in (D:

The vehicle will go into the sequential mode momentarily, and the sequential mode

gear selection indicator will come on.

Once you start traveling at a constant speed, the sequential mode will automatically

switch off, and the sequential mode gear selection indicator will go off.

Hold the (+ paddle shifter for two seconds to return to normal drive.

■When the transmission is in (D with SPORT mode:

The vehicle will go into the sequential mode, and the M (sequential mode) indicator

and sequential mode gear selection indicator will come on.

If the vehicle speed increases and the engine speed reaches near the tachometer’s

red zone, the transmission automatically shifts up to 7th.

You can cancel this mode by pressing the SPORT button, or pulling the (+ paddle

shifter for a few seconds. When the sequential mode is canceled, the sequential

mode indicator and sequential mode gear selection indicator go off.

■Sequential Mode

1Sequential Mode

The vehicle is engine operated when SPORT mode is

on.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 376 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

377

uuWhen DrivinguShifting

Driving

■Sequential Mode Operation

1Sequential Mode Operation

Each paddle shift operation makes a single gear

change.

To change gears continuously, release the paddle

shifter before pulling it again for the next gear.

If the sequential mode gear selection indicator blinks

when you try to shift up or down, this means your

vehicle speed is not in its allowable gear range.

Slightly accelerate to shift up and decelerate to shift

down while the indicator is blinking.

In SPORT mode, to prioritize the engine performance

enhancement, the transmission may not allow for

shifting up while the engine speed is low.

Downshifting when pulling

the paddle shifter.

(Changes to a lower gear)

Upshifting when pulling

the paddle shifter.

(Changes to a higher gear)

Paddle Shifter

(Shift down)

Paddle Shifter

(Shift up)

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 377 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

378

uuWhen DrivinguSPORT Mode

Driving

SPORT Mode

To turn the SPORT mode on and off, press the SPORT button.

The SPORT mode increases engine performance and handling.

This mode is not recommended for fuel economy enhancement, but suitable for

driving on hills or through curves on mountain roads.

The SPORT mode is turned off every time you start the power system, even if you

turned it on the last time you drove the vehicle.

SPORT Button

SPORT Mode

Indicator

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 378 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

379

uuWhen DrivinguReactive Force Pedal

Driving

Reactive Force Pedal

The system increases the accelerator pedal

resistance force when you depress the

accelerator pedal. This gives you the feeling

that the vehicle's acceleration is in response to

your pedal operation.

At the same time, a slight increase in the accelerator pedal resistance force helps to

modify your driving style to be in an efficient manner especially when you apply

more force to the pedal than is necessary.

The Reactive Force Pedal is designed also to help prevent your wheels from possibly

spinning out due to excessive throttle, and help make the vehicle start smoothly

when roads are slippery due to ice, snow, excessive rainfall, etc.

1Reactive Force Pedal

The Reactive Force Pedal system in no way restricts or

limits your ability to operate the accelerator pedal to

accelerate the vehicle.

If the Collision Mitigation Braking System

(CMBS

)

detects a possible collision, you may feel an opposing

force from the accelerator pedal.

2Collision Mitigation Braking System

(CMBS

) P. 426

You can change the amount of the accelerator pedal

resistance force.

2Customized Features P. 113, 283

The Reactive Force Pedal system is deactivated when

SPORT mode is on.

Accelerator Pedal

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 379 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

380

uuWhen DrivinguAcoustic Vehicle Alerting System

Driving

Acoustic Vehicle Alerting System

Alerts pedestrians when a vehicle is propelled solely by electricity, approaching at

speeds around 12 mph (20 km/h) or less.

Press the button to turn the system on and

off.

uThe indicator in the button comes on

when the system is off.

The system is turned on every time you turn

the power system on, even if you turned it off

the last time you drove the vehicle.

■Acoustic Vehicle Alerting System Button

Canadian models

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 380 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

381

uuWhen DrivinguFront Sensor Camera

Continued

Driving

Front Sensor Camera

The camera, used in systems such as LKAS, RDM, ACC with LSF, and CMBS

, is

designed to detect an object that triggers any of the systems to operate its

functions.

This camera is located behind the rearview

mirror.

To help reduce the likelihood that high interior

temperatures will cause the camera’s sensing

system to shut off, when parking, find a shady

area or face the front of the vehicle away from

the sun. If you use a reflective sun shade, do

not allow it to cover the camera housing.

Covering the camera can concentrate heat on

it.

■Camera Location and Handling Tips

1Front Sensor Camera

Never apply a film or attach any objects to the

windshield, the hood, or the front grill that could

obstruct the camera's field of vision and cause the

system to operate abnormally.

Scratches, nicks, and other damage to the windshield

within the camera’s field of vision can cause the

system to operate abnormally. If this occurs, we

recommend that you replace the windshield with a

genuine Acura replacement windshield. Making even

minor repairs within the camera’s field of vision or

installing an aftermarket replacement windshield

may also cause the system to operate abnormally.

After replacing the windshield, have a dealer

recalibrate the camera. Proper calibration of the

camera is necessary for the system to operate

properly.

Do not place an object on the top of the instrument

panel. It may reflect onto the windshield and prevent

the system from detecting lane lines properly.

Front Sensor

Camera

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 381 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

uuWhen DrivinguFront Sensor Camera

382

Driving

1Front Sensor Camera

If the Some Driver Assist Systems Cannot

Operate: Camera Temperature Too High message

appears:

•Use the climate control system to cool down the

interior and, if necessary, also use defroster mode

with the airflow directed towards the camera.

•Start driving the vehicle to lower the windshield

temperature, which cools down the area around

the camera.

If the Some Driver Assist Systems Cannot

Operate: Clean Front Windshield message

appears:

•Park your vehicle in a safe place, and clean the

windshield. If the message does not disappear after

you have cleaned the windshield and driven for a

while, have your vehicle checked by a dealer.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 382 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

383

uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)

Continued

Driving

Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)

Helps maintain a constant vehicle speed and a set following-interval behind a vehicle

detected ahead of yours and, if the detected vehicle slows to a stop, decelerates and

stops your vehicle, without you having to keep your foot on the brake or the

accelerator.

When ACC with LSF slows your vehicle by applying the brakes, your vehicle's brake

lights will illuminate.

1Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)

Important Reminder

As with any system, there are limits to ACC with LSF.

Use the brake pedal whenever necessary, and always

keep a safe distance between your vehicle and other

vehicles.

WARNING

Improper use of ACC with LSF can lead

to a crash.

Use ACC with LSF only when driving on

expressways or freeways and in good

weather conditions.

WARNING

ACC with LSF has limited braking

capability and may not stop your vehicle

in time to avoid a collision with a vehicle

that quickly stops in front of you.

Always be prepared to apply the brake

pedal if the conditions require.

When to use

■

Vehicle speed for ACC with LSF: A vehicle is detected ahead within ACC with

LSF range – ACC with LSF operates at speeds up to 90 mph (145 km/h).

No vehicle is detected within ACC with LSF range – ACC with LSF operates at

the speed of 25 mph (40 km/h) or above.

■

Gear position for ACC with LSF: In (D.

The radar sensor is

in the front grille.

The camera is

located behind

the rearview

mirror.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 383 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)

384

Driving

1Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)

When the MAIN button is pressed, ACC with LSF and

Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) are both turned on

or off.

ACC with LSF may not work properly under certain

conditions.

2ACC with LSF Conditions and Limitations

P. 388

When not using ACC with LSF: Turn off adaptive

cruise by pressing the MAIN button. This also will

turn off the Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS).

Do not use ACC with LSF under the following

conditions:

•On roads with heavy traffic or while driving in

continuous stop and go traffic.

•On roads with sharp turns.

•On roads with steep downhill sections, as the set

vehicle speed can be exceeded by coasting. In such

cases, ACC with LSF will not apply the brakes to

maintain the set speed.

•On roads with toll collection facilities or other

objects between lanes of traffic, or in parking

areas, or facilities with drive through access.

How to use

■

Press the MAIN button on

the steering wheel.

ACC (green) is on in the

instrument panel.

ACC with LSF is ready to

use.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 384 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

385

uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)

Continued

Driving

When driving at about 25 mph (40 km/h) or above: Take your foot off the pedal

and press down the RES/+/SET/– switch when you reach the desired speed. The

moment you release the switch, the set speed is fixed, and ACC with LSF begins.

When driving at slower than about 25 mph (40 km/h): If the vehicle is moving

and the brake pedal is not depressed, pressing the switch fixes the set speed to

about 25 mph (40 km/h) regardless of current vehicle speed. If the vehicle is

stationary, you can set the vehicle speed even with the brake pedal depressed.

When ACC with LSF starts operating, the

vehicle icon, distance bars and set speed

appear on the multi-information display.

■To Set the Vehicle Speed

On when ACC with LSF

begins

Press down and release

RES/+/SET/− Switch

Set Vehicle Speed

Set Vehicle Distance

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 385 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)

386

Driving

■There is a vehicle ahead

ACC with LSF monitors if a vehicle ahead of you enters the ACC with LSF range. If a

vehicle is detected doing so, the ACC with LSF system maintains or decelerates your

vehicle’s set speed in order to keep the vehicle’s set following-distance from the

vehicle ahead.

2To Set or Change Following-Distance P. 391

When a vehicle whose speed is slower than

your set speed comes in or cuts in front of you

and is detected by the radar, your vehicle

starts to slow down.

■When in Operation

1When in Operation

If the vehicle detected ahead of you slows down abruptly, or

if another vehicle is detected cutting in front of you, the

beeper sounds, a message appears on the multi-information

display, and the head-up warning lights come on.

Depress the brake pedal, and keep an appropriate

distance from the vehicle ahead.

Even if the distance between your vehicle and the

vehicle detected ahead is short, ACC with LSF may

start accelerating your vehicle under the following

circumstances:

•The vehicle ahead of you is going at almost the

same speed as, or faster than, your vehicle.

•A vehicle that cuts in front of you is going faster

than your vehicle, gradually increasing the distance

between the vehicles.

You can also set the system to beep when a vehicle

detected in front of you comes in and goes out of the

ACC with LSF detecting range. Change the ACC

Forward Vehicle Detect Beep setting.

2Customized Features P. 113, 283

Beep

ACC with LSF Range: 394 ft. (120 m)

A vehicle icon appears on the

multi-information display

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 386 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

Continued

387

uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)

Driving

■There is no vehicle ahead

Your vehicle maintains the set speed without

having to keep your foot on the brake or

accelerator pedal.

If there previously was a vehicle detected

ahead that kept your vehicle from traveling at

the set speed, ACC with LSF accelerates your

vehicle to the set speed, and then maintains it.

■When you depress the accelerator pedal

You can temporarily increase the vehicle speed. In this case, there is no audible or

visual alert even if a vehicle is in the ACC with LSF range.

ACC with LSF stays on unless you cancel it. Once you release the accelerator pedal,

the system resumes the set speed.

There are times when the vehicle speed will decrease when the accelerator pedal is

lightly applied.

■A vehicle detected ahead is within ACC with LSF range and slows to a stop

Your vehicle also stops, automatically. The

Stopped message appears on the multi-

information display.

When the vehicle ahead of you starts again,

the vehicle icon on the multi-information

display blinks. If you press the RES/+/SET/–

switch up or down, or depress the accelerator

pedal, ACC with LSF operates again within the

prior set speed.

1When in Operation

Limitations

You may need to use the brake to maintain a safe

distance when using ACC with LSF. Additionally,

ACC with LSF may not work properly under certain

conditions.

2ACC with LSF Conditions and Limitations

P. 388

A vehicle icon with dotted-line

contour appears on the multi-

information display

1A vehicle detected ahead is within ACC with LSF range and slows

to a stop

WARNING

Exiting a vehicle that has been stopped

while the ACC with LSF system is

operating can result in the vehicle

moving without operator control.

A vehicle that moves without operator

control can cause a crash, resulting in

serious injury or death.

Never exit a vehicle when the vehicle is

stopped by ACC with LSF.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 387 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)

388

Driving

The system may automatically shut off and the ACC indicator will come on under

certain conditions. Some examples of these conditions are listed below. Other

conditions may reduce some of the ACC functions.

2Front Sensor Camera P. 381

■Environmental conditions

•Driving in bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.).

■Roadway conditions

•Driving on a snowy or wet roadway (obscured lane marking, vehicle tracks,

reflected lights, road spray, high contrast).

■Vehicle conditions

•The outside of the windshield is blocked by dirt, mud, leaves, wet snow, etc.

•An abnormal tire or wheel condition (Wrong sized, varied size or construction,

improperly inflated, compact spare tire

, etc.).

•The camera temperature gets too high.

•The parking brake is applied.

•When the front grille is dirty.

•When the front of the vehicle tilts up due to heavy cargo in the trunk or rear seats.

•When tire chains are installed.

■ACC with LSF Conditions and Limitations

1ACC with LSF Conditions and Limitations

The radar sensor for ACC with LSF is shared with the

collision mitigation braking system

(CMBS

2Collision Mitigation Braking System

(CMBS

) P. 426

You can read about handling information for the

camera equipped with this system.

2Front Sensor Camera P. 381

* Not available on all models

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 388 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

389

uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)

Continued

Driving

■Detection limitations

•A vehicle or pedestrian suddenly crosses in front of you.

•The distance between your vehicle and the vehicle or pedestrian ahead of you is

too short.

•A vehicle cuts in front of you at a slow speed, and it brakes suddenly.

•When you accelerate rapidly and approach the vehicle or pedestrian ahead of you

at high speed.

•The vehicle ahead of you is a motorcycle, bicycle, mobility scooter, or other small

vehicle.

•When there are animals in front of your vehicle.

•When you drive on a curved or winding or undulating road that makes it difficult

for the sensor to properly detect a vehicle or a pedestrian in front of you.

•The speed difference between your vehicle and a vehicle or pedestrian in front of

you is significantly large.

•An oncoming vehicle suddenly comes in front of you.

•Your vehicle abruptly crosses over in front of an oncoming vehicle.

•When driving through a narrow iron bridge.

•When the vehicle ahead of you brakes suddenly.

•When the vehicle ahead of you has a unique shape.

•When your vehicle or the vehicle ahead of you is driving on one edge of the lane.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 389 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)

390

Driving

Increase or decrease the vehicle speed using the RES/+/SET/– switch on the steering

wheel.

•Each time you press the switch up or down, the vehicle speed is increased or

decreased by about 1 mph or 1 km/h accordingly.

•If you keep the switch pressed up or down, the vehicle speed increases or

decreases by about 5 mph or 5 km/h accordingly.

■To Adjust the Vehicle Speed

1To Adjust the Vehicle Speed

If a vehicle detected ahead is going at a speed slower

than your increased set speed, ACC with LSF may not

accelerate your vehicle. This is to maintain the set

following-distance between your vehicle and the

vehicle ahead.

To increase speed

To decrease speed

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 390 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

391

uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)

Continued

Driving

Press the (distance) button to change the

ACC with LSF following-distance.

Each time you press the button, the following-

distance (the interval behind a vehicle

detected ahead of you) setting cycles through

short, middle, long, and extra long following-

distances.

Determine the most appropriate following-

distance setting based on your specific driving

conditions. Be sure to adhere to any

following-distance requirements set by local

regulation.

■To Set or Change Following-Distance

Distance Button

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 391 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

392

uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)

Driving

The higher your vehicle’s following-speed is, the longer the short, middle, long or

extra long following-distance becomes. See the following examples for your

reference.

When your vehicle stops automatically because a vehicle detected ahead of you has

stopped, the distance between the two vehicles will vary based on the ACC with LSF

distance setting.

Following-distance

When the Set Speed is:

50 mph (80 km/h) 65 mph (104 km/h)

Short

83 feet

25 meters

1.1 sec

100 feet

31 meters

1.1 sec

Middle

110 feet

33 meters

1.5 sec

137 feet

42 meters

1.5 sec

Long

154 feet

47 meters

2.1 sec

200 feet

61 meters

2.1 sec

Extra

Long

204 feet

62 meters

2.8 sec

265 feet

81 meters

2.8 sec

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 392 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

Continued

393

uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)

Driving

To cancel ACC with LSF, do any of the

following:

•Press the CANCEL button.

•Press the MAIN button.

uACC with LSF indicator goes off.

•Depress the brake pedal.

uWhen the LSF function has stopped the

vehicle, you cannot cancel ACC with LSF

by depressing the brake pedal.

■To Cancel

1To Cancel

Resuming the prior set speed: After you have

canceled ACC with LSF, you can resume the prior set

speed while it is still displayed. Press the RES/+/SET/

– switch up.

The set speed cannot be set or resumed when ACC

with LSF has been turned off using the MAIN button.

Press the MAIN button to activate the system, then

set the desired speed.

CANCEL

Button

MAIN

Button

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 393 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)

394

Driving

■Automatic cancellation

The beeper sounds and a message appears on the multi-information display when

ACC with LSF is automatically canceled. Any of these conditions may cause the ACC

with LSF to automatically cancel:

•Bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.)

•When the radar sensor in the front grille gets dirty.

•The vehicle ahead of you cannot be detected.

•An abnormal tire condition is detected, or the tires are skidding.

•Driving on a mountainous road, or driving off road for extended periods.

•Abrupt steering wheel movement.

•When the ABS, VSA® or CMBS

is activated.

•When the ABS or VSA® system indicator comes on.

•When the vehicle is stopped on a very steep slope.

•When you manually apply the parking brake.

•When the detected vehicle within the ACC with LSF range is too close to your

vehicle.

•The camera behind the rearview mirror, or the area around the camera, including

the windshield, gets dirty.

The ACC with LSF automatic cancellation can be also triggered by the following

causes. In these cases, the parking brake will be automatically applied.

•The driver’s seat belt is unfastened when the vehicle is stationary.

•The vehicle stops for more than 10 minutes.

•The power system is turned off.

1Automatic cancellation

Even though ACC with LSF has been automatically

canceled, you can still resume the prior set speed.

Wait until the condition that caused ACC with LSF to

cancel improves, then press the RES/+/SET/– switch

down.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 394 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

Continued

395

uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)

Driving

Press and hold the (distance) button for one

second. Cruise Mode Selected appears on

the multi-information display for two seconds,

and then the mode switches to Cruise.

To switch back to ACC with LSF, press and

hold the button again for one second. ACC

Mode Selected appears on the multi-

information display for two seconds.

■When to use

Desired speed in a range above roughly 25 mph (40 km/h) ~.

Take your foot off the pedal and press the RES/+/SET/– switch down when you

reach the desired speed.

The moment you release the RES/+/SET/– switch, the set speed is fixed, and cruise

control begins. The CRUISE CONTROL indicator comes on.

Each time you press the RES/+/SET/– switch up or down, the vehicle speed is

increased or decreased by about 1 mph (1.6 km/h).

If you keep the RES/+/SET/– switch pressed up or down, the vehicle speed increases

or decreases until you release it. This speed is then set.

■To Switch ACC with LSF to Cruise Control

1To Switch ACC with LSF to Cruise Control

Always be aware which mode you are in. When you

are driving in Cruise mode, the system will not assist

you to maintain a following interval from a vehicle

ahead of you.

ACC with

LSF ON

Cruise

Control ON

■To Set the Vehicle Speed

■To Adjust the Vehicle Speed

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 395 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)

396

Driving

To cancel cruise control, do any of the following:

•Press the CANCEL button.

•Press the MAIN button.

•Depress the brake pedal.

The CRUISE CONTROL indicator goes off.

■To Cancel

1To Cancel

Resuming the prior set speed:

After cruise control has been canceled, you can still

resume the prior set speed by pressing the RES/+/

SET/– switch up while driving at a speed of at least

25 mph (40 km/h) or more.

You cannot set or resume in the following situations:

•When vehicle speed is less than 25 mph (40 km/h)

•When the MAIN button is turned off.

At vehicle speeds of 22 mph (35 km/h) or less, cruise

control canceled automatically.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 396 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

397

uuWhen DrivinguRoad Departure Mitigation (RDM) System

Continued

Driving

Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) System

Alerts and helps to assist you when the system determines a possibility of your

vehicle unintentionally crossing over detected lane markings.

The front camera behind the rearview mirror

monitors left and right lane markings (in white

or yellow). If your vehicle is getting too close

to detected lane markings without a turn

signal activated, the system, in addition to a

visual alert, applies steering torque and alerts

you with rapid vibrations on the steering

wheel, to help you remain within the detected

lane.

2Customized Features P. 113, 283

As a visual alert, the Lane Departure

message appears on the multi-information

display.

If the system determines that its steering input

is insufficient to keep your vehicle on the

roadway, it may apply braking.

uBraking is applied only when the lane

markings are solid continuous lines.

The system cancels assisting operations when you turn the steering wheel to avoid

crossing over detected lane markings.

If the system operates several times without detecting driver response, the system

beeps to alert you.

■How the System Works

1Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) System

Important Safety Reminder

Like all assistance systems, the RDM system has

limitations.

Over-reliance on the RDM system may result in a

collision. It is always your responsibility to keep the

vehicle within your driving lane.

The RDM system only alerts you when lane drift is

detected without a turn signal in use. The RDM

system may not detect all lane markings or lane or

roadway departures; accuracy will vary based on

weather, speed and lane marker condition. It is

always your responsibility to safely operate the

vehicle and avoid collisions.

You can read about handling information for the

camera equipped with this system.

2Front Sensor Camera P. 381

The RDM system may not work properly or may work

improperly under the certain conditions:

2RDM Conditions and Limitations P. 399

There are times when you may not notice RDM

functions due to your operation of the vehicle, or

road surface conditions. If the Lane Departure

message displays repeatedly and you do not apply

responsive actions, the system beeps and cancels

RDM functions.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 397 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

uuWhen DrivinguRoad Departure Mitigation (RDM) System

398

Driving

The system becomes ready to start searching for lane markings when all the

following conditions are met:

•The vehicle is traveling between about 45 and 90 mph (72 and 145 km/h).

•The vehicle is on a straight or slightly curved road.

•The turn signals are off.

•The brake pedal is not depressed.

•The wipers are not in continuous operation.

•The system makes a determination that the driver is not actively accelerating,

braking or steering.

Press the RDM button to turn the system on

and off.

uThe indicator in the button comes on and

the message appears on the multi-

information display when the system is

on.

■How the System Activates

■RDM On and Off

1How the System Activates

The RDM system may automatically shut off and the

indicator comes and stays on.

2Indicators P. 74

RDM system function can be impacted when the

vehicle is:

•Not driven within a traffic lane.

•Driven on the inside edge of a curve, or outside of

a lane.

•Driven in a narrow lane.

1RDM On and Off

When you have selected Warning Only from the

customized options using the multi-information

display, the system does not operate the steering

wheel and braking.

RDM Button

Indicator

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 398 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

399

uuWhen DrivinguRoad Departure Mitigation (RDM) System

Continued

Driving

The system may not properly detect lane markings and the position of your vehicle

under certain conditions. Some examples of these conditions are listed below.

■Environmental conditions

•Driving in bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.).

•Sudden changes between light and dark, such as an entrance or exit of a tunnel.

•There is little contrast between lane lines and the roadway surface.

•Driving into low sunlight (e.g., at dawn or dusk).

•Strong light is reflected onto the roadway.

•Driving in the shadows of trees, buildings, etc.

•Shadows of adjacent objects are parallel to lane markings.

•Roadway objects or structures are misinterpreted as lane markers.

•Reflections on the interior of the windshield.

•Driving at night or in a dark condition such as a tunnel.

■RDM Conditions and Limitations

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 399 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

400

uuWhen DrivinguRoad Departure Mitigation (RDM) System

Driving

■Roadway conditions

•Driving on a snowy or wet roadway (obscured lane marking, vehicle tracks,

reflected lights, road spray, high contrast).

•Driving on a road with temporary lane markings.

•Faint, multiple, or varied lane markings are visible on the roadway due to road

repairs or old lane markings.

•The roadway has merging, split, or crossing lines (e.g., such as at an intersection

or crosswalk).

•The lane markings are extremely narrow, wide, or changing.

•The vehicle in front of you is driving near the lane lines.

•The road is hilly or the vehicle is approaching the crest of a hill.

•Driving on rough or unpaved roads, or over bumpy surfaces.

•When objects on the road (curb, guard rail, pylons, etc.) are recognized as white

lines (or yellow lines).

•Driving on roads with double lines.

■Vehicle conditions

•Headlight lenses are dirty or the headlights are not properly adjusted.

•The outside of the windshield is streaked or blocked by dirt, mud, leaves, wet

snow, etc.

•The inside of the windshield is fogged.

•The camera temperature gets too high.

•An abnormal tire or wheel condition (wrong sized, varied size or construction,

improperly inflated, compact spare tire

, etc.).

•The vehicle is tilted due to a heavy load or suspension modifications.

•When tire chains are installed.

* Not available on all models

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 400 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

401

uuWhen DrivinguLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)

Continued

Driving

Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)

Provides steering input to help keep the vehicle in the middle of a detected lane and

provides tactile and visual alerts if the vehicle is detected drifting out of its lane.

1Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)

Important Safety Reminders

The LKAS is for your convenience only. It is not a

substitute for your vehicle control. The system does

not work if you take your hands off the steering

wheel or fail to steer the vehicle.

2Multi-Information Display Warning and

Information Messages P. 104

Do not place objects on the instrument panel.

Objects may reflect on the front windshield and

prevent correct detection of the traffic lanes.

The LKAS only alerts you when lane drift is detected

without a turn signal in use. The LKAS may not detect

all lane markings or lane departures; accuracy will

vary based on weather, speed, and lane marker

condition. It is always your responsibility to safely

operate the vehicle and avoid collisions.

The LKAS is convenient when it is used on freeways.

The LKAS may not work properly or may work

improperly under the certain conditions:

2LKAS Conditions and Limitations P. 406

You can read about handling information for the

camera equipped with this system.

2Front Sensor Camera P. 381

When you operate the turn signals to change lanes, the system is suspended, and

resumes after the signals are off.

() If you make a lane change without operating the turn signals, the LKAS

alerts activate, and torque is applied to the steering.

■LKAS camera

Monitors the lane

lines

■Tactile and visual alerts

Rapid vibrations on the steering wheel and a warning display alert you that the

vehicle is drifting out of a detected lane.

■Steering input assist

The system applies torque to the

steering to keep the vehicle between

the left and right lane lines. The applied

torque becomes stronger as the vehicle

gets closer to either of the lane lines.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 401 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

uuWhen DrivinguLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)

402

Driving

Provides assistance to keep the vehicle in the center of the lane. When the vehicle

nears a white or yellow line, steering force of the electric power steering will become

stronger.

When the vehicle enters the warning area, the LKAS alerts you with slight steering

wheel vibration as well as a warning display.

■Lane Keep Support Function

1Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)

The LKAS may not function as designed on while

driving in frequent stop and go traffic, or on roads

with sharp curves.

When it fails to detect lanes, the system will

temporarily be canceled. When lane is detected,

system will recover automatically.

■Lane Departure Warning Function

Warning Area

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 402 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

Continued

403

uuWhen DrivinguLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)

Driving

The system can be used when the following conditions are met.

•The lane in which you are driving has detectable lane markers on both sides, and

your vehicle is in the center of the lane.

•The vehicle speed is between 45 and 90 mph (72 and 145 km/h).

•You are driving on a straight or slightly curved road.

•The turn signals are off.

•The brake pedal is not depressed.

•The wipers are not in continuous operation.

■How to activate the system

1. Press the MAIN button.

uThe LKAS is on in the multi-information

display.

The system is ready to use.

2. Press the LKAS button.

uLane outlines appear on the multi-

information display.

The system is activated.

■When the System can be Used

1When the System can be Used

If the vehicle drifts toward either left or right lane line

due to the system applying torque, turn off the LKAS

and have your vehicle checked by a dealer.

MAIN Button

LKAS Button

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 403 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

uuWhen DrivinguLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)

404

Driving

3. Keep your vehicle near the center of the

lane while driving.

uThe dotted outer lines change to solid

ones once the system starts operating

after detecting the left and right lane

markings.

To cancel the LKAS:

Press the MAIN or LKAS button.

The LKAS is turned off every time you turn the

power system off, even if you turned it on the

last time you drove the vehicle.

■To cancel

1When the System can be Used

The LKAS temporarily deactivates when it fails to

detect lane lines. When the system detects the lines

again, it comes back on automatically.

1To cancel

Pressing the MAIN button also turns ACC with LSF

on and off.

MAIN Button

LKAS Button

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 404 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

405

uuWhen DrivinguLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)

Continued

Driving

■The system operation is suspended if

you:

•Set the wipers to continuous operation.

uTurning the wipers off resumes the

LKAS.

•Decrease the vehicle speed to about 40

mph (64 km/h) or less.

uIncreasing the vehicle speed to about 45

mph (72 km/h) or more resumes the

LKAS.

•Depress the brake pedal.

uThe LKAS resumes and starts detecting

the lane lines again once you release the

brake pedal.

■The LKAS may automatically be suspended when:

•The system fails to detect lane lines.

•The steering wheel is quickly turned.

•You fail to steer the vehicle.

•The vehicle runs on a curved road over the speed limit.

Once these conditions no longer exist, the LKAS automatically resumes.

■The LKAS may automatically be canceled when:

•The camera temperature gets extremely high or low.

•The camera behind the rearview mirror, or the area around the camera, including

the windshield, gets dirty.

•Driving through a sharp curve.

•Driving at a speed in excess of approximately 90 mph (145 km/h).

•The ABS or VSA system engages.

The beeper sounds if the LKAS is automatically canceled.

When the LKAS is suspended,

the lane lines on the multi-

information display change to

contour lines, and the beeper

sounds.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 405 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

406

uuWhen DrivinguLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)

Driving

The system may not detect lane markings and therefore may not keep the vehicle in

the middle of a lane under certain conditions, including the following:

■Environmental conditions

•Driving in bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.).

•Sudden changes between light and dark, such as an entrance or exit of a tunnel.

•There is little contrast between lane lines and the roadway surface.

•Driving into low sunlight (e.g., at dawn or dusk).

•Strong light is reflected onto the roadway.

•Driving in the shadows of trees, buildings, etc.

•Shadows of adjacent objects are parallel to lane markings.

•Roadway objects or structures are misinterpreted as lane markers.

•Reflections on the interior of the windshield.

•Driving at night or in a dark condition such as a tunnel.

■LKAS Conditions and Limitations

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 406 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

407

uuWhen DrivinguLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)

Driving

■Roadway conditions

•Driving on a snowy or wet roadway (obscured lane marking, vehicle tracks,

reflected lights, road spray, high contrast).

•Driving on a road with temporary lane markings.

•Faint, multiple, or varied lane markings are visible on the roadway due to road

repairs or old lane markings.

•The roadway has merging, split, or crossing lines (e.g., such as at an intersection

or crosswalk).

•The lane markings are extremely narrow, wide, or changing.

•The vehicle in front of you is driving near the lane lines.

•The road is hilly or the vehicle is approaching the crest of a hill.

•Driving on rough or unpaved roads, or over bumpy surfaces.

•When objects on the road (curb, guard rail, pylons, etc.) are recognized as white

lines (or yellow lines).

•Driving on roads with double lines.

■Vehicle conditions

•Headlight lenses are dirty or the headlights are not properly adjusted.

•The outside of the windshield is streaked or blocked by dirt, mud, leaves, wet

snow, etc.

•The inside of the windshield is fogged.

•The camera temperature gets too high.

•An abnormal tire or wheel condition (wrong sized, varied size or construction,

improperly inflated, compact spare tire

, etc.).

•The vehicle is tilted due to a heavy load or suspension modifications.

* Not available on all models

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 407 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

408

uuWhen DrivinguVehicle Stability Assist (VSA®), aka Electronic Stability Control (ESC), System

Driving

Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA®), aka Electronic

Stability Control (ESC), System

Helps to stabilize the vehicle during cornering if the vehicle turns more or less than

what was intended. It also assists in maintaining traction on slippery surfaces. It does

so by regulating engine and motor output and selectively applying the brakes.

When VSA® activates, you may notice that the

engine and motor do not respond to the

accelerator. You may also notice some noise

from the hydraulic system. You will also see

the indicator blink.

■VSA® Operation

1Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA®), aka Electronic Stability Control

(ESC), System

VSA® may not function properly if tire type and size

are mixed. Make sure to use the same size and type

of tire, and the air pressures as specified.

When the VSA® system indicator comes on and stays

on while driving, there may be a problem with the

system. While this may not interfere with normal

driving, have your vehicle checked by a dealer

immediately.

VSA® cannot enhance stability in all driving situations

and does not control the entire braking system. You

still need to drive and corner at speeds appropriate

for the conditions and always leave a sufficient

margin of safety.

The main function of the VSA® system is generally

known as Electronic Stability Control (ESC). The

system also includes a traction control function.

VSA® System

Indicator

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 408 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

409

uuWhen DrivinguVehicle Stability Assist (VSA®), aka Electronic Stability Control (ESC), System

Driving

This button is on the driver side control panel.

To partially turn the VSA features on and off,

press and hold it until you hear a beep.

The traction control stops fully functioning,

allowing the wheels to spin more freely at low

speed. The VSA® OFF indicator will also come

on.

To turn it on again, press the (VSA® OFF)

button until you hear a beep.

VSA® is turned on every time you turn the

power system on, even if you press the button

the last time you drove the vehicle.

■VSA® OFF Button

1Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA®), aka Electronic Stability Control

(ESC), System

With the button pressed, your vehicle will have

normal braking and cornering ability, but VSA®

traction and stability enhancement becomes less

effective.

In certain unusual conditions when your vehicle gets

stuck in shallow mud or fresh snow, it may be easier

to free it with the button pressed.

When the button is pressed, the traction control

function becomes less effective. This allows for the

wheels to spin more freely at low speed. You should

only attempt to free your vehicle with the button

pressed if you are not able to free it without.

Immediately after freeing your vehicle, be sure to

press the button again. We do not recommend

driving your vehicle with the button pressed

(indicator on).

You may hear a motor sound coming from the

engine compartment while system checks are being

performed immediately after turning the power

system on or while driving. This is normal.

VSA® OFF Indicator

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 409 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

410

uuWhen DrivinguAgile Handling Assist

Driving

Agile Handling Assist

Lightly brakes each of the front and rear wheels, as needed, when you turn the

steering wheel, and helps support the vehicle’s stability and performance during

cornering.

1Agile Handling Assist

The agile handling assist cannot enhance stability in

all driving situations. You still need to drive and

corner at speeds appropriate for the conditions and

always leave a sufficient margin of safety.

When the VSA® system indicator comes on and stays

on while driving, the agile handling assist does not

activate.

You may hear a sound coming from the engine

compartment while the agile handling assist is

activated. This is normal.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 410 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

411

uuWhen DrivinguSPORT HYBRID Super Handling-All Wheel Drive

(SPORT HYBRID SH-AWD®)

Driving

SPORT HYBRID Super Handling-All Wheel Drive

(SPORT HYBRID SH-AWD®)

The system controls and transfers varying amounts of motor and/or engine torque

to each wheel in accordance with the driving conditions.

SPORT HYBRID SH-AWD® helps to enhance driving stability, and lets you handle

situations like slippery surfaces, such as snow, sand, mud, and steep hills, better

than when driving with standard two wheel drive. However, the system does not

help to enhance braking. Be cautious about the following:

•It is still your responsibility to drive safely when you steer, accelerate, and apply

brakes.

•Leave a sufficient margin when braking on slippery surfaces.

1SPORT HYBRID Super Handling-All Wheel Drive

(SPORT

HYBRID SH-AWD®)

Do not drive through deep water.

The SPORT HYBRID SH-AWD® system may not

function properly if tire type and size are mixed.

Make sure to use the same size and type of tire, and

the air pressures as specified.

2Tire and Wheel Replacement P. 494

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 411 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

412

uuWhen DrivinguBlind Spot Information (BSI) System

Driving

Blind Spot Information (BSI) System

Is designed to detect vehicles in specified alert zones adjacent to your vehicle,

particularly in harder to see areas commonly known as “blind spots.”

When the system detects vehicles approaching from behind in adjacent lanes, the

appropriate indicator comes on for a few seconds, providing assistance when you

change lanes.

■How the system works

1Blind Spot Information (BSI) System

Important Safety Reminder

Like all assistance systems, BSI has limitations. Over

reliance on BSI may result in a collision.

The system is for your convenience only. Even if an

object is within the alert zone, the following

situations may occur.

•The BSI alert indicator may not come on due to

obstruction (splashes, etc.) even without the Blind

Spot Not Available multi-information display

appearing.

•The BSI alert indicator may come on even with the

message appearing.

The BSI alert indicator may not come on under the

following conditions:

•A vehicle does not stay in the alert zone for more

than two seconds.

•A vehicle is parked in a side lane.

•

The speed difference between your vehicle and the

vehicle you are passing is greater than 6 mph (10 km/h).

WARNING

Failure to visually confirm that it is safe to

change lanes before doing so may result in

a crash and serious injury or death.

Do not rely only on the blind spot

information system when changing lanes.

Always look in your mirrors, to either side

of your vehicle, and behind you for other

vehicles before changing lanes.

Alert zone range

A: Approx. 1.6 ft. (0.5 m)

B: Approx. 10 ft. (3 m)

C: Approx. 10 ft. (3 m)

Radar Sensors:

underneath the

rear bumper

corners

Alert Zone

Radar sensors detect a

vehicle in the alert zone

when your vehicle is moving

forward at 20 mph (32 km/h)

or faster.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 412 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

413

uuWhen DrivinguBlind Spot Information (BSI) System

Driving

■When the system detects a vehicle

1Blind Spot Information (BSI) System

•An object not detected by the radar sensors

approaches or passes your vehicle.

•A vehicle running in the adjacent lane is a

motorcycle or other small vehicle.

The system does not operate when in (R.

You can change the setting for BSI.

2Customized Features P. 113, 283

BSI may be adversely affected when:

•Objects (guard rails, poles, trees, etc,.) are

detected.

•An object that does not reflect radio waves well,

such as a motorcycle, is in the alert zone.

•Driving on a curved road.

•A vehicle is moving from a far lane to the adjacent

lane.

•The system picks up external electrical interference.

•The rear bumper or the sensors have been improperly

repaired or the rear bumper has been deformed.

•The orientation of the sensors has been changed.

•In bad weather (Heavy rain, snow, and fog).

For proper BSI operation:

•Always keep the rear bumper corner area clean.

•Do not cover the rear bumper corner area with

labels or stickers of any kind.

•Take your vehicle to a dealer if you need the rear

bumper corner area or the radar sensors to be repaired,

or the rear bumper corner area is strongly impacted.

Comes on when:

●

A vehicle enters the alert zone from behind

to overtake you with a speed difference of

no more than 31 mph (50 km/h) from your

vehicle.

●

You pass a vehicle with a speed difference

of no more than 12 mph (20 km/h).

BSI Alert Indicator: Located near the outside

rearview mirror on both sides.

Blinks and a beeper sounds when:

You move the turn signal lever in the direction

of the detected vehicle. The beeper sounds

three times.

Comes On

Blinks

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 413 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

414

uuWhen DrivinguTire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)

Driving

Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)

Monitors the tire pressure while you are

driving. If your vehicle’s tire pressure becomes

significantly low, the low tire pressure/TPMS

indicator comes on and a message appears on

the multi-information display.

1Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)

Conditions such as low ambient temperature and

altitude change directly affect tire pressure and can

trigger the low tire pressure/TPMS indicator to come

on.

2If the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator

Comes On or Blinks P. 540

Tire pressure checked and inflated in:

•Warm weather can become under-inflated in

colder weather.

•Cold weather can become over-inflated in warmer

weather.

The low tire pressure/TPMS indicator will not come

on as a result of over inflation.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 414 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

415

uuWhen DrivinguTire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)

Driving

To select the tire pressure monitor, set the power

mode to ON, and roll the right selector wheel

until you see the tire pressure screen.

The pressure for each tire is displayed in PSI

(U.S.) or kPa (Canada).

Tire Pressures Low is displayed when a tire

has significantly low pressure. The specific tire

is displayed on the screen.

■Tire Pressure Monitor

1Tire Pressure Monitor

The pressure displayed on the multi-information

display can be slightly different from the actual

pressure as measured by a gauge. If there is a

significant difference between the two values, or if

the low tire pressure/TPMS indicator and the message

on the multi-information display do not go off after

you have inflated the tire to the specified pressure,

have the system checked by a dealer.

Tire Pressure Monitor Problem may appear if you

drive with the compact spare tire

, or there is a

problem with the TPMS.

ᵑᵔ

* Not available on all models

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 415 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

416

uuWhen DrivinguTire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) - Required Federal Explanation

Driving

Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) - Required

Federal Explanation

Each tire, including the spare (if provided), should be checked

monthly when cold and inflated to the inflation pressure

recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placard

or tire inflation pressure label.

(If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated

on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label, you should

determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires.)

As an added safety feature, your vehicle has been equipped with

a tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS) that illuminates a low

tire pressure telltale

when one or more of your tires is significantly under-inflated.

Accordingly, when the low tire pressure telltale illuminates, you

should stop and check your tires as soon as possible, and inflate

them to the proper pressure.

Driving on a significantly under-inflated tire causes the tire to

overheat and can lead to tire failure. Under-inflation also reduces

fuel efficiency and tire tread life, and may affect the vehicle’s

handling and stopping ability.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 416 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

417

uuWhen DrivinguTire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) - Required Federal Explanation

Driving

Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire

maintenance, and it is the driver’s responsibility to maintain

correct tire pressure, even if under-inflation has not reached the

level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale.

Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction

indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly.

The TPMS malfunction indicator is combined with the low tire

pressure telltale. When the system detects a malfunction, the

telltale will flash for approximately one minute and then remain

continuously illuminated. This sequence will continue upon

subsequent vehicle start-ups as long as the malfunction exists.

When the malfunction indicator is illuminated, the system may

not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended.

TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons, including

the installation of replacement or alternate tires or wheels on the

vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly.

Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing one or

more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the

replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to

continue to function properly.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 417 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

418

uuWhen DrivinguHigh Voltage Battery

Driving

High Voltage Battery

The High Voltage battery gradually discharges when the vehicle is not in use. As a

result, if your vehicle is parked for an extended period of time, the battery level may

get low. Keeping your vehicle’s battery level low can shorten the battery life. To

maintain the battery, drive your vehicle for more than 30 minutes to recharge the

battery at least once every three months.

To help maintain the battery life, when parking under the direct sunlight during

summer, try find a shaded area.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 418 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

419

Continued

Driving

Braking

Brake System

Use the parking brake to keep the vehicle stationary when parked. When the

parking brake is applied, you can manually or automatically release it.

■To apply

The electric parking brake can be applied any

time the vehicle has battery, no matter which

power mode the vehicle is in.

Pull the electric parking brake switch up gently

and securely.

uThe electric parking brake indicator

comes on.

■To release

The power mode must be in the ON position

to release the electric parking brake.

1. Depress the brake pedal.

2. Press the electric parking brake switch.

uThe electric parking brake indicator goes

off.

Manually releasing the parking brake using

the switch helps your vehicle start slowly and

smoothly when facing downhill on steep hills.

■Parking Brake

1Brake System

When you depress the brake pedal, you may hear a

whirling sound from the engine compartment. This is

because the brake system is in operation, and it is

normal.

1Parking Brake

You may hear the electric parking brake system

motor operating from the rear wheel area when you

apply or release the parking brake, or set the power

mode to OFF. This is normal.

The brake pedal may slightly move due to the electric

parking brake system operation when you apply or

release the parking brake. This is normal.

You cannot apply or release the parking brake if the

battery goes dead.

2Jump Starting P. 532

The parking brake is applied while the vehicle is

moving with the electric parking brake switch being

pulled.

Electric Parking

Brake Switch

Electric Parking

Brake Switch

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 419 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

uuBrakinguBrake System

420

Driving

■To release automatically

Depressing the accelerator pedal releases the parking brake.

Use the accelerator pedal to release the brake when you are starting the vehicle

facing uphill, or in a traffic jam.

Gently depress the accelerator pedal.

When on a hill, it may require more

accelerator input to release.

uThe electric parking brake indicator goes

off.

You can release the parking brake automatically when:

•You are wearing the driver’s seat belt.

•The power system is on.

•The transmission is not in (P or (N.

1Parking Brake

In the following situations, the parking brake

automatically operates.

•When the vehicle stops more than 10 minutes

while ACC with LSF is activated.

•

When the driver’s seat belt is unfastened while your

vehicle is stopped automatically by ACC with LSF.

•When the power system is turned off while ACC

with LSF is activated.

•When the vehicle stops with the automatic brake

hold system activated for more than 10 minutes.

•When the driver’s seat belt is unfastened while

your vehicle is stopped and brake hold is applied.

•When the power system is turned off while brake

hold is applied.

•When there is a problem with the Brake Hold

System.

If the parking brake cannot be released

automatically, release it manually.

The parking brake cannot be released automatically

while the following indicators are on:

•Malfunction indicator lamp

•Transmission indicator

The parking brake may not be released automatically

while the following indicators are on:

•Electric parking brake system indicator

•VSA® system indicator

•ABS indicator

•Supplemental restraint system indicator

Accelerator Pedal

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 420 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

Continued

421

uuBrakinguBrake System

Driving

Your vehicle is equipped with disc brakes at all four wheels. The brake assist system

increases the stopping force when you depress the brake pedal hard in an

emergency situation. The anti-lock brake system (ABS) helps you retain steering

control when braking very hard.

2Brake Assist System P. 425

2Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) P. 424

■Foot Brake

1Foot Brake

Check the brakes after driving through deep water,

or if there is a buildup of road surface water. If

necessary, dry the brakes by lightly depressing the

pedal several times.

If you hear a continuous metallic friction sound when

applying the brakes, this is caused by the brake wear

indicator rubbing on the brake rotor and indicates

that the brake pads need to be replaced. Have the

vehicle checked by a dealer. If you hear only an

occasional squeak or squeal when you initially apply

the brake pedal, this may be normal and caused by

high frequency vibration of the brake pads against

the rotating brake disc.

Constantly using the brake pedal while going down a

long hill builds up heat, which reduces the brake

effectiveness. Apply regenerative braking by taking

your foot off the accelerator pedal and downshifting

to a lower gear.

Do not rest your foot on the brake pedal while

driving, as it will lightly apply the brakes and cause

them to lose effectiveness over time and reduce pad

life. It will also confuse drivers behind you.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 421 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

uuBrakinguBrake System

422

Driving

Keeps the brake applied after releasing the brake pedal until the accelerator pedal is

pressed. Use this system only while the vehicle is temporarily stopped, like at traffic

lights and in heavy traffic.

■Automatic Brake Hold

1Automatic Brake Hold

WARNING

Activating the automatic brake hold system

on steep hills or slippery roads may still

allow the vehicle to move if you remove

your foot from the brake pedal.

If a vehicle unexpectedly moves, it may

cause a crash resulting in serious injury or

death.

Never activate the automatic brake hold

system or rely on it to keep a vehicle from

moving when stopped on a steep hill or

slippery roads.

WARNING

Using the automatic brake hold system to

park the vehicle may result in the vehicle

unexpectedly moving.

If a vehicle moves unexpectedly, it may

cause a crash, resulting in serious injury or

death.

Never leave the vehicle when braking is

temporarily kept by automatic brake hold

and always park the vehicle by putting the

transmission in

and applying the parking

brake.

■Turning on the system

Fasten your seat belt

properly, then start the

power system. Press the

automatic brake hold

button.

●

The automatic brake

hold system indicator

comes on. The system

is turned on.

■

Activating the system

Depress the brake pedal

to come to a complete

stop. The transmission

must be in (D or (N.

●

The automatic brake

hold indicator comes

on. Braking is kept for

up to 10 minutes.

●

Release the brake

pedal after the

automatic brake hold

indicator comes on.

■

Canceling the system

Depress the accelerator

pedal while the

transmission is in (D.

The system is canceled

and the vehicle starts to

move.

●

The automatic brake

hold indicator goes

off. The system

continues to be on.

Accelerator PedalBrake PedalAutomatic Brake

Hold Button

Goes

Off

On On On

U.S.

Canada

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 422 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

423

uuBrakinguBrake System

Driving

■The system automatically cancels when:

•You depress the brake pedal and change to (P or (R.

•You engage the parking brake.

Under the following conditions, the system automatically cancels, and the parking

brake is applied:

•Braking is kept for more than 10 minutes.

•The driver’s seat belt is unfastened.

•The power system is turned off.

•Brake Hold System Problem appears on the multi-information display.

■Turning off the automatic brake hold system

While the system is on, press the automatic

brake hold button again.

uThe automatic brake hold system

indicator goes off.

If you want to turn off automatic brake hold

while the system is in operation, press the

automatic brake hold button with the brake

pedal depressed.

1Automatic Brake Hold

While the system is activated, you can turn off the

power system or park the vehicle through the same

procedure as you normally do.

2When Stopped P. 434

Whether the system is on, or the system is activated,

the automatic brake hold turns off once the power

system is off.

1Turning on the system

Make sure to turn off the automatic brake hold

system before using an automated car wash.

You may hear an operating noise if the vehicle moves

while the automatic brake hold system is in

operation. The system generates sound while holding

the vehicle and it moves.

Automatic Brake

Hold Button

Goes

Off

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 423 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

424

uuBrakinguAnti-lock Brake System (ABS)

Driving

Anti-lock Brake System (ABS)

Helps prevent the wheels from locking up, and helps you retain steering control by

pumping the brakes rapidly, much faster than you.

The electronic brake distribution (EBD) system, which is part of the ABS, also

balances the front-to-rear braking distribution according to vehicle loading.

You should never pump the brake pedal. Let the ABS work for you by always

keeping firm, steady pressure on the brake pedal. This is sometimes referred to as

“stomp and steer.”

■ABS operation

The brake pedal may pulsate slightly when the ABS is working. Keep holding the

pedal firmly down. On dry pavement, you will need to press on the brake pedal very

hard before the ABS activates. However, you may feel the ABS activate immediately

if you are trying to stop on snow or ice.

ABS may activate when you depress the brake pedal when driving on:

•Wet or snow covered roads.

•Roads paved with stone.

•Roads with uneven surfaces, such as potholes, cracks, manholes, etc.

When the vehicle speed goes under 6 mph (10 km/h), the ABS stops.

■ABS

1Anti-lock Brake System (ABS)

NOTICE

The ABS may not function correctly if you use an

incorrect tire type and size.

When the ABS indicator comes on while driving,

there may be a problem with the system.

While normal braking is not affected, there is a

possibility of the ABS not operating. Have your

vehicle checked by a dealer immediately.

The ABS does not reduce the time or distance it takes

to stop the vehicle. It only helps with steering control

during hard braking.

In the following cases, your vehicle may need more

stopping distance than a vehicle without the ABS:

•When driving on rough road surfaces, including

when driving on uneven surfaces, such as gravel or

snow.

•When tire chains are installed.

The following may be observed with the ABS system:

•Motor sounds coming from the engine

compartment when the brakes are applied, or

when system checks are being performed after the

engine has been started and while vehicle is

accelerates.

•Brake pedal and/or the vehicle body vibration when

ABS activates.

These vibrations and sounds are normal to ABS

systems and are no cause for concern.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 424 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

425

uuBrakinguBrake Assist System

Driving

Brake Assist System

Designed to assist the driver by generating greater braking force when you depress

the brake pedal hard during emergency braking.

■Brake assist system operation

Press the brake pedal firmly for more powerful braking.

When brake assist operates, the pedal may wiggle slightly and an operating noise

may be heard. This is normal. Keep holding the brake pedal firmly down.

■Brake Assist System

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 425 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

426

uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking System

(CMBS

)

Driving

Collision Mitigation Braking System

(CMBS

)

Can assist you when there is a possibility of your vehicle colliding with a vehicle or a

pedestrian detected in front of yours. The CMBS

is designed to alert you when a

potential collision is determined, as well as to reduce your vehicle speed to help

minimize collision severity when a collision is deemed unavoidable.

■How the system works

1Collision Mitigation Braking System

(CMBS

)

Important Safety Reminder

The CMBS

is designed to reduce the severity of an

unavoidable collision. It does not prevent collision nor

stop the vehicle automatically. It is still your

responsibility to operate the brake pedal and steering

wheel appropriately according to the driving

conditions.

The CMBS

may not activate or may not detect a

vehicle in front of your vehicle under certain

conditions:

2CMBS

Conditions and Limitations P. 430

You can read about handling information for the

camera equipped with this system.

2Front Sensor Camera P. 381

1How the system works

Rapid vibrations on the steering wheel alert you

when the your vehicle speed is between 19 and 62

mph (30 and 100 km/h) with an oncoming vehicle

detected in front of you.

When the CMBS

activates, it may automatically

apply the brake. It will be canceled when your vehicle

stops or a potential collision is not determined.

The radar sensor is

in the front grille.

The camera is

located behind

the rearview

mirror.

The system starts monitoring the roadway ahead when your vehicle speed is about 3

mph (5 km/h) and there is a vehicle in front of you.

When to use

The CMBS

activates when:

●

The speed difference between your vehicle and a vehicle or pedestrian detected

in front of you becomes about 3 mph (5 km/h) and over with a chance of a

collision.

●

Your vehicle speed is about 62 mph (100 km/h) or less and there is a chance of a

collision with an oncoming detected vehicle or a pedestrian in front of you.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 426 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

Continued

427

uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking System

(CMBS

)

Driving

■When the system activates

At system’s earliest collision alert stage, you can change the distance (Long/

Normal/Short) between vehicles at which alerts will come on through multi-

information display setting options.

2List of customizable options P. 116

■Vibration alert on the steering wheel

When a potential collision to an oncoming detected vehicle is determined, the

system alerts you with rapid vibration on the steering wheel, in addition to visual and

audible alerts.

uTake appropriate action to prevent a collision (apply the brakes, operate the

steering wheel, etc.).

1When the system activates

The camera in the CMBS

is also designed to detect

pedestrians.

However, this pedestrian detection feature may not

activate or may not detect a pedestrian in front of

your vehicle under certain conditions.

Refer to the ones indicating the pedestrian detection

limitations from the list.

2CMBS

Conditions and Limitations P. 430

The head-up warning uses a lens located at the front

end of the dashboard.

Do not cover the lens or spill any liquid on it.

Lens

The system provides visual, audible and tactile alerts of a possible collision, and

stops if the collision is avoided.

uTake appropriate action to prevent a collision (apply the brakes, change

lanes, etc.)

Beep

Head-up

Warning

Lights

Visual Alerts

Audible Alert Tactile Alert

1Vibration alert on the steering wheel

Vibration alert function is disabled when the electric

power steering (EPS) system indicator comes on.

2Electric Power Steering (EPS) System

Indicator P. 82

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 427 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

428

uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking System

(CMBS

)

Driving

The system has three alert stages for a possible collision. However, depending on circumstances, the CMBS

may not go through all of

the stages before initiating the last stage.

■Collision Alert Stages

Distance between vehicles

CMBS

The radar sensor

detects a vehicle

E-pretensioner/

Reactive Force Pedal Audible & Visual WARNINGS Steering

Wheel Braking

Stage

one

There is a risk of a

collision with the

vehicle ahead of

you.

Increases the

accelerator pedal

resistance force. When in Long, visual and

audible alerts come on at a

longer distance from a vehicle

ahead than in Normal setting,

and in Short, at a shorter

distance than in Normal.

In case of

oncoming

vehicle

detected,

rapid

vibration is

provided.

—

Stage

two

The risk of a

collision has

increased, time to

respond is

reduced.

Retracts the driver’s

seat belt gently a few

times, providing a

physical warning.

Visual and audible alerts. —

Lightly

applied

Stage

three

The CMBS

determines that a

collision is

unavoidable.

Forcefully tightens

driver and front

passenger seat belts. Forcefully

applied

Your Vehicle

Vehicle

Ahead

Normal

ShortLong

Accelerator Pedal

Your

Vehicle

Ahead

Your

Vehicle

Ahead

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 428 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

Continued

429

uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking System

(CMBS

)

Driving

Press this button until the beeper sounds to

switch the system on or off.

When the CMBS

is off:

•The CMBS

indicator in the instrument

panel comes on.

•A message on the multi-information display

reminds you that the system is off.

The CMBS

is in the previously selected ON or

OFF setting each time you start the power

system.

■CMBS

On and Off

1Collision Mitigation Braking System

(CMBS

)

The CMBS

may automatically shut off, and the

CMBS

indicator will come and stay on under certain

conditions:

2CMBS

Conditions and Limitations P. 430

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 429 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

430

uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking System

(CMBS

)

Driving

The system may automatically shut off and the CMBS

indicator will come on under

certain conditions. Some examples of these conditions are listed below. Other

conditions may reduce some of the CMBS

functions.

2Front Sensor Camera P. 381

■Environmental conditions

•Driving in bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.).

•Sudden changes between light and dark, such as an entrance or exit of a tunnel.

•There is little contrast between objects and the background.

•Driving into low sunlight (e.g., at dawn or dusk).

•Strong light is reflected onto the roadway.

•Driving in the shadows of trees, buildings, etc.

•Roadway objects or structures are misinterpreted as vehicles and pedestrians.

•Reflections on the interior of the windshield.

•Driving at night or in a dark condition such as a tunnel.

■Roadway conditions

•Driving on a snowy or wet roadway (obscured lane marking, vehicle tracks,

reflected lights, road spray, high contrast).

•Driving on curvy, winding, or undulating roads.

•The road is hilly or the vehicle is approaching the crest of a hill.

■CMBS

Conditions and Limitations

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 430 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

431

uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking System

(CMBS

)

Continued

Driving

■Vehicle conditions

•Headlight lenses are dirty or the headlights are not properly adjusted.

•The outside of the windshield is blocked by dirt, mud, leaves, wet snow, etc.

•The inside of the windshield is fogged.

•An abnormal tire or wheel condition (wrong sized, varied size or construction,

improperly inflated, compact spare tire

, etc.).

•When tire chains are installed.

•The vehicle is tilted due to a heavy load or suspension modifications.

•The camera temperature gets too high.

•Driving with the parking brake applied.

•When the radar sensor in the front grille gets dirty.

■Detection limitations

•A vehicle or pedestrian suddenly crosses in front of you.

•The distance between your vehicle and the vehicle or pedestrian ahead of you is

too short.

•A vehicle cuts in front of you at a slow speed, and it brakes suddenly.

•When you accelerate rapidly and approach the vehicle or pedestrian ahead of you

at high speed.

•The vehicle ahead of you is a motorcycle, bicycle, mobility scooter or other small

vehicle.

•When there are animals in front of your vehicle.

•When you drive on a curved, winding or undulating road that makes it difficult for

the sensor to properly detect a vehicle in front of you.

•The speed difference between your vehicle and a vehicle or pedestrian in front of

you is significantly large.

•An oncoming vehicle suddenly comes in front of you.

•Another vehicle suddenly comes in front of you at an intersection, etc.

•Your vehicle abruptly crosses over in front of an oncoming vehicle.

•When driving through a narrow iron bridge.

•When the lead vehicle suddenly slows down.

* Not available on all models

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 431 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

432

uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking System

(CMBS

)

Driving

•When there is a group of people in front of your vehicle walking together side by

side.

•Surrounding conditions or belongings of the pedestrian alter the pedestrian’s

shape, preventing the system from recognizing that the person is a pedestrian.

•When the pedestrian is shorter than about 3.3 feet (1 meter) or taller than about

6.6 feet (2 meters) in height.

•When a pedestrian blends in with the background.

•When a pedestrian is bent over or squatting, or when their hands are raised or

they are running.

•When several pedestrians are walking ahead in a group.

•When the camera cannot correctly identify that a pedestrian is present due to an

unusual shape (holding luggage, body position, size).

The CMBS

may automatically shut itself off and the CMBS

indicator comes and

stays on when:

•The temperature inside the system is high.

•You drive off-road or on a mountain road, or curved and winding road for an

extended period.

•An abnormal tire condition is detected (wrong tire size, flat tire, etc.).

•The camera behind the rearview mirror, or the area around the camera, including

the windshield, gets dirty.

Once the conditions that caused the CMBS

to shut off improve or are addressed

(e.g., cleaning), the system comes back on.

■Automatic shutoff

Limitations applicable to pedestrian detection only

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 432 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

433

uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking System

(CMBS

)

Driving

The CMBS

may activate even when you are aware of a vehicle ahead of you, or

when there is no vehicle ahead. Some examples of this are:

■When Passing

Your vehicle approaches another vehicle ahead of you and you change lanes to pass.

■At an intersection

Your vehicle approaches or passes another vehicle that is making a left or right turn.

■On a curve

When driving through curves, your vehicle comes to a point where an oncoming

vehicle is right in front of you.

■Through a low bridge at high speed

You drive under a low or narrow bridge at high speed.

■Speed bumps, road work sites, train tracks, roadside objects, etc.

You drive over speed bumps, steel road plates, etc., or your vehicle approaches train

tracks or roadside objects [such as a traffic sign and guard rail] on a curve or, when

parking, stationary vehicles and walls.

■With Little Chance of a Collision

1Collision Mitigation Braking System

(CMBS

)

For the CMBS

to work properly:

Always keep the radar sensor cover clean.

Never use chemical solvents or polishing powder for

cleaning the sensor cover. Clean it with water or a

mild detergent.

Do not put a sticker on the emblem or replace the

emblem.

If you need the radar sensor to be repaired, or

removed, or the radar sensor cover is strongly

impacted, turn off the system by pressing the

CMBS

off button and take your vehicle to a dealer.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 433 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

434

Driving

Parking Your Vehicle

When Stopped

1. Depress the brake pedal firmly.

2. With the brake pedal depressed, pull up the electric parking brake switch slowly,

but fully.

3. Change the gear position to (P.

4. Turn off the power system.

uThe electric parking brake indicator goes off in about 15 seconds.

Always confirm the electric parking brake is set, in particular if you are parked on an

incline.

1Parking Your Vehicle

Do not park your vehicle near flammable objects,

such as dry grass, oil, or timber.

Heat from the exhaust can cause a fire.

WARNING

The vehicle can roll away if left unattended

without confirming that Park is engaged.

Always keep your foot on the brake pedal

until you have confirmed that

is shown

on the gear position indicator.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 434 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

435

uuParking Your VehicleuWhen Stopped

Driving

If during in Auto Engine Stop, the gear position changes to (P and the engine

restarts automatically under the following conditions:

•The power system is on.

•The gear position is not in (P.

•You unfasten the driver side seat belt and open the door.

1When Stopped

NOTICE

The following can damage the driveline:

•Depressing the accelerator and brake pedals

simultaneously.

•Changing into

(P before the vehicle stops

completely.

When facing uphill, do not hold the vehicle by

depressing the accelerator pedal.

Doing so may cause the power system to overheat

and fail.

In extremely cold temperatures, the parking brake

may freeze up if applied. If such temperatures are

expected, do not apply the parking brake but, if

parking on a slope, either turn the front wheels so

they will contact the curb if the vehicle rolls down the

slope or block the wheels to keep the vehicle from

moving. If you do not take either precaution, the

vehicle may roll unexpectedly, leading to a crash.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 435 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

436

uuParking Your VehicleuParking Sensor System

Driving

Parking Sensor System

The corner and center sensors monitor obstacles around your vehicle, and the

beeper and audio/information screen let you know the approximate distance

between your vehicle and the obstacle.

■The sensor location and range

1Parking Sensor System

Even when the system is on, always confirm if there is

no obstacle near your vehicle before parking.

The system may not work properly when:

•The sensors are covered with snow, ice, mud or

dirt.

•The vehicle is on uneven surface, such as grass,

bumps, or a hill.

•The vehicle has been out in hot or cold weather.

•The system is affected by devices that emit

ultrasonic waves.

•Driving in bad weather.

The system may not sense:

•Thin or low objects.

•Sonic-absorptive materials, such as snow, cotton,

or sponge.

•Objects directly under the bumper.

Do not put any accessories on or around the sensors.

Within about 24 in (60 cm) or less

Front Corner Sensors

Rear Corner Sensors Rear Center Sensors

Within about 43 in (110 cm) or less

* Not available on all models

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 436 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

437

uuParking Your VehicleuParking Sensor System

Continued

Driving

■Parking sensor system on and off

With the power mode in ON, press the

parking sensor system button to turn the

system on or off. The indicator in the button

comes on and the beeper sounds when the

system is on.

The rear center and corner sensors start to

detect an obstacle when the transmission is in

(R, and the vehicle speed is less than 5 mph

(8 km/h).

The front corner sensors start to detect an

obstacle when the transmission is not in (P,

and the vehicle speed is less than 5 mph (8

km/h).

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 437 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

438

uuParking Your VehicleuParking Sensor System

Driving

■When the distance between your vehicle and obstacles behind becomes shorter

*1: At this stage, only the center sensors detect obstacles.

Length of the

intermittent beep

Distance between the Bumper and Obstacle

Indicator Audio/information screen

Corner Sensors Center Sensors

Moderate —Rear: About 43-24 in

(110-60 cm) Blinks in Yellow

Short About 24-18 in

(60-45 cm)

About 24-18 in

(60-45 cm)

Blinks in Amber

Very short About 18-14 in

(45-35 cm)

About 18-14 in

(45-35 cm)

Continuous About 14 in

(35 cm) or less

About 14 in

(35 cm) or less Blinks in Red

Indicators light where the

sensor detects an obstacle.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 438 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

439

uuParking Your VehicleuParking Sensor System

Driving

1. Make sure that the parking sensor system is not activated. Set the power mode to

VEHICLE OFF (LOCK).

2. Press and hold the parking sensor system button, and set the power mode to ON.

3. Keep pressing the button for ten seconds. Release the button when the indicator

in the button blinks.

4. Press the button again. The indicator in the button goes off.

uThe beeper sounds twice. The rear sensors are now turned off.

To turn the rear sensors on again, follow the above procedure. The beeper sounds

three times when the rear sensors come back on.

■Turning off All Rear Sensors

1Turning off All Rear Sensors

When you select (R, the indicator in the parking

sensor system button blinks as a reminder that the

rear sensors have been turned off.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 439 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

440

uuParking Your VehicleuCross Traffic Monitor

Driving

Cross Traffic Monitor

Monitors the rear corner areas using the radar sensors when reversing, and alerts

you if a vehicle approaching from a rear corner is detected.

The system is convenient when you are backing out of a parking space.

1Cross Traffic Monitor

The parking sensor system’s alerting buzzer overrides

the Cross Traffic Monitor buzzer when the sensors

are detecting obstacles at the closest range.

CAUTION

Cross Traffic Monitor cannot detect all

approaching vehicles and may not detect

an approaching vehicle at all.

Failure to visually confirm that it is safe to

back up the vehicle before doing so may

result in a collision.

Do not solely rely on the system when

reversing; always also use your mirrors, and

look behind and to the sides of your vehicle

before reversing.

Models with parking sensor system

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 440 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

Continued

441

uuParking Your VehicleuCross Traffic Monitor

Driving

The system activates when:

•The power mode is in ON.

•The Cross Traffic Monitor is turned on.

2Cross Traffic Monitor On and Off P. 443

2Customized Features P. 283

•The transmission is in (R.

•Your vehicle is moving at 3 mph (5 km/h) or

lower.

When a vehicle is detected approaching from a rear corner, Cross Traffic Monitor

alerts you with a buzzer and a displayed warning or accelerator pedal resistibility.

The system will not detect a vehicle that approaches from directly behind your

vehicle, nor will it provide alerts about a detected vehicle when it moves directly

behind your vehicle.

The system does not provide alerts for a vehicle that is moving away from your

vehicle, and it may alert for pedestrians, bicycles, or stationary objects.

■How the System Works

1Cross Traffic Monitor

Cross Traffic Monitor may not detect or may delay

alerting an approaching vehicle, or may alert without

an approaching vehicle under the following

conditions:

•An obstacle, such as another vehicle and a wall,

near your vehicle’s rear bumper, is blocking the

radar sensor’s scope.

•Your vehicle is moving at the speed of about 3 mph

(5 km/h) or higher.

•A vehicle is approaching at the speed other than

between about 6 mph (10 km/h) and 16 mph (25

km/h).

•The system picks up external interference such as

other radar sensors from another vehicle or strong

radio wave transmitted from a facility nearby.

•Either corner of the rear bumper is covered with

snow, ice, mud or dirt.

•When there is bad weather.

•Your vehicle is on an incline.

•Your vehicle is tilted due to a heavy load in the rear.

•Your vehicle is reversing towards a wall, a poll, a

vehicle, and so on.

•The rear bumper or the sensors have been

improperly repaired or the rear bumper has been

deformed. Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.

For proper operation, always keep the rear bumper

corner area clean.

Do not cover the rear bumper corner area with labels

or stickers of any kind.

Radar sensors:

Underneath the rear bumper

corners

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 441 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

uuParking Your VehicleuCross Traffic Monitor

442

Driving

An arrow icon appears on the side a vehicle is approaching on the audio/information

screen.

■When the System Detects a Vehicle

1When the System Detects a Vehicle

If on the lower right changes to (amber) when

the transmission is in (R, mud snow or ice, etc. may

have accumulated in the vicinity of the sensor. The

system is temporarily canceled. Check the bumper

corners for any obstructions, and thoroughly clean

the area if necessary.

If (amber) comes on when the transmission is in

(R, there may be a problem with the Cross Traffic

Monitor system. Do not use the system and have your

vehicle checked by a dealer.

If the display remains the same with the transmission

in (R, there may be a problem with the rear camera

system and the Cross Traffic Monitor system.

Do not use the system and have your vehicle checked

by a dealer.

Rear Wide View Rear Normal View

Arrow Icon

Models with surround view camera system

Rear Ground View

Models with multi-view rear camera

Wide View Normal View Top Down View

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 442 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

443

uuParking Your VehicleuCross Traffic Monitor

Driving

You can switch on and off the system using

the audio/information screen.

2Customized Features P. 283

■Cross Traffic Monitor On and Off

Icon

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 443 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

444

Driving

Multi-View Rear Camera

About Your Multi-View Rear Camera

The audio/information screen can display your vehicle’s rear view. The display

automatically changes to the rear view when the gear position is changed to (R.

You can view three different camera angles on the rearview display. Press the

interface dial to switch the angle.

If Top View is last used before you turn the power mode to OFF, Wide mode is

selected next time you turn the power on and change to (R.

■Multi-View Rear Camera Display Area

1About Your Multi-View Rear Camera

The rear camera view is restricted. You cannot see

the corner ends of the bumper or what is underneath

the bumper. Its unique lens also makes objects

appear closer or farther than they actually are.

Visually confirm that it is safe to drive before backing

up. Certain conditions (such as weather, lighting, and

high temperatures) may also restrict the rear view. Do

not rely on the rearview display which does not give

you all information about conditions at the back of

your vehicle.

If the camera lens is covered with dirt or moisture,

use a soft, moist cloth to keep the lens clean and free

of debris.

You can change the Fixed Guideline and Dynamic

Guideline settings.

2Customized Features P. 283

Fixed Guideline

On: Guidelines appear when you select (R.

Off: Guidelines do not appear.

Dynamic Guideline

On: Guidelines move according to the steering wheel

direction.

Off: Guidelines do not move.

Top Down View Mode

Normal View Mode

Wide View Mode

Guidelines

Bumper

Camera

Approx. 118 inches (3 m)

Approx. 79 inches (2 m)

Approx. 39 inches (1 m)

Approx. 20 inches (50 cm)

* Not available on all models

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 444 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

445

Driving

Surround View Camera System

Is a four camera system that views areas commonly known as “blind spots” from

different angles, then displays the images on the audio/information screen. This

system can be used to:

•Check the right and left sides of the vehicle while crossing at intersections with

poor visibility (fog, heavy rain, obstructed view, etc.).

2Checking from the front wide view at intersections P. 453

•Check for obstacles in front of the vehicle when parking or maneuvering in

confined areas.

2Checking the sides of your vehicle P. 453

•Check for obstacles when you are moving in (R.

2Checking for Obstacles at the Back of Your Vehicle P. 449

•Assist you when backing into or parallel parking the vehicle in a lined parking

space.

2Reversing into a Parking Space Marked with Parking Lines P. 450

2Parallel Parking into a Parking Space Marked with Parking Lines P. 451

1Surround View Camera System

WARNING

Failure to visually assess the area around

the vehicle (directly or by use of the

mirrors) may result in a crash causing

serious injury or death.

The areas shown in the surround view

camera system display are limited. The

display may not show all pedestrians or

other objects around your vehicle.

Do not solely rely only on the surround

view camera system display to assess

whether it is safe to move your vehicle.

WARNING

Failure to pay proper attention to your

surroundings while driving may result in a

crash causing serious injury or death.

To help mitigate the chances of a collision,

only look at the surround view camera

system display when it is safe to do so.

* Not available on all models

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 445 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

446

uuSurround View Camera System

uDisplaying an Image From the Surround View Cameras

Driving

Displaying an Image From the Surround View Cameras

■For frontal views:

Press the CAMERA button when the vehicle is

stationary or moving at 12 mph (20 km/h) or

slower. Press the button again or the interface

dial to switch camera views.

■For rear reviews:

Change the gear position to (R when the

vehicle is stationary. Press the CAMERA

button or the interface dial to switch to rear

view mode.

You can customize the display setting.

2Customized Features P. 283

1Surround View Camera System

The surround view camera system does not eliminate

all blind spots. The system is for your convenience

only.

Always keep the camera lenses clean and free from

debris.

The navigation system is disabled when the gear

position is in (R.

CAMERA

Button

CAMERA

Button

* Not available on all models

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 446 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

447

uuSurround View Camera System

uDisplaying an Image From the Surround View Cameras

Continued

Driving

■Camera Locations and Images

Ground View

An overhead view created by the

combination of images captured

by four cameras.

Left and Right

Side View

Front Ground View

Right Side View

Front Wide View

Sideview Camera

(Passenger side)

Sideview Camera

(Driver side)

Rearview Camera

Front-view Camera

The unique surround view camera lenses make distances appear

differently than they actually are - objects seen on the audio/information

screen may appear closer or further away, and may be distorted. This

becomes more apparent the further away an object is from your vehicle.

CAMERA

Button

Rear

Ground

View

Rear

Wide

View

Rear

Normal

View

CAMERA Button

Press and

hold

CAMERA

button.

CAMERA

Button

CAMERA Button

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 447 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

uuSurround View Camera System

uDisplaying an Image From the Surround View Cameras

448

Driving

Following can be displayed when the system is on.

Guide lines: Help you to get a sense of a distance between your vehicle and the

rear surroundings. The distance may appear differently than the actual distance.

Projection lines: Indicate vehicle direction while the steering wheel is in the current

position.

Depending on your parking situation, you can select Back-in left park guidance,

Back-in right park guidance, Left parallel park guidance, or Right parallel

park guidance from Parking Guideline menu to display:

Initial position guide: Marks the point

where your vehicle is headed when reversing.

Steering position alignment guide:

Indicates when to change the steering wheel

position.

■Reference Lines and Guides

1Displaying an Image From the Surround View Cameras

Operating the navigation system or audio system

while the surround view camera system screen is

displayed cancels the surround view camera system

screen and starts up the navigation system screen.

If you press the CAMERA button while the vehicle

speed is more than 15 mph (25 km/h), the standby

screen appears.

When the vehicle speed is reduced below 12 mph (20

km/h), the screen switches to a surround view camera

system image.

1Reference Lines and Guides

The positions/distances indicated by the guide lines

and camera views on the display may differ from the

actual positions/distances due to the changes in the

vehicle height, road conditions, and other factors.

The guide lines should be used as a reference only.

The guide lines can be turned on and off using the

audio/information screen.

2Customized Features P. 283

If you turn the guide lines off, they remain off until

you turn them back on.

To see the guidance on how to use the reference

lines and guides while they appear on the display,

press and hold the CAMERA button or the interface

dial. To close the guidance, press and hold the

CAMERA button or the interface dial again, or press

the BACK button.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 448 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

449

uuSurround View Camera System

uWhen Parking Your Vehicle

Continued

Driving

When Parking Your Vehicle

The display automatically changes to the rear view when the gear position is

changed to (R.

■Checking for Obstacles at the Back of Your Vehicle

1When Parking Your Vehicle

The ground view can be displayed even with the door

mirrors folded. However, the viewable angle and

blind spot change.

Do not refer to the surround view camera system

when the door mirrors are folded.

FoldedNot folded

Rear Wide ViewRear Normal View Rear Ground View

When the

steering wheel is

turned more

than 90 degrees.

The projection lines

appear approx. 10

inches (25 cm) outside

the vehicle body.

Blind spots

appear in

black.

Press the CAMERA

button.

Approximate distances

the guide lines indicate

Approximate distances the

projection lines indicate

39 inches (1 m)

79 inches (2 m)

118 inches

(3 m)

20 inches

(50 cm)

118 inches

(3 m)

1Checking for Obstacles at the Back of Your Vehicle

When changing the gear position from/to (R, you

may experience a delay in switching between the

audio/information screen and a rear view image.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 449 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

uuSurround View Camera System

uWhen Parking Your Vehicle

450

Driving

1. With your vehicle at a complete stop, press the CAMERA button, then press the

MENU button. Rotate to select Back- in left park guidance or Back-in right

park guidance. Press .

2. Move the vehicle forward perpendicular to the parking space and stop where the

initial positioning guide in the display is at the center of the parking space.

3. Turn the steering wheel fully to the left (if the parking space is on the passenger

side) at a stop.

uThe steering position alignment guide is displayed.

4. Slowly move the vehicle forward.

Stop the vehicle when the steering position alignment guide enters the parking space.

5. Turn the steering wheel fully to the right (if the parking space is on the passenger

side) at a stop. Start reversing the vehicle slowly.

6. Stop the vehicle when it is parallel to the parking lines.

7. Return the steering wheel to its center position, then reverse the vehicle slowly

until it is parked within the space.

■Reversing into a Parking Space Marked with Parking Lines

1Reversing into a Parking Space Marked with Parking Lines

If the steering position alignment guide does not fit in

the parking lines, the parking space is too small for

the vehicle.

Reference lines can be useful only when the parking

space is in a rectangular shape with straight parking

marks and when vehicles in the next parking spaces

are within the spaces.

Must be wider than approx. 8 feet (2.5 m)

The initial positioning

guide must come here.

Must be wider than approx. 20 feet (6 m)

Make sure the guides

are within the parking

space when reversing.

Initial

Positioning

Guide

Steering Position

Alignment Guide

Steering position alignment

guide enters the parking

space. (Step 4)

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 450 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

Continued

451

uuSurround View Camera System

uWhen Parking Your Vehicle

Driving

1. Press the CAMERA button, then press the MENU button. Rotate to select

Left parallel park guidance or Right Parallel park guidance. Press .

2. Move the vehicle forward parallel to the parking space and stop when the initial

positioning guide shown in the display overlaps the front corner of the space.

3. Turn the steering wheel fully to the right (if the parking space is on the passenger

side) at a stop.

uThe steering position alignment guide is displayed.

4. Slowly reverse the vehicle.

uStop the vehicle when the steering position alignment guide overlaps the

sideline of the parking space.

5. Turn the steering wheel fully to the left (if the parking space is on the passenger

side) at a stop. Reverse the vehicle slowly.

6. Stop the vehicle when it is parallel to the parking lines.

7. Return the steering wheel to its center position, then reverse the vehicle slowly

until it is parked within the space.

■

Parallel Parking into a Parking Space Marked with Parking Lines

Reference lines can be useful only when the parking

space is in a rectangular shape with straight parking

marks and when vehicles in the next parking spaces

are within the spaces.

Initial

Positioning

Guide

Steering Position

Alignment Guide

Must be wider than approx. 20 feet (6 m)

Must be

wider than

approx. 8

feet (2.5 m)

Must be longer than approx. 21 feet (6.5 m)

Initial

positioning

guide

overlaps the

front corner

of the space.

(Step 2)

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 451 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

uuSurround View Camera System

uWhen Parking Your Vehicle

452

Driving

You can display the front ground view screen using all the four cameras for the

system. Pressing the CAMERA button when the vehicle speed is at below 12 mph

(20 km/h) changes the image as follows.

■Checking for the Sides of Your Vehicle

1Checking for the Sides of Your Vehicle

When the vehicle speed exceeds 15 mph (25 km/h),

the front or side view on the screen automatically

switches to the audio information screen. The front

or side view screen resumes when the vehicle speed

is reduced below 12 mph (20 km/h).

0 mph (0 km/h)

Down Up

Camera

Screen

Camera

Screen

Audio/information

Screen

Audio/information

Screen

15 mph (25 km/h)

12 mph (20 km/h)0 mph (0 km/h)

Side

View

Front Wide View Front Ground View

Press and hold the

CAMERA button.

A Combined Image of

Both Side Views

Approximate distance

the reference line

indicates.

Blind spots

appear in black.

Projection lines

appear.

Press the CAMERA

button.

When the

steering wheel

is turned.

approx. 3 feet (1 m)

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 452 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

Continued

453

uuSurround View Camera System

uWhen Parking Your Vehicle

Driving

■Checking from the front wide view at intersections

The front wide view screen is useful when you need to check for vehicles crossing

from either direction at an intersection with poor visibility.

■Checking the sides of your vehicle

The side view screens are convenient when you pull over at a curb or tollbooth, or

slowly pass by oncoming vehicles on a narrow road.

1Checking from the front wide view at intersections

The front wide view image is a wide-angled view. The

displayed image will be largely distorted, and objects

may appear closer or more distant than they actually

are.

The angle

provided by the

front wide view

screen is 180

degrees.

Front Wide View Screen

When the vehicle

speed is below 12

mph (20 km/h),

press the

CAMERA

button

repeatedly until

the front wide

view comes on.

1Checking the sides of your vehicle

When the door mirrors are folded, the side views

cannot be displayed.

Side View Screen

12 inches

(30 cm)

12 inches

(30 cm)

Press and hold the

CAMERA button.

Approximate distance

the projection lines

indicate is 12 inches

(30 cm) from the

vehicle.

Side Views

The images

from the side

cameras.

12 inches

(30 cm)

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 453 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

454

uuSurround View Camera System

uWhen Parking Your Vehicle

Driving

The system may not work properly under the following conditions.

■Surround View Camera System Limitations

Conditions Solutions

The images may not

appear clearly when:

●

You activate the system in bad weather (heavy rain,

snow, fog, etc.) or in the dark.

●

Camera temperatures are high.

●

A sudden change between light and dark such as an

entrance or exit of a tunnel.

●

You drive into the sunlight (e.g., at dawn or dusk.)

Do not use the surround view camera system but rely

only on visual confirmation until the conditions allow

the system to work properly.

●

A camera lens is covered with dirt, moisture, or

debris.

●

A camera lens is scratched.

Clean camera lenses with a soft cloth moisturized with

water, mild detergent or glass cleaner.

The audio/information screen is dirty. Wipe off the screen using a soft dry cloth.

A camera angle is

altered.

A camera or the area around the camera has been

severely impacted.

Do not use the surround view camera system and

contact a dealer.

An error message is displayed while the surround view camera system is in use.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 454 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

455

Driving

Refueling

Fuel Information

■Fuel recommendation

Use of lower octane gasoline can cause occasional metallic knocking noise in the

engine and will result in decreased engine performance.

Use of gasoline with a pump octane less than 87 can lead to engine damage.

■Top tier detergent gasoline

Because the level of detergency and additives in gasoline vary in the market, Acura

endorses the use of “TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline” where available to help

maintain the performance and reliability of your vehicle. TOP TIER Detergent

Gasoline meets a new gasoline standard jointly established by leading automotive

manufacturers to meet the needs of today’s advanced engines.

Qualifying gasoline retailers will, in most cases, identify their gasoline as having met

“TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline” standards at the retail location. This fuel is

guaranteed to contain the proper level of detergent additives and be free of metallic

additives. The proper level of detergent additives, and absence of harmful metallic

additives in gasoline, help avoid build-up of deposits in your engine and emission

control system.

For further important fuel-related information for your vehicle, or on information on

gasoline that does not contain MMT, visit Acura Owners at owners.acura.com. In

Canada, visit www.acura.ca for additional information on gasoline. For more

information on top tier gasoline, visit www.toptiergas.com.

■Fuel tank capacity: 15.1 US gal (57 liters)

Unleaded premium gasoline, pump octane number 91 or higher

1Fuel Information

NOTICE

We recommend quality gasoline containing

detergent additives that help prevent fuel system and

engine deposits. In addition, in order to maintain

good performance, fuel economy, and emissions

control, we strongly recommend the use of gasoline

that does NOT contain harmful manganese-based

fuel additives such as MMT, if such gasoline is

available.

Use of gasoline with these additives may adversely

affect performance, and cause the malfunction

indicator lamp on your instrument panel to come on.

If this happens, contact a dealer for service.

Some gasoline today is blended with oxygenates such

as ethanol. Your vehicle is designed to operate on

oxygenated gasoline containing up to 15% ethanol

by volume. Do not use gasoline containing methanol.

If you notice any undesirable operating symptoms, try

another service station or switch to another brand of

gasoline.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 455 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

456

uuRefuelinguHow to Refuel

Driving

How to Refuel

Your fuel tank is not equipped with a fuel filler cap. You can insert the filler nozzle

directly into the filler neck. The tank seals itself again when you pull out the filler

nozzle.

1. Stop your vehicle with the service station

pump on the left side of the vehicle in the

rear.

2. Turn off the power system.

3. Press the fuel fill door release button.

uThe fuel fill door opens.

4. Place the end of the filler nozzle on the

lower part of filler opening, then insert it

slowly and fully.

uMake sure that the end of the filler

nozzle goes down along with the filler

pipe.

uKeep the filler nozzle level.

uWhen the tank is full, the filler nozzle will

click off automatically.

uAfter filling, wait about five seconds

before removing the filler nozzle.

5. Shut the fuel fill door by hand.

1How to Refuel

The fuel filler opening is designed to accept only service

station filler nozzles for refueling. Use of smaller

diameter tubes (e.g., those used to siphon fuel for other

uses) or other non-service station devices can damage

the area in and around the filler opening.

The filler nozzle automatically stops to leave space in

the fuel tank so that fuel does not overflow as a result

of changes in air temperature.

If the filler nozzle keeps turning off when the tank is

not full, there may be a problem with the pump’s fuel

vapor recovery system. Try filling at another pump. If

this does not fix the problem, consult a dealer.

Do not continue to add fuel after the nozzle has

automatically stopped. Additional fuel can exceed

the full tank capacity.

If you have to refuel your vehicle from a portable

container, use the funnel provided with your vehicle.

2Refueling From a Portable Fuel Container P. 551

WARNING

Gasoline is highly flammable and explosive.

You can be burned or seriously injured

when handling fuel.

•Turn the power system off, and keep

heat, sparks, and flame away.

•Handle fuel only outdoors.

•Wipe up spills immediately.

Press

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 456 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

457

Driving

Fuel Economy and CO

Emissions

Improving Fuel Economy and Reducing CO

Emissions

Achieving fuel economy and reducing CO

emissions is dependent on several

factors, including driving conditions, load weight, idling time, driving habits, and

vehicle condition. Depending on these and other factors, you may not achieve the

rated fuel economy of this vehicle.

You can optimize your fuel economy with proper maintenance of your vehicle.

Always maintain your vehicle in accordance with the messages displayed on the

multi-information display.

•Use the recommended viscosity engine oil, displaying the API Certification Seal.

•Maintain the specified tire pressure.

•Do not load the vehicle with excess cargo.

•Keep your vehicle clean. A buildup of snow or mud on your vehicle’s underside

adds weight and increases wind resistance.

■Maintenance and Fuel Economy

1Improving Fuel Economy and Reducing CO

Emissions

Direct calculation is the recommended method to

determine actual fuel consumed while driving.

In Canada, posted fuel economy numbers are

established following a simulated test. For more

information on how this test is performed, please visit

http://oee.nrcan.gc.ca/

Miles driven Gallons of

fuel

Miles per

Gallon

100 L per 100 km

Liters of

fuel

Kilometers

driven

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 457 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

458

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 458 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

459

Maintenance

This chapter discusses basic maintenance.

Before Performing Maintenance

Inspection and Maintenance ............ 460

Safety When Performing Maintenance..... 461

Parts and Fluids Used in Maintenance

Service ........................................... 462

Maintenance Minder

..................... 463

Maintenance Under the Hood

Maintenance Items Under the Hood..... 468

Opening the Hood ........................... 469

Engine Compartment Cover............. 470

Recommended Engine Oil ................ 471

Oil Check......................................... 472

Adding Engine Oil............................ 473

Changing the Engine Oil and Oil Filter ..... 474

Cooling System................................ 476

Inverter Coolant............................... 478

Transmission Fluid............................ 478

Brake Fluid....................................... 479

Refilling Window Washer Fluid......... 479

Replacing Light Bulbs ....................... 480

Checking and Maintaining Wiper

Blades .......................................... 485

Checking and Maintaining Tires

Checking Tires ................................. 488

Tire and Loading Information Label...... 489

Tire Labeling .................................... 489

DOT Tire Quality Grading (U.S. Vehicles).......491

Wear Indicators ............................... 493

Tire Service Life................................ 493

Tire and Wheel Replacement ........... 494

Tire Rotation.................................... 495

Winter Tires ..................................... 496

12-Volt Battery ................................. 497

Remote Transmitter Care

Replacing the Button Battery ........... 498

Climate Control System Maintenance

.... 500

Cleaning

Interior Care .................................... 501

Exterior Care.................................... 503

Accessories and Modifications ........ 506

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 459 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

460

Maintenance

Before Performing Maintenance

Inspection and Maintenance

For your safety, perform all listed inspections and maintenance to keep your vehicle

in good condition. If you become aware of any abnormality (noise, smell, insufficient

brake fluid, oil residue on the ground, etc.), have your vehicle inspected by a dealer.

(Note, however, that service at a dealer is not mandatory to keep your warranties in

effect.)

■Daily inspections

Perform inspections before long distance trips, when washing the vehicle, or when

refueling.

■Periodic inspections

•Check the brake fluid level monthly.

2Brake Fluid P. 479

•Check the tire pressure monthly. Examine the tread for wear and foreign objects.

2Checking and Maintaining Tires P. 488

•Check the operation of the exterior lights monthly.

2Replacing Light Bulbs P. 480

•Check the condition of the wiper blades at least every six months.

2Checking and Maintaining Wiper Blades P. 485

■Types of Inspection and Maintenance

1Inspection and Maintenance

Maintenance, replacement, or repair of

emissions control devices and systems may be

done by any automotive repair establishment or

individuals using parts that are “certified” to

EPA standards.

According to state and federal regulations, failure to

perform maintenance on the maintenance main

items marked with # will not void your emissions

warranties. However, all maintenance services should

be performed in accordance with the intervals

indicated by the multi-information display.

2Maintenance Service Items P. 466

If you want to perform complex maintenance tasks

that require more skills and tools, you can purchase a

subscription to the Service Express website at

www.techinfo.honda.com.

2Authorized Manuals P. 563

If you want to perform maintenance yourself, make

sure that you have the necessary tools and skills first.

After performing maintenance, update the records in

the separate maintenance booklet.

U.S. models

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 460 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

461

uuBefore Performing MaintenanceuSafety When Performing Maintenance

Maintenance

Safety When Performing Maintenance

Some of the most important safety precautions are given here.

However, we cannot warn you of every conceivable hazard that can arise in

performing maintenance. Only you can decide whether or not you should perform

a given task.

•To reduce the possibility of fire or explosion, keep cigarettes, sparks, and flames

away from the 12-volt battery and all fuel related parts.

•Never leave rags, towels, or other flammable objects under the hood.

uHeat from the engine and exhaust can ignite them causing a fire.

•To clean parts, use a commercially available degreaser or parts cleaner, not

gasoline.

•Wear eye protection and protective clothing when working with the 12-volt

battery or compressed air.

•Engine exhaust contains carbon monoxide, which is poisonous and can kill you.

uOperate the engine only when there is sufficient ventilation.

•The vehicle must be in a stationary condition.

uMake sure your vehicle is parked on level ground, the parking brake is set, and

the power system is turned off.

•Be aware that hot parts can burn you.

uMake sure to let the power system including the engine and exhaust system

cool thoroughly before touching vehicle parts.

•Be aware that moving parts can injure you.

uDo not activate the power system unless instructed, and keep your hands and

limbs away from moving parts.

■Maintenance Safety

■Vehicle Safety

1Safety When Performing Maintenance

WARNING

Improperly maintaining this vehicle or

failing to correct a problem before driving

can cause a crash in which you can be

seriously hurt or killed.

Always follow the inspection and

maintenance recommendations according

to the schedules in this owner’s manual.

WARNING

Failure to properly follow maintenance

instructions and precautions can cause you

to be seriously hurt or killed.

Always follow the procedures and

precautions in this owner’s manual.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 461 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

462

uuBefore Performing MaintenanceuParts and Fluids Used in Maintenance Service

Maintenance

Parts and Fluids Used in Maintenance Service

The use of Acura genuine parts and fluids is recommended when maintaining and

servicing your vehicle. Acura genuine parts are manufactured according to the same

high quality standards used in Acura vehicles.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 462 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

463

Maintenance

Maintenance Minder

If the engine oil life is less than 15%, you will see the Maintenance Minder messages

appear the multi-information display every time you set the power mode to ON. The

messages notify you when to change the engine oil, or when to bring your vehicle

to a dealer for indicated maintenance services.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 463 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

464

uuMaintenance Minder

uTo Use Maintenance Minder

Maintenance

To Use Maintenance Minder

Maintenance items, which should be serviced at the same time that you replace the

engine oil, appear on the multi-information display.

You can view them on the engine oil life screen at any time.

1. Set the power mode to ON.

2. Roll the right selector wheel until the engine oil life appears on the multi-

information display.

■Displaying the Engine Oil Life and Maintenance Items

1Displaying the Engine Oil Life and Maintenance Items

Based on the engine operating conditions, the

remaining engine oil life is calculated and displayed

as a percentage.

Displayed Engine Oil

Life (%)

Calculated Engine Oil

Life (%)

100 100 to 91

90 90 to 81

80 80 to 71

70 70 to 61

60 60 to 51

50 50 to 41

40 40 to 31

30 30 to 21

20 20 to 16

15 15 to 11

10 10 to 6

55 to 1

Remaining Engine Oil Life

Maintenance Service Items

Right Selector Wheel

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 464 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

465

uuMaintenance Minder

uTo Use Maintenance Minder

Continued

Maintenance

The system message indicator ( ) comes on along with the Maintenance Minder message.

■Maintenance Minder Messages on the Multi-Information

Display

Maintenance Message Oil Life Display Explanation Information

Maintenance Due Soon 15 % The remaining engine oil life is 15 to 6

percent. Once you switch the display

by rolling the right selector wheel, this

message will go off.

The engine oil is approaching the end

of its service life, and the maintenance

items should be inspected and

serviced soon.

Maintenance Due Now 5 % The remaining engine oil life is 5 to 1

percent. Roll the right selector wheel

to switch to another display.

The engine oil has almost reached the

end of its service life, and the

maintenance items should be

inspected and serviced as soon as

possible.

Maintenance Past Due Negative Distance The remaining engine oil life has

passed its service life, and a negative

distance appears after driving over 10

miles (U.S. models) or 10 km

(Canadian models). Roll the right

selector wheel to switch to another

display.

The engine oil life has passed.

The maintenance items must be

inspected and serviced immediately.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 465 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

466

uuMaintenance Minder

uTo Use Maintenance Minder

Maintenance

■Maintenance Service Items

1Maintenance Service Items

•Independent of the Maintenance Minder

information, replace the brake fluid every 3 years.

•Inspect idle speed every 160,000 miles (256,000

km).

•Adjust the valves during services A, B, 1, 2, or 3 if

they are noisy.

Maintenance Minder Message

System Message

Indicator

Main Item

Sub Items

*1: If a message Maintenance Due Now does not appear more than 12 months after the display is

reset, change the engine oil every year.

# : See information on maintenance and emissions warranty.

CODE Maintenance Main Items

●

Replace engine oil

●

Replace engine oil

and oil filter

●

Inspect front and rear brakes

●

Inspect tie rod ends, steering gearbox, boots, and

drain plug

●

Inspect suspension components

●

Inspect driveshaft boots

●

Inspect brake hoses and lines (Including ABS/VSA)

●

Inspect all fluid levels and condition of fluids

●

Inspect exhaust system

●

Inspect fuel lines and connections

●

Check expiration information for Temporary Tire

Repair Kit bottle

*2: If you drive in dusty conditions, replace the air cleaner element every 15,000 miles (24,000 km).

*3: If you drive primarily in urban areas that have high concentrations of soot in the air from industry and

from diesel-powered vehicles, replace the dust and pollen filter every 15,000 miles (24,000 km).

*4: Driving in mountainous areas at very low vehicle speeds results in higher transmission temperature.

This requires transmission fluid changes more frequently than recommended by the Maintenance

Minder. If you regularly drive your vehicle under these conditions, have the transmission fluid changed

at 30,000 miles (48,000 km), then every 25,000 miles (40,000 km).

*5: If you drive regularly in very high temperatures (over 110°F, 43°C), in very low temperatures (under

-20°F, -29°C), replace every 60,000 miles/100,000 km.

*6: Driving in mountainous areas at very low vehicle speeds results in higher level of mechanical (Shear)

stress to fluid. This requires differential fluid changes more frequently than recommended by the

Maintenance Minder. If you regularly drive your vehicle under these conditions, have the differential

fluid changed at 7,500 miles (12,000 km), then every 15,000 miles (24,000 km).

CODE Maintenance Sub Items

●

Rotate tires

●

Replace air cleaner element

●

Replace dust and pollen filter

●

Replace transmission fluid

●

Replace spark plugs

●

Replace timing belt and inspect water pump

●

Inspect valve clearance

●

Replace engine coolant

●

Replace Twin Motor Unit fluid

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 466 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

467

uuMaintenance Minder

uTo Use Maintenance Minder

Maintenance

Reset the engine oil life display if you have performed the maintenance service.

1. Set the power mode to ON.

2. Go to the Maintenance Info. group.

2Customized Features P. 113

3. Push the right selector wheel.

uThe oil life reset mode is displayed on the multi-information display.

4. Select Reset with the right selector wheel, then push the right selector wheel.

uThe displayed maintenance items disappear, and the engine oil life display

returns to 100%.

To cancel the oil life reset mode, select Cancel, then push the right selector wheel.

■Resetting the Display

1Resetting the Display

NOTICE

Failure to reset the engine oil life after a maintenance

service results in the system showing incorrect

maintenance intervals, which can lead to serious

mechanical problems.

The dealer will reset the engine oil life display after

completing the required maintenance service. If

someone other than a dealer performs maintenance

service, reset the engine oil life display yourself.

Engine Oil Life

Maintenance Item Codes

Right Selector

Wheel

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 467 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

468

Maintenance

Maintenance Under the Hood

Maintenance Items Under the Hood

Brake Fluid

(Black Cap)

Washer Fluid

(Black Cap)

Engine Oil Dipstick

(Orange Loop)

Engine Oil Fill Cap

12-Volt Battery

Engine Coolant Reserve

Tank

Radiator Cap

Inverter Coolant

Filler Tank

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 468 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

469

uuMaintenance Under the HooduOpening the Hood

Maintenance

Opening the Hood

1. Park the vehicle on a level surface, and set

the parking brake.

2. Pull the hood release handle under the

lower left corner of the dashboard.

uThe hood will pop up slightly.

3. Push up the hood latch lever in the center

of the hood to release the lock mechanism,

and open the hood.

4. Lift the hood up most of the way.

uThe hydraulic supports will lift it up the

rest of the way and hold it up.

When closing, lower it to approximately 12

inches (30 cm), then press down firmly with

your hands.

1Opening the Hood

NOTICE

Do not open the hood when the wiper arms are

raised.

The hood will strike the wipers, and may damage

either the hood or the wipers.

When closing the hood, check that the hood is

securely latched.

If the hood latch lever moves stiffly, or if you can

open the hood without lifting the lever, the latch

mechanism should be cleaned and lubricated.

Pull

Hood Release Handle

Lever

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 469 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

470

uuMaintenance Under the HooduEngine Compartment Cover

Maintenance

Engine Compartment Cover

The component parts in the engine compartment are protected by a cover.

You may need to remove the cover when you perform certain maintenance work.

To remove the cover:

1Engine Compartment Cover

Insert a flat-tip screwdriver, lift and remove the center

pin to remove the clip.

Insert the clip with the center pin raised, and push

until it is flat.

Holding clip (A-type)

Push until the

pin is flat

Engine Compartment Cover

Remove the holding clips

Clip (A)

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 470 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

471

uuMaintenance Under the HooduRecommended Engine Oil

Maintenance

Recommended Engine Oil

Oil is a major contributor to your engine’s

performance and longevity. If you drive the

vehicle with insufficient or deteriorated oil,

the engine may fail or be damaged.

This seal indicates the oil is energy conserving

and that it meets the American Petroleum

Institute’s latest requirements.

Use a Genuine Acura Motor Oil or another

commercial engine oil of suitable viscosity for

the ambient temperature as shown here.

■Synthetic oil

You may also use synthetic motor oil if it is labeled with the API Certification Seal

and is the specified viscosity grade.

•Genuine Acura Motor Oil

•Premium-grade 0W-20 detergent oil with an API Certification Seal on the

container.

1Recommended Engine Oil

Engine Oil Additives

Your vehicle does not require oil additives. In fact,

they may adversely affect the engine performance

and durability.

Ambient Temperature

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 471 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

472

uuMaintenance Under the HooduOil Check

Maintenance

Oil Check

We recommend that you check the engine oil level every time you refuel.

Park the vehicle on level ground.

Turn off the power system. You can check the oil level without the engine having

run beforehand. If the engine has been running, wait approximately three minutes

before you check the oil.

1. Remove the dipstick (orange loop).

2. Wipe the dipstick with a clean cloth or

paper towel.

3. Insert the dipstick back all the way into its

hole.

4. Remove the dipstick again, and check the

level. It should be between the upper and

lower marks. Add oil if necessary.

1Oil Check

If the oil level is near or below the lower mark, slowly

add oil being careful not to overfill.

Upper Mark

Lower Mark

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 472 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

473

uuMaintenance Under the HooduAdding Engine Oil

Maintenance

Adding Engine Oil

1. Unscrew and remove the engine oil fill cap.

2. Add oil slowly.

3. Reinstall the engine oil fill cap, and tighten

it securely.

4. Wait for three minutes and recheck the

engine oil dipstick.

1Adding Engine Oil

If any oil spills, wipe it away immediately. Spilled oil

may damage the engine compartment components.

NOTICE

Do not fill the engine oil above the upper mark.

Overfilling the engine oil can result in leaks and

engine damage.

Engine Oil Fill Cap

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 473 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

474

uuMaintenance Under the HooduChanging the Engine Oil and Oil Filter

Maintenance

Changing the Engine Oil and Oil Filter

You must change the engine oil and oil filter regularly in order to maintain the

engine’s lubrication. The engine may be damaged if they are not changed regularly.

Turning the power system on automatically starts the engine if the following

conditions are met:

•The SPORT mode is on.

2SPORT Mode P. 378

Change the oil and filter in accordance with the maintenance message on the multi-

information display.

1. Run the engine until it reaches normal

operating temperature, and then turn the

engine off.

2. Open the hood and remove the engine oil

fill cap.

3. Remove the drain bolt and washer from

the bottom of the engine, and drain the

oil into a suitable container.

4. Remove the oil filter and dispose of the

remaining oil.

5. Check that the filter gasket is not stuck to

the engine contact surface.

uIf it is stuck, you must detach it.

6. Wipe away dirt and dust adhering to the

contact surface of the engine block, and

install a new oil filter.

uApply a light coat of new engine oil to

the oil filter rubber seal.

1Changing the Engine Oil and Oil Filter

NOTICE

You may damage the environment if you do not

dispose of the oil in a suitable way. If you are

changing the oil by yourself, appropriately dispose of

the used oil. Put the oil in a sealed container and take

it to a recycling center. Do not throw the oil away

into a garbage can or onto the ground.

You will need a special wrench to replace the oil

filter. You can buy this wrench from a dealer.

When installing the new oil filter, follow the

instructions supplied with the oil filter.

Reinstall the engine oil fill cap. Start the engine. The

low oil pressure indicator should go off within five

seconds. If it does not, turn off the engine, and check

your work.

Drain Bolt

Washer

Oil Filter

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 474 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

475

uuMaintenance Under the HooduChanging the Engine Oil and Oil Filter

Maintenance

7. Put a new washer on the drain bolt, then reinstall the drain bolt.

uTightening torque:

29 lbf∙ft (39 N∙m, 4.0 kgf∙m)

8. Pour the recommended engine oil into the engine.

uEngine oil change capacity (including filter):

4.5 US qt (4.3 L)

9. Reinstall the engine oil fill cap securely and start the engine.

10. Run the engine for a few minutes, and then check that there is no leak from the

drain bolt or oil filter.

11. Stop the engine, wait for three minutes, and then check the oil level on the

dipstick.

uIf necessary, add more engine oil.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 475 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

476

uuMaintenance Under the HooduCooling System

Maintenance

Cooling System

This coolant is premixed with 50% antifreeze and 50% water. Do not add any

straight antifreeze or water.

We recommend you check the engine coolant level every time you refuel. Check the

reserve tank first. If it is completely empty, also check the coolant level in the

radiator. Add the engine coolant accordingly.

1. Check the amount of coolant in the reserve

tank.

2. If the coolant level is below the MIN mark,

add the specified coolant until it reaches

the MAX mark.

3. Inspect the cooling system for leaks.

Specified coolant: Acura Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant Type 2

■Reserve Tank

1Cooling System

NOTICE

Genuine Acura engine coolant is a 50/50 mixture of

antifreeze and water that can withstand freezing at

temperatures as low as about -31°F (-35°C). If your

vehicle is consistently subjected to temperatures

below this, the concentration of antifreeze in the

coolant should be increased. Consult a dealer for

details.

If Acura antifreeze/coolant is not available, you may

use another major brand non-silicate coolant as a

temporary replacement. Check that it is a high quality

coolant recommended for aluminum engines.

Continued use of any non-Acura coolant can result in

corrosion, causing the cooling system to malfunction

or fail. Have the cooling system flushed and refilled

with Acura antifreeze/coolant as soon as possible.

Do not add rust inhibitors or other additives to your

vehicle’s cooling system. They may not be compatible

with the coolant or with the engine components.

Reserve

Tank

MAX

MIN

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 476 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

477

uuMaintenance Under the HooduCooling System

Maintenance

1. Make sure the engine and radiator are

cool.

2. Remove the engine compartment cover.

2Engine Compartment Cover P. 470

3. Turn the radiator cap counterclockwise to

relieve any pressure in the cooling system.

Do not push the cap down when turning.

4. Push down and turn the radiator cap

counterclockwise to remove it.

5. The coolant level should be up to the base

of the filler neck. Add coolant if it is low.

6. Put the radiator cap back on, and tighten it

fully.

7. Pour coolant into the reserve tank until it

reaches the MAX mark. Put the cap back

on the reserve tank.

■Radiator

1Radiator

NOTICE

Pour the fluid slowly and carefully so you do not spill

any. Clean up any spills immediately; they can

damage components in the engine compartment.

WARNING

Removing the radiator cap while the

engine is hot can cause the coolant to spray

out, seriously scalding you.

Always let the engine and radiator cool

down before removing the radiator cap.

Radiator Cap

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 477 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

478

uuMaintenance Under the HooduInverter Coolant

Maintenance

Inverter Coolant

We recommend you check the inverter coolant level every time you refuel.

1. Check the fluid level in the tank.

2. If the coolant level has dropped below the

MIN level, have your vehicle serviced at a

dealer.

uOnly a properly trained technician can

refill the coolant and check the system

for leaks.

Transmission Fluid

Have a dealer check the fluid level and replace if necessary.

Do not attempt to check or change the automatic transmission fluid yourself.

Specified coolant: Acura Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant Type 2

■Checking the Coolant

MAX

MIN

Filler

Tank

■Dual Clutch Transmission Fluid

Specified fluid: Acura Automatic Transmission Fluid ATF DW-1

1Dual Clutch Transmission Fluid

NOTICE

Do not mix Acura ATF DW-1 with other

transmission fluids.

Using a transmission fluid other than Acura ATF

DW-1 may adversely affect the operation and

durability of your vehicle’s transmission, and damage

the transmission.

Any damage caused by using a transmission fluid that

is not equivalent to Acura ATF DW-1 is not covered

by Acura’s new vehicle warranty.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 478 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

479

uuMaintenance Under the HooduBrake Fluid

Maintenance

Brake Fluid

The fluid level should be between the MIN

and MAX marks on the side of the reserve

tank.

Refilling Window Washer Fluid

If the washer fluid is low, a message appears on the multi-information display.

Pour the washer fluid carefully. Do not overflow the reservoir.

Specified fluid: Acura Heavy Duty Brake Fluid DOT 3

■Checking the Brake Fluid

1Brake Fluid

NOTICE

Brake fluid marked DOT 5 is not compatible with your

vehicle’s braking system and can cause extensive

damage.

If the specified brake fluid is not available, you should

use only DOT 3 or DOT 4 fluid from a sealed

container as a temporary replacement.

Using any non-Acura brake fluid can cause corrosion

and decrease the longevity of the system. Have the

brake system flushed and refilled with Acura Heavy

Duty Brake Fluid DOT 3 as soon as possible.

If the brake fluid level is at or below the MIN mark,

have a dealer inspect the vehicle for leaks or worn

brake pads as soon as possible.

MIN

Reserve Tank

MAX

1Refilling Window Washer Fluid

NOTICE

Do not use engine antifreeze or a vinegar/water

solution in the windshield washer reservoir.

Antifreeze can damage your vehicle’s paint. A

vinegar/water solution can damage the windshield

washer pump.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 479 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

480

Maintenance

Replacing Light Bulbs

Headlights

Headlights are LED type. Have an authorized Acura dealer inspect and replace the

light assembly.

Daytime Running Lights

Daytime running lights are LED type. Have an authorized Acura dealer inspect and

replace the light assembly.

Fog Lights

Fog lights are LED type. Have an authorized Acura dealer inspect and replace the

light assembly.

Front Turn Signal/Parking Lights

Front turn signal/parking lights are LED type. Have an authorized Acura dealer

inspect and replace the light assembly.

1Headlights

The headlight aim is set by the factory, and does not

need to be adjusted. However, if you regularly carry

heavy items in the trunk, have the aiming readjusted

at a dealer or by a qualified technician.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 480 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

481

uuReplacing Light BulbsuFront Side Marker Light Bulbs

Maintenance

Front Side Marker Light Bulbs

When replacing, use the following bulbs.

1. Turn the steering wheel all the way to the

opposite side from the light being replaced.

Passenger’s side: Turn the steering wheel

to the left.

Driver’s side: Turn the steering wheel to

the right.

2. Remove the holding clips (A) and (B), pull

the inner fender back.

2Engine Compartment Cover P. 470

3. Turn the socket counter-clockwise and

remove it, then remove the old bulb.

4. Insert a new bulb.

Side Turn Signal/Emergency Indicator Lights

Door mirror side turn lights are LED type. Have an authorized Acura dealer inspect

and replace the light assembly.

Front Side Marker Light: 2 CP

1Front Side Marker Light Bulbs

When removing the clip, insert a flat-tip screwdriver,

then lift and remove the clip.

Insert the clip with the pin raised, and push until it is

flat.

Holding clip (B-type)

Clip

Push until the

pin is flat.

Inner Fender

Clip (A) Clips (B)

Bulb Socket

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 481 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

482

uuReplacing Light BulbsuRear Turn Signal Light Bulbs

Maintenance

Rear Turn Signal Light Bulbs

When replacing, use the following bulbs.

1. Remove the cover.

2. Turn the socket counter-clockwise and

remove it, then remove the old bulb.

3. Insert a new bulb.

Rear Turn Signal Light: 21 W

Left side

Cover

Right side

Bulb Socket

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 482 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

483

uuReplacing Light BulbsuBrake/Taillight and Rear Side Marker Lights

Continued

Maintenance

Brake/Taillight and Rear Side Marker Lights

Brake/taillight and rear side marker lights are LED type. Have an authorized Acura

dealer inspect and replace the light assembly.

Taillights

Taillights are LED type. Have an authorized Acura dealer inspect and replace the light

assembly.

Back-Up Light Bulbs

When replacing, use the following bulbs.

1. Remove the cover.

Back-Up Light: 16 W

Cover

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 483 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

484

uuReplacing Light BulbsuRear License Plate Lights

Maintenance

2. Turn the socket counter-clockwise and

remove it, then remove the old bulb.

3. Insert a new bulb.

Rear License Plate Lights

Rear license plate lights are LED type. Have an authorized Acura dealer inspect and

replace the light assembly.

High-Mount Brake Light

High-mount brake light is LED type. Have an authorized Acura dealer inspect and

replace the light assembly.

Door Outer Handle Ambient Lights

Door outer handle ambient lights are LED type. Have an authorized Acura dealer

inspect and replace the light assembly.

Socket

Bulb

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 484 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

485

Continued

Maintenance

Checking and Maintaining Wiper Blades

Checking Wiper Blades

If the wiper blade rubber has deteriorated, it will leave streaks and the hard surfaces

of the blade may scratch the window glass.

Changing the Wiper Blade Rubber

1. Set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF

(LOCK).

2. While holding the wiper switch in the

MIST position, set the power mode to ON,

then to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK).

uBoth wiper arms are set to the

maintenance position as shown in the

image.

3. Lift both wiper arms.

1Changing the Wiper Blade Rubber

NOTICE

Avoid dropping the wiper arm; it may damage the

windshield.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 485 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

486

uuChecking and Maintaining Wiper BladesuChanging the Wiper Blade Rubber

Maintenance

4. Press and hold the tab, then slide the

blade out from the wiper arm.

5. Pull the end of the wiper blade to the

direction of the arrow in the image until it

unfastens from the holder’s end cap.

6. Pull the wiper blade to the opposite

direction to slide it out from its holder.

Tab

Wiper

Blade

End Cap at

the bottom

Holder

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 486 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

487

uuChecking and Maintaining Wiper BladesuChanging the Wiper Blade Rubber

Maintenance

7. Insert the flat side of the new wiper blade

onto the bottom part of the holder. Insert

the blade all the way.

8. Install the end of the wiper blade into the

cap.

9. Slide the wiper blade onto the wiper arm

until it locks.

10. Lower both wiper arms.

11. Set the power mode to ON and hold the

wiper switch in the MIST position until

both wiper arms return to the standard

position.

Cap

Wiper

Blade

Holder

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 487 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

488

Maintenance

Checking and Maintaining Tires

Checking Tires

To safely operate your vehicle, your tires must be of the proper type and size, in

good condition with adequate tread, and properly inflated.

■Inflation guidelines

Properly inflated tires provide the best combination of handling, tread life, and comfort.

Refer to the driver’s doorjamb label or specification’s page for the specified pressure.

Underinflated tires wear unevenly, adversely affect handling and fuel economy, and

are more likely to fail from overheating.

Overinflated tires make your vehicle ride harshly, are more prone to road hazards,

and wear unevenly.

Every day before you drive, look at each of the tires. If one looks lower than the

others, check the pressure with a tire gauge.

At least once a month or before long trips, use a gauge to measure the pressure in all

tires. Even tires in good condition can lose 1 to 2 psi (10 to 20 kPa, 0.1 to 0.2 kgf/cm

)

per month.

■Inspection guidelines

Every time you check inflation, also examine the tires and valve stems.

Look for:

•Bumps or bulges on the side or in the tread. Replace the tire if you find any cuts,

splits, or cracks in the side of the tire. Replace it if you see fabric or cord.

•Remove any foreign objects and inspect for air leaks.

•Uneven tread wear. Have a dealer check the wheel alignment.

•Excessive tread wear.

2Wear Indicators P. 493

•Cracks or other damage around valve stem.

1Checking Tires

Measure the air pressure when tires are cold. This

means the vehicle has been parked for at least three

hours, or driven less than 1 mile (1.6 km). If

necessary, add or release air until the specified

pressure is reached.

If checked when hot, tire pressure can be as much as

4 – 6 psi (30 – 40 kPa, 0.3 – 0.4 kgf/cm

) higher than

if checked when cold.

Have a dealer check the tires if you feel a consistent

vibration while driving. New tires and any that have

been removed and reinstalled should be properly

balanced.

Measure the spare tire pressure once a month or

before long trips.

WARNING

Using tires that are excessively worn or

improperly inflated can cause a crash in

which you can be seriously hurt or killed.

Follow all instructions in this owner’s

manual regarding tire inflation and

maintenance.

Vehicles with optional spare tire kit

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 488 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

489

uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuTire and Loading Information Label

Continued

Maintenance

Tire and Loading Information Label

The label attached to the driver’s doorjamb provides necessary tire and loading

information.

Tire Labeling

The tires that came on your vehicle have a

number of markings. Those you should be

aware of are described below.

Whenever tires are replaced, they should be replaced with tires of the same size.

1Tire and Loading Information Label

The tire and loading information label attached to the

driver’s doorjamb contains:

The number of people your vehicle can carry.

The total weight your vehicle can carry. Do not

exceed this weight.

The original tire sizes for front, rear, and spare, if

equipped.

The proper cold tire pressure for front, rear, and

spare, if equipped.

Label

Example

Example Tire Size

Tire

Identification

Number (TIN)

Maximum

Tire Load

Maximum

Tire Pressure

Tire Size

■Tire Sizes

1Tire Sizes

Following is an example of tire size with an

explanation of what each component means.

245/40R19 98W

245: Tire width in millimeters.

40: Aspect ratio (the tire’s section height as a

percentage of its width).

R: Tire construction code (R indicates radial).

19: Rim diameter in inches.

98: Load index (a numerical code associated with the

maximum load the tire can carry).

W: Speed symbol (an alphabetical code indicating the

maximum speed rating).

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 489 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuTire Labeling

490

Maintenance

The tire identification number (TIN) is a group of numbers and letters that look like

the example in the side column. TIN is located on the sidewall of the tire.

Cold Tire Pressure – The tire air pressure when the vehicle has been parked for at

least three hours or driven less than 1 mile (1.6 km).

Load Rating – Means the maximum load that a tire is rated to carry for a given

inflation pressure.

Maximum Inflation Pressure – The maximum tire air pressure that the tire can

hold.

Maximum Load Rating – Means the load rating for a tire at the maximum

permissible inflation pressure for that tire.

Recommended Inflation Pressure – The cold tire inflation pressure recommended

by the manufacturer.

Treadwear Indicators (TWI) – Means the projections within the principal grooves

designed to give a visual indication of the degrees of wear of the tread.

■Tire Identification Number (TIN)

■Glossary of Tire Terminology

1Tire Identification Number (TIN)

DOT B97R FW6X 2209

DOT: This indicates that the tire meets all

requirements of the U.S. Department of

Transportation.

B97R: Manufacturer’s identification mark.

FW6X: Tire type code.

22 09: Date of manufacture.

Year

Week

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 490 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

491

uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuDOT Tire Quality Grading (U.S. Vehicles)

Continued

Maintenance

DOT Tire Quality Grading (U.S. Vehicles)

The tires on your vehicle meet all U.S. Federal Safety

Requirements. All tires are also graded for treadwear, traction,

and temperature performance according to Department of

Transportation (DOT) standards. The following explains these

gradings.

Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall

between tread shoulder and maximum section width.

The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear

rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a

specified government test course. For example, a tire graded 150

would wear one and one-half (1 1/2) times as well on the

government course as a tire graded 100. The relative performance

of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use, however,

and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in

driving habits, service practices and differences in road

characteristics and climate.

■Uniform Tire Quality Grading

■Treadwear

1Uniform Tire Quality Grading

For example:

Treadwear 200

Traction AA

Temperature A

All passenger car tires must conform

to Federal Safety Requirements in

addition to these grades.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 491 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuDOT Tire Quality Grading (U.S. Vehicles)

492

Maintenance

The traction grades, from highest to lowest, are AA, A, B, and C.

Those grades represent the tire’s ability to stop on wet pavement

as measured under controlled conditions on specified

government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete. A tire marked

C may have poor traction performance.

The temperature grades are A (the highest), B, and C,

representing the tire’s resistance to the generation of heat and its

ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions

on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel. Sustained high

temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and

reduce tire life, and excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire

failure. The grade C corresponds to a level of performance which

all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Vehicle

Safety Standard No. 109. Grades B and A represent higher levels

of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum

required by law.

■Traction

■Temperature

1Traction

Warning: The traction grade

assigned to this tire is based on

straight-ahead braking traction tests,

and does not include acceleration,

cornering, hydroplaning, or peak

traction characteristics.

1Temperature

Warning: The temperature grade for

this tire is established for a tire that is

properly inflated and not

overloaded. Excessive speed,

underinflation, or excessive loading,

either separately or in combination,

can cause heat buildup and possible

tire failure.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 492 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

493

uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuWear Indicators

Maintenance

Wear Indicators

The groove where the wear indicator is

located is 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) shallower than

elsewhere on the tire. If the tread has worn so

that the indicator is exposed, replace the tire.

Worn out tires have poor traction on wet

roads.

Tire Service Life

The life of your tires is dependent on many factors, including driving habits, road

conditions, vehicle loading, inflation pressure, maintenance history, speed, and

environmental conditions (even when the tires are not in use).

In addition to regular inspections and inflation pressure maintenance, it is

recommended that you have annual inspections performed once the tires reach five

years old. All tires, including the spare

, should be removed from service after 10

years from the date of manufacture, regardless of their condition or state of wear.

1Checking Tires

High speed driving

We recommend that you do not drive faster than the

posted speed limits and conditions allow. If you drive

at sustained high speeds (over 118 mph or 190

km/h), adjust the cold tire pressures as shown below

to avoid excessive heat build up and sudden tire

failure.

Tire Size 245/40R19 98W

Pressure 38 psi (260 kPa, 2.7 kgf/cm

)

Example of a Wear

Indicator mark

* Not available on all models

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 493 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

494

uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuTire and Wheel Replacement

Maintenance

Tire and Wheel Replacement

Replace your tires with radials of the same size, load range, speed rating, and

maximum cold tire pressure rating (as shown on the tire’s sidewall). Using tires of a

different size or construction can cause the ABS and vehicle stability assist (VSA®)

and SH-AWD® systems to work incorrectly.

It is best to replace all four tires at the same time. If that isn’t possible, replace the

front or rear tires in pairs.

Make sure that the wheel’s specifications match those of the original wheels.

If you replace a wheel, only use TPMS specified wheels approved for your vehicle.

1Tire and Wheel Replacement

WARNING

Installing improper tires on your vehicle can

affect handling and stability. This can cause

a crash in which you can be seriously hurt or

killed.

Always use the size and type of tires

recommended in this owner’s manual.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 494 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

495

uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuTire Rotation

Maintenance

Tire Rotation

Rotating tires according to the maintenance messages on the multi-information

display helps to distribute wear more evenly and increase tire life.

■Tires without rotation marks

Rotate the tires as shown here.

■Tires with rotation marks

Rotate the tires as shown here.

1Tire Rotation

Tires with directional tread patterns should only be

rotated front to back (not from one side to the other).

Directional tires should be mounted with the rotation

indication mark facing forward, as shown below.

FRONT

Direction Mark

Front

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 495 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

496

uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuWinter Tires

Maintenance

Winter Tires

If driving on snowy or frozen roads, mount all season marked M+S tires, snow tires,

or tire chains; reduce speed; and maintain sufficient distance between vehicles when

driving.

Be particularly careful when operating the steering wheel or brakes to prevent

skidding.

Use tire chains, snow tires, or all season tires when necessary or according to the law.

When mounting, refer to the following points.

For winter tires:

•Select the size and load ranges that are the same as the original tires.

•Mount the tires to all four wheels.

For tire chains:

•Install them on the front tires only.

•Because your vehicle has limited tire clearance, we strongly recommend using the

chains listed below:

•Follow the chain manufacturer’s instruction when installing. Mount them as

tightly as you can.

•Check that the chains do not touch the brake lines or suspension.

•Drive slowly.

Cable-type: SCC Radial Chain SC1040

1Winter Tires

NOTICE

Traction devices that are the wrong size or improperly

installed can damage your vehicle’s brake lines,

suspension, body, and wheels. Stop driving if they are

hitting any part of the vehicle.

When tire chains are mounted, follow the chain

manufacturer’s instructions regarding vehicle

operational limits.

If your vehicle is equipped with summer tires, be

aware that these tires are not designed for winter

driving conditions. For more information, contact a

dealer.

WARNING

Using the wrong chains, or not properly

installing chains, can damage the brake

lines and cause a crash in which you can be

seriously injured or killed.

Follow all instructions in this owner’s

manual regarding the selection and use of

tire chains.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 496 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

497

Maintenance

12-Volt Battery

Checking the 12-Volt Battery

Check the battery terminals for corrosion

monthly.

The battery condition is being monitored by

the sensor on the negative terminal. If there is

a problem with the sensor, the warning

message on multi-information display will let

you know. Have your vehicle checked by a

dealer.

If your vehicle’s battery is disconnected or goes dead:

•The audio system is disabled.

2Reactivating the audio system P. 214

•The clock resets.

2Clock P. 132

•The navigation system is disabled.

2Refer to the Navigation System Manual

Charging the 12-Volt Battery

Disconnect both battery cables to prevent damaging your vehicle’s electrical system.

Always disconnect the negative (–) cable first, and reconnect it last.

112-Volt Battery

WARNING: Battery post, terminals,

and related accessories contain lead

and lead compounds.

Wash your hands after handling.

When you find corrosion, clean the battery terminals

by applying a baking powder and water solution.

Clean terminals with a damp towel. Cloth/towel dry

the battery. Coat the terminals with grease to help

prevent future corrosion.

When replacing the battery, the replacement must be

of the same specifications.

Please consult a dealer for more information.

WARNING

The battery gives off explosive hydrogen

gas during normal operation.

A spark or flame can cause the battery to

explode with enough force to kill or

seriously hurt you.

When conducting any battery maintenance,

wear protective clothing and a face shield,

or have a skilled technician do it.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 497 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

498

Maintenance

Remote Transmitter Care

Replacing the Button Battery

If the indicator does not come on when the button is pressed, replace the battery.

1. Remove the built-in key.

2. Remove the upper half of the cover by

carefully prying on the edge with a coin.

uRemove carefully to avoid losing the

buttons.

uWrap a coin with a cloth to prevent

scratching the keyless access remote.

3. Make sure to replace the battery with the

correct polarity.

1Replacing the Button Battery

NOTICE

An improperly disposed of battery can damage the

environment. Always confirm local regulations for

battery disposal.

Replacement batteries are commercially available or

at a dealer.

Battery type: CR2032

Battery

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 498 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

499

uuRemote Transmitter CareuReplacing the Button Battery

Maintenance

If the indicator does not come on when the button is pressed, replace the battery.

1. Remove the built-in key.

uAs a convenience, lightly place masking

tape over the remote buttons to hold

them in place.

2. Remove the upper half by carefully prying

on the edge with a coin.

uWrap a coin with a cloth to prevent

scratching the transmitter.

3. Press down on the center of the assembly

and remove the battery.

uWhen removing the button battery, be

careful not to touch parts around it.

4. Make sure to replace the battery with the

correct polarity.

1Replacing the Button Battery

NOTICE

The Remote transmitter is equipped with two

batteries: A standard replaceable CR2032 coin

button battery and an integral non-replaceable

rechargeable battery. To prevent permanent damage

to the rechargeable battery, replace the CR2032

battery every three to four years.

Models with remote control engine start system

Battery type: CR2032

Battery

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 499 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

500

Maintenance

Climate Control System Maintenance

Dust and Pollen Filter

The climate control system is equipped with a dust and pollen filter that collects

pollen, dust, and other debris in the air. The Maintenance Minder

messages will let

you know when to replace the filter.

We recommend that you replace the dust and pollen filter sooner when using your

vehicle in areas with high concentrations of dust.

1Dust and Pollen Filter

If the airflow from the climate control system

deteriorates noticeably, and the windows fog up

easily, the filter may need to be replaced. Please

contact a dealer for replacement.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 500 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

501

Continued

Maintenance

Cleaning

Interior Care

Use a damp cloth with a mixture of mild detergent and warm water to remove dirt.

Use a clean cloth to remove detergent residue.

Use a soft brush with a mixture of mild soap and warm water to clean the seat belts.

Let the belts air dry. Wipe the openings of the seat belt anchors using a clean cloth.

Wipe using a glass cleaner.

■Cleaning Seat Belts

1Interior Care

Do not spill liquids inside the vehicle.

Electrical devices and systems may malfunction if

liquids are splashed on them.

Do not use silicone based sprays on electrical devices

such as audio devices and switches.

Doing so may cause the items to malfunction or a fire

inside the vehicle.

If a silicone based spray is inadvertently used on

electrical devices, consult a dealer.

Depending on their composition, chemicals and

liquid aromatics may cause discoloration, wrinkles,

and cracking to resin-based parts and textiles.

Do not use alkali solvents or organic solvents such as

benzene or gasoline.

After using chemicals, make sure to gently wipe them

away using a dry cloth.

Do not place used cloths on top of resin based parts

or textiles for long periods of time without washing.

Opening

■Cleaning the Window

1Cleaning the Window

Wires are mounted to the inside of the rear window.

Wipe along the same direction as the wires with a

soft cloth so as not to damage them.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 501 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

uuCleaninguInterior Care

502

Maintenance

The floor mats hook over the floor anchors,

which keep the mats from sliding forward. To

remove the mats for cleaning, turn the anchor

knobs to the unlock position. When

reinstalling the mats after cleaning, turn the

knobs to the lock position.

Do not put additional floor mats on top of

the anchored mat.

Vacuum dirt and dust from the leather frequently. Pay close attention to the pleats

and seams. Clean the leather with a soft cloth dampened with a 90% water and

10% neutral soap solution. Then buff it with a clean, dry cloth. Remove any dust or

dirt on leather surfaces immediately.

■Floor Mats

1Floor Mats

If you use any floor mats that were not originally

provided with your vehicle, make sure they are

designed for your specific vehicle, fit correctly, and

are securely anchored by the floor anchors.

Position the rear seat floor mats properly. If they are

not properly positioned, the floor mats can interfere

with the front seat functions.

Unlock

Lock

■Maintaining Genuine Leather

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 502 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

503

uuCleaninguExterior Care

Continued

Maintenance

Exterior Care

Dust off the vehicle body after you drive.

Regularly inspect your vehicle for scratches on painted surfaces. A scratch on a

painted surface can result in body rust. If you find a scratch, promptly repair it.

Wash the vehicle regularly. Wash more frequently when driving in the following

conditions:

•If driving on roads with road salt.

•If driving in coastal areas.

•If tar, soot, bird droppings, insects, or tree sap are stuck to painted surfaces.

•Make sure to follow the instructions indicated on the automated car wash.

•Fold in the door mirrors.

•Turn off the automatic intermittent wipers.

•Keep sufficient distance between the cleaning nozzle and the vehicle body.

•Take particular care around the windows. Standing too close may cause water to

enter the vehicle interior.

•Do not spray high pressure water directly into the engine compartment. Instead,

use low pressure water and a mild detergent.

■Washing the Vehicle

■Using an Automated Car Wash

■Using High Pressure Cleaners

1Washing the Vehicle

Do not spray water into the air intake vents. It can

cause a malfunction.

Do not spray water on to the capless unit when the

fuel fill door is open. It can cause damage to the fuel

system or engine.

Air Intake Vents

1Using an Automated Car Wash

When using an automated car wash that pulls the

vehicle through with a conveyor, make sure vehicle is

in car wash mode.

2If you want to keep the transmission in (N

position (car wash mode) P. 374

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 503 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

uuCleaninguExterior Care

504

Maintenance

A good coat of automotive body wax helps protect your vehicle’s paint from the

elements. Wax will wear off over time and expose your vehicle’s paint to the

elements, so reapply as necessary.

If you get gasoline, oil, engine coolant, or battery fluid on resin coated parts, they

may be stained or the coating may peel. Promptly wipe it away using a soft cloth and

clean water.

Wipe using a glass cleaner.

Aluminum is susceptible to deterioration caused by salt and other road

contaminants. Use a sponge and mild detergent to wipe away promptly.

Be careful not to use harsh chemicals (including some commercial wheel cleaners) or

a stiff brush. They can damage the clear coat of the aluminum alloy wheels that

helps keep the aluminum from corroding and tarnishing.

■Applying Wax

■Maintaining the Bumpers and Other Resin Coated Parts

■Cleaning the Window

■Maintaining Aluminum Wheels

1Applying Wax

NOTICE

Chemical solvents and strong cleaners can damage

the paint, metal, and plastic on your vehicle. Wipe

away spills immediately.

1Maintaining the Bumpers and Other Resin Coated Parts

Ask a dealer about the correct coating material when

you want to repair the painted surface of the parts

made of resin.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 504 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

505

uuCleaninguExterior Care

Maintenance

The inside lenses of exterior lights (headlights, brake lights, etc.) may fog temporarily

if you have driven in the rain, or after the vehicle has been run through a car wash.

Dew condensation also may build up inside the lenses when there is a significant

enough difference between the ambient and inside lens temperatures (similar to

vehicle windows fogging up in rainy conditions). These conditions are natural

processes, not structural design problems in the exterior lights.

Lens design characteristics may result in moisture developing on the light lens frame

surfaces. This also is not a malfunction.

However, if you see large amounts of water accumulation, or large water drops

building up inside the lenses, have your vehicle inspected by a dealer.

■Fogged Exterior Light Lenses

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 505 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

506

Maintenance

Accessories and Modifications

Accessories

When installing accessories, check the following:

•Do not install accessories on the windshield. They can obstruct your view and

delay your reaction to driving conditions.

•Do not install any accessories over areas marked SRS AIRBAG, on the sides or

backs of the front seats, on front or side pillars, or near the side windows.

Accessories installed in these areas may interfere with proper operation of the

vehicle’s airbags or may be propelled into you or another occupant if the airbags

deploy.

•Be sure electronic accessories do not overload electrical circuits or interfere with

proper operation of your vehicle.

2Fuses P. 542

•Before installing any electronic accessory, have the installer contact a dealer for

assistance. If possible, have a dealer inspect the final installation.

1Accessories and Modifications

Acura Genuine accessories are recommended to

ensure proper operation on your vehicle.

WARNING

Improper accessories or modifications can

affect your vehicle’s handling, stability, and

performance, and cause a crash in which

you can be seriously hurt or killed.

Follow all instructions in this owner’s

manual regarding accessories and

modifications.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 506 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

507

uuAccessories and ModificationsuModifications

Maintenance

Modifications

Do not modify your vehicle in a manner that may affect its handling, stability, or

reliability, or install non-genuine Acura parts or accessories that may have a similar

effect.

Even minor modifications to vehicle systems can affect overall vehicle performance.

Always make sure all equipment is properly installed and maintained, and do not

make any modification to your vehicle or its systems that might cause your vehicle

to no longer meet federal, state, provincial, territorial, or local regulations.

Do not modify or attempt to repair your vehicle’s high-voltage hybrid power system

or otherwise modify vehicle electrical systems. Disassembling or modifying electrical

equipment can result in a crash or a fire.

If you ever need to replace your vehicle's high-voltage battery assembly outside of

warranty coverage, we highly recommend that you only use a genuine Acura high-

voltage battery assembly. Genuine Acura high-voltage battery assemblies are

designed to work with your vehicle's hybrid power system and have been designed,

engineered and manufactured to avoid overcharging situations. Non-genuine high-

voltage battery assemblies may not have been similarly designed, engineered and

manufactured, and installation of such assemblies could result in overcharging, fires,

loss of power, or other conditions that may increase the likelihood of a crash or

injury.

1Modifications

WARNING

Use of improperly designed, engineered or

manufactured high-voltage battery

assemblies could cause a fire in your

vehicle.

A vehicle fire could result in a crash or

injury.

Only use a genuine Acura high-voltage

battery assembly, or its equivalent, in your

vehicle.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 507 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

508

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 508 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

509

Handling the Unexpected

This chapter explains how to handle unexpected troubles.

Tools

Types of Tools .................................. 510

If a Tire Goes Flat

Temporarily Repairing a Flat Tire....... 511

Changing a Flat Tire......................... 523

Power System Won’t Start

Checking the Procedure................... 529

If the Keyless Access Remote Battery is

Weak ............................................. 530

Emergency Power System Off........... 531

Jump Starting.................................... 532

Overheating

How to Handle Overheating............. 535

Indicator, Coming On/Blinking

If the Low Oil Pressure Indicator Comes On ......537

If the 12-Volt Battery Charging System

Indicator Comes On ....................... 537

If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp Comes

On or Blinks ................................... 538

If the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes On..538

If the Electric Power Steering (EPS) System

Indicator Comes On .............................. 539

If the Electric Parking Brake System Indicator

Comes On............................................. 539

If the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator

Comes On or Blinks........................ 540

If the Transmission Indicator Blinks along

with the Warning Message ............ 541

Fuses

Fuse Locations ................................. 542

Inspecting and Changing Fuses........ 547

Emergency Towing........................... 548

When You Cannot Unlock the Fuel Fill

Door................................................. 549

When You Cannot Open the Trunk .....550

Refueling

Refueling From a Portable Fuel Container ... 551

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 509 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

510

Handling the Unexpected

Tools

Types of Tools

1Types of Tools

The tools are stored in the trunk.

Vehicles with optional spare tire kit

Jack

Jack Handle Bar Towing Hook

Wheel Nut Wrench/

Jack Handle

Funnel

Flat-tip Screwdriver Grip

Towing Hook Funnel

Flat-tip Screwdriver Grip

Tool Case

Vehicle with temporary tire repair

kit is shown.

Vehicles with temporary tire repair kit

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 510 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

511

Continued

Handling the Unexpected

If a Tire Goes Flat

Temporarily Repairing a Flat Tire

If the tire has a large cut or is otherwise severely damaged, you will need to have the

vehicle towed. If the tire only has a small puncture, from a nail for instance, you can

use the temporary tire repair kit so that you can drive to the nearest service station

for a more permanent repair.

If a tire goes flat while driving, grasp the steering wheel firmly, and brake gradually

to reduce speed. Then stop in a safe place.

1. Park the vehicle on a firm, level, and non-slippery surface and apply the parking

brake.

2. Change the gear position to (P.

3. Turn on the hazard warning lights and set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF

(LOCK).

Vehicles with temporary tire repair kit

1Temporarily Repairing a Flat Tire

The kit should not be used in the following situations.

Instead, contact a dealer or a roadside assistant to

have the vehicle towed.

•The tire sealant has expired.

•More than one tire is punctured.

•The puncture or cut is larger than 3/16 inch (4 mm).

•The tire side wall is damaged or the puncture is

outside the contact area.

•Damage has been caused by driving with the tire

extremely under inflated.

•The tire bead is no longer seated.

•The rim is damaged.

Do not remove a nail or screw that punctured the

tire. If you remove it from the tire, you may not be

able to repair the puncture using the kit.

NOTICE

Do not use a puncture-repairing agent other than the

one provided in the kit that came with your vehicle. If

a different agent is used, you may permanently

damage the tire pressure sensor.

When the puncture is: Kit Use

Smaller than 3/16 inch

(4 mm) Yes

Larger than 3/16 inch

(4 mm) No

Contact

Area

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 511 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire

512

Handling the Unexpected

■Getting Ready to Temporarily Repair the Flat Tire

1Getting Ready to Temporarily Repair the Flat Tire

Repair notification label and speed restriction label

are applied to the side of temporary tire repair kit.

When making a temporary repair, carefully read the

instruction manual provided with the kit.

Instruction Manual

Air Only Hose (Black)

Speed Restriction LabelRepair Notification Label

Pressure Relief

Button

Inflator Switch

Selector Switch

SEALANT/AIR side

Sealant/Air Hose (Clear)

AIR ONLY side

Power Plug

Pressure Gauge

Tire Sealant

Expiration Date

U.S. Canada

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 512 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

513

uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire

Continued

Handling the Unexpected

1. Pull the handle on the trunk floor lid and

open the lid.

2. Hook the handle to the edge of the trunk

opening.

3. Take the kit out of the case.

4. Place the kit face up, on flat ground near

the flat tire, and away from traffic. Do not

place the kit on its side.

Handle

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 513 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire

514

Handling the Unexpected

1. Remove the valve cap from the tire valve

stem.

2. Remove the sealant/air hose from the

packaging.

3. Attach the sealant/air hose onto the tire

valve stem. Screw it until it is tight.

■Injecting Sealant and Air

1Injecting Sealant and Air

In cold temperatures, the sealant may not flow easily.

In this situation, warm it up for five minutes before

using.

The sealant can permanently stain clothing and other

materials. Be careful during handling and wipe away

any spills immediately.

WARNING

Tire sealant contains substances that are

harmful and can be fatal if swallowed.

If accidentally swallowed, do not induce

vomiting. Drink plenty of water and get

medical attention immediately.

For skin or eye contact, flush with cool

water and get medical attention if

necessary.

Valve Stem

Valve Cap

Sealant/Air Hose

Valve Stem

Sealant/Air Hose

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 514 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

Continued

515

uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire

Handling the Unexpected

4. Plug in the compressor to the accessory

power socket.

uBe careful not to pinch the cord in a

door or window.

uDo not plug any other electronic

devices into other accessory power

sockets.

2Accessory Power Sockets P. 190

5. Turn the power system on.

uKeep the power system on while

injecting sealant and air.

2Carbon Monoxide Gas P. 70

6. Turn the selector switch to SEALANT/

AIR.

1Injecting Sealant and Air

NOTICE

Do not operate the temporary tire repair kit

compressor for more than 15 minutes. The

compressor can overheat and become permanently

damaged.

Until the sealant injection is complete, the pressure

shown on the pressure gauge will appear higher than

actual. After the sealant injection is complete the

pressure will drop and then begin to rise again as the

tire is inflated with air. This is normal. To accurately

measure the air pressure using the gauge, turn the air

compressor off only after the sealant injection is

complete.

WARNING

Running the engine with the vehicle in an

enclosed or even partly enclosed area can

cause a rapid build-up of toxic carbon

monoxide.

Breathing this colorless, odorless gas can

cause unconsciousness and even death.

Only run the engine to power the air

compressor with the vehicle outdoors.

SEALANT/AIR side

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 515 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire

516

Handling the Unexpected

7. Press the inflator switch to turn on the

compressor.

uThe compressor starts injecting sealant

and air into the tire.

8. When the sealant injection is complete,

continue to add air.

9. After the air pressure reaches 36 psi (250

kPa), turn off the kit.

uTo check the pressure, occasionally turn

off the compressor and read the gauge.

10. Unplug the power plug from the accessory

power socket.

11. Unscrew the sealant/air hose from the tire

valve stem. Reinstall the valve cap.

12. Press the pressure relief button until the

gauge returns to 0 psi (0 kPa).

Pressure Gauge

OFF

1Injecting Sealant and Air

If the required air pressure is not reached within 15

minutes, the tire may be too severely damaged for

the kit to provide the necessary seal and your vehicle

will need to be towed.

See an Acura dealer for a replacement sealant bottle

and proper disposal of an empty bottle.

Sealant/Air Hose

Valve Stem

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 516 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

517

uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire

Continued

Handling the Unexpected

13. Apply the repair notification label to the

flat surface of the wheel.

uThe wheel surface must be clean to

ensure the label adheres properly.

1. Apply the speed restriction label to the

location as shown.

2. Drive the vehicle for about 10 minutes.

uDo not exceed 50 mph (80 km/h).

3. Stop the vehicle in a safe place.

Repair Notification Label

U.S.

Canada

■Distributing the Sealant in the Tire

Speed Restriction Label

U.S.

Canada

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 517 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

518

uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire

Handling the Unexpected

4. Recheck the air pressure using the air only

hose on the compressor.

5. Turn the selector switch to AIR ONLY.

uDo not turn the air compressor on to

check the pressure.

2Inflating an Under-inflated Tire P. 520

6. If the air pressure is

•Less than 19 psi (130 kPa):

Do not add air or continue driving. The leak

is too severe. Call for help and have your

vehicle towed.

2Emergency Towing P. 548

•36 psi (250 kPa) or more:

Continue driving for another 10 minutes or

until you reach the nearest service station.

Do not exceed 50 mph (80 km/h).

uIf the air pressure does not go down after

the 10 minute driving, you do not need

to check the pressure any more.

Air Only Hose

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 518 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

Continued

519

uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire

Handling the Unexpected

•Greater than 19 psi (130 kPa), but less

than 36 psi (250 kPa):

Turn the air compressor on to inflate the

tire until the tire pressure reaches 36 psi

(250 kPa).

2Inflating an Under-inflated Tire P. 520

Then drive carefully for 10 more minutes or

until you reach the nearest service station.

Do not exceed 50 mph (80 km/h).

uYou should repeat this procedure as long

as the air pressure is within this range.

7. Press the pressure relief button until the

gauge returns to 0 psi (0 kPa).

8. Repackage and properly stow the kit.

AIR ONLY

side

1Distributing the Sealant in the Tire

WARNING

Running the engine with the vehicle in an

enclosed or even partly enclosed area can

cause a rapid build-up of toxic carbon

monoxide.

Breathing this colorless, odorless gas can

cause unconsciousness and even death.

Only run the engine to power the air

compressor with the vehicle outdoors.

Pressure Relief Button

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 519 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire

520

Handling the Unexpected

You can use the kit to inflate a non-punctured under-inflated tire.

1. Open the trunk floor lid.

2Getting Ready to Temporarily Repair

the Flat Tire P. 512

2. Remove the kit from the case.

3. Place the kit, face up, on flat ground near

the flat tire, away from traffic. Do not

place the kit on its side.

4. Remove the air only hose from the kit.

5. Remove the valve cap.

6. Attach the air only hose onto the tire valve

stem. Screw it until it is tight.

■Inflating an Under-inflated Tire

1Inflating an Under-inflated Tire

NOTICE

Do not operate the temporary tire repair kit

compressor for more than 15 minutes. The

compressor can overheat and become permanently

damaged.

Air Only Hose

Valve Cap

Valve Stem

Air Only Hose

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 520 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

Continued

521

uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire

Handling the Unexpected

7. Plug in the kit to the accessory power

socket.

uBe careful not to pinch the cord in a

door or window.

uDo not plug any other electronic

devices into other accessory power

sockets.

2Accessory Power Sockets P. 190

8. Turn the power system on.

uKeep the power system on while

injecting air.

2Carbon Monoxide Gas P. 70

9. Turn the selector switch to AIR ONLY.

10. Press the inflator switch to turn on the kit.

uThe compressor starts to inject air into

the tire.

11. Inflate the tire to the specified air pressure.

1Inflating an Under-inflated Tire

WARNING

Running the engine with the vehicle in an

enclosed or even partly enclosed area can

cause a rapid build-up of toxic carbon

monoxide.

Breathing this colorless, odorless gas can

cause unconsciousness and even death.

Only run the engine to power the air

compressor with the vehicle outdoors.

AIR ONLY

side

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 521 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

522

uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire

Handling the Unexpected

12. Turn off the kit.

uCheck the pressure gauge on the air

compressor.

uIf overinflated, press the pressure relief

button.

13. Unplug the kit from the accessory power

socket.

14. Unscrew the air only hose from the tire

valve stem. Reinstall the valve cap.

15. Press the pressure relief button until the

gauge returns to 0 psi (0 kPa).

16. Repackage and properly stow the kit.

Pressure Relief Button

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 522 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

523

uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire

Continued

Handling the Unexpected

Changing a Flat Tire

If a tire goes flat while driving, grasp the steering wheel firmly, and brake gradually

to reduce speed. Then, stop in a safe place. Replace the flat tire with a compact

spare tire. Go to a dealer as soon as possible to have the full-size tire repaired or

replaced.

1. Park the vehicle on firm, level, and non-slippery surface, and apply the parking

brake.

2. Change the gear position to (P.

3. Turn on the hazard warning lights and set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF

(LOCK).

Vehicles with optional spare tire kit

1Changing a Flat Tire

Periodically check the tire pressure of the compact

spare. It should be set to the specified pressure.

Specified Pressure: 60 psi (420 kPa, 4.2 kgf/cm

)

When driving with the compact spare tire, keep the

vehicle speed under 50 mph (80 km/h). Replace with

a full-size tire as soon as possible.

The compact spare tire and wheel in your vehicle are

specifically for this model. Do not use them with

another vehicle. Do not use another type of compact

spare tire or wheel with your vehicle.

Do not mount tire chains on a compact spare tire.

If a chain-mounted front tire goes flat, remove one of

the full-size rear tires and replace it with the compact

spare tire. Remove the flat front tire and replace it

with the full-size tire that was removed from the rear.

Mount the tire chains on the front tire.

NOTICE

Do not use an unapproved puncture-repairing agent

on a flat tire, as it can damage the tire pressure

sensor.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 523 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire

524

Handling the Unexpected

1. Open the trunk floor lid.

2Temporarily Repairing a Flat Tire P. 511

2. Take the tool case out of the trunk. Take

the jack and wheel nut wrench out of the

tool case.

3. Unscrew the wing bolt, and remove the

spacer cone. Then, remove the spare tire.

4. Place a wheel block or rock in front and rear

of the wheel diagonal to the flat tire.

5. Place the compact spare tire (wheel side up)

under the vehicle body, near the tire that

needs to be replaced.

■Getting Ready to Replace the Flat Tire

1Getting Ready to Replace the Flat Tire

The shape of the tool case varies by model.

Spare Tire

Tool Case

Wheel

Blocks

The tire to be replaced.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 524 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

525

uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire

Continued

Handling the Unexpected

6. Loosen each wheel nut about one turn

using the wheel nut wrench.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 525 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire

526

Handling the Unexpected

1. Place the jack under the jacking point

closest to the tire to be changed.

2. Turn the end bracket clockwise as shown in

the image until the top of the jack contacts

the jacking point.

uMake sure that the jacking point tab is

resting in the jack notch.

3. Raise the vehicle, using the jack handle bar

and the jack handle, until the tire is off the

ground.

■How to Set Up the Jack

1How to Set Up the Jack

Do not use the jack with people or luggage in the

vehicle.

Use the jack provided in your vehicle.

Other jacks may not support the weight (“load”) or

may not fit the jacking point.

The following instructions must be followed to use

the jack safely:

•Do not use while the power system is on.

•Use only where the ground is firm and level.

•Use only at the jacking points.

•Do not get in the vehicle while using the jack.

•Do not put anything on top of or underneath the

jack.

WARNING

The vehicle can easily roll off the jack,

seriously injuring anyone underneath.

Follow the directions for changing a tire

exactly, and never get under the vehicle

when it is supported only by the jack.

Jack

Handle

Bar Wheel Nut

Wrench as Jack Handle

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 526 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

Continued

527

uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire

Handling the Unexpected

1. Remove the wheel nuts and flat tire.

2. Wipe the mounting surfaces of the wheel

with a clean cloth.

3. Mount the compact spare tire.

4. Screw the wheel nuts until they touch the

lips around the mounting holes, then stop

rotating.

5. Lower the vehicle and remove the jack.

Tighten the wheel nuts in the order

indicated in the image. Go around,

tightening the nuts, two to three times in

this order.

Wheel nut torque:

94 lbf∙ft (127 N∙m, 13 kgf∙m)

■Replacing the Flat Tire

1Replacing the Flat Tire

Do not over tighten the wheel nuts by applying extra

torque using your foot or a pipe.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 527 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire

528

Handling the Unexpected

1. Place the flat tire face down in the spare tire

well.

2. Wrap the spacer cone and spare tire wing

bolt with cloth or paper, and store them in

the spare tire well.

3. Store the jack and tools in the tool case.

Place the tool case and the trunk floor lid on

the flat tire.

4. Close the trunk.

If you replace a flat tire with the spare tire, the low tire pressure/TPMS indicator

comes on while you are driving. After driving for a few miles (kilometers), the

indicator will start blinking for a short time and then stay on. Tire Pressure

Monitor Problem appears on the multi-information display, but this is normal.

If you replace the tire with a full-size tire, the warning message on the multi-

information display and the low tire pressure/TPMS indicator will go off after a few

miles (kilometers).

■Storing the Flat Tire

1Storing the Flat Tire

WARNING

Loose items can fly around the interior in a

crash and can seriously injure the

occupants.

Store the wheel, jack, and tools securely

before driving.

Spacer Cone

Wing Bolt

■TPMS and the Spare Tire

1TPMS and the Spare Tire

The system cannot monitor the pressure of the spare

tire. Manually check the spare tire pressure to be sure

that it is correct.

Use the TPMS specific wheels. Each is equipped with

a tire pressure sensor mounted inside the tire behind

the valve stem.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 528 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

529

Handling the Unexpected

Power System Won’t Start

Checking the Procedure

When the READY indicator does not come on and the Ready to Drive message

does not appear on the multi-information display, check the following items and

take appropriate action.

Checklist Condition What to Do

Check if the related

indicator or multi-

information display

messages come on.

The Temperature is Too Cold For Vehicle To Operate

message appears.

2Multi-Information Display Warning and

Information Messages P. 92

The To Start, Hold Remote Near Start Button message

appears.

uMake sure the keyless access remote is in its operating range.

2POWER Button Operating Range P. 155

2If the Keyless Access Remote Battery is

Weak P. 530

The POWER SYSTEM indicator comes on. Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.

The transmission indicator blinks and Transmission Problem

Apply Parking Brake When Parked message appears.

The power system can be activated as a

temporary measure.

2If the Transmission Indicator Blinks along

with the Warning Message P. 541

Check the brightness

of the interior lights.

The interior lights are dim or do not come on at all. Have the 12-volt battery checked by a dealer.

The interior lights come on normally. Check all fuses, or have your vehicle checked by

a dealer.

2Inspecting and Changing Fuses P. 547

Check the gear

position.

The transmission is not in (P.Change the gear position to (P.

Check the

immobilizer system

indicator.

When the immobilizer system indicator is blinking, the power

system cannot be turned on. 2Immobilizer System Indicator P. 85

1Checking the Procedure

If you must start the vehicle immediately, use an

assisting vehicle to jump start it.

2Jump Starting P. 532

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 529 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

530

uuPower System Won’t StartuIf the Keyless Access Remote Battery is Weak

Handling the Unexpected

If the Keyless Access Remote Battery is Weak

If the beeper sounds, the To Start, Hold Remote Near Start Button message

appears on the multi-information display, and the indicator on the POWER button

flashes, the READY indicator does not come on.

Turn on the power system as follows.

1. Touch the center of the POWER button

with the A logo on the keyless access

remote while the indicator on the POWER

button is flashing. The buttons on the

keyless access remote should be facing you.

uThe indicator flashes for about 30

seconds.

2. Depress the brake pedal and press the

POWER button within 10 seconds after the

beeper sounds while the indicator stays on.

uIf you do not depress the pedal, the

mode will change to ACCESSORY.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 530 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

531

uuPower System Won’t StartuEmergency Power System Off

Handling the Unexpected

Emergency Power System Off

The POWER button may be used to turn the power system off due to an emergency

situation even while driving. If you must turn the power system off, do either of the

following operations:

•Press and hold the POWER button for about two seconds.

•Firmly press the POWER button twice.

The steering wheel will not lock. However, because turning off the engine disables

the power assist the engine provides to the steering and braking systems, it will

require significantly more physical effort and time to steer and slow the vehicle. Use

both feet on the brake pedal to slow down the vehicle and stop immediately in a

safe place.

The gear position automatically changes to (P after the vehicle comes to a complete

stop. Then, the power mode changes to VEHICLE OFF.

1Emergency Power System Off

Do not press the button while driving unless it is

absolutely necessary for the power system to be

turned off.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 531 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

532

Handling the Unexpected

Jump Starting

Turn off the power to electric devices, such as audio and lights. Turn off the power

system, then open the hood.

1. Open the fuse box cover on your vehicle’s

12-volt battery positive + terminal.

2. Connect the first jumper cable to your

vehicle’s 12-volt battery + terminal.

3. Connect the other end of the first jumper

cable to the booster battery + terminal.

uIf you use a booster battery, only use a

12-volt booster battery.

uWhen using an automotive battery

charger, select a charging voltage lower

than 15-volts. Check the charger manual

for the proper setting.

4. Connect the second jumper cable to the

booster battery - terminal.

■Jump Starting Procedure

1Jump Starting

Securely attach the jumper cable clips so that they do

not come off when the engine vibrates. Also be

careful not to tangle the jumper cables or allow the

cable ends to touch each other while attaching or

detaching the jumper cables.

Battery performance degrades in cold conditions and

may prevent the engine from starting.

WARNING

A 12-volt battery can explode if you do not

follow the correct procedure, seriously

injuring anyone nearby.

Keep all sparks, open flames, and smoking

materials away from the 12-volt battery.

Booster Battery

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 532 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

533

uuJump Startingu

Continued

Handling the Unexpected

5. Connect the other end of the second

jumper cable to the engine hanger as

shown. Do not connect this jumper cable to

any other part.

6. If your vehicle is connected to another

vehicle, start the assisting vehicle’s engine

and increase its rpm slightly.

7. Attempt to start your vehicle’s engine. If it

turns over slowly, check that the jumper

cables have good metal-to-metal contact.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 533 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

534

uuJump Startingu

Handling the Unexpected

Once your vehicle’s engine has started, remove the jumper cables in the following

order.

1. Disconnect the jumper cable from your vehicle’s ground.

2. Disconnect the other end of the jumper cable from the booster battery -

terminal.

3. Disconnect the jumper cable from your vehicle’s 12-volt battery + terminal.

4. Disconnect the other end of the jumper cable from the booster battery +

terminal.

Have your vehicle inspected by a nearby service station or a dealer.

■What to Do After the Engine Starts

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 534 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

535

Continued

Handling the Unexpected

Overheating

How to Handle Overheating

Overheating symptoms are as follows:

•The high temperature indicator comes on or the engine suddenly loses power.

•Steam or spray comes out of the engine compartment.

■First thing to do

1. Immediately park the vehicle in a safe place.

uChange the gear position to (P and set the parking brake.

2. Turn off all accessories and turn on the hazard warning lights.

uNo steam or spray present: Keep the power system on and open the hood.

uSteam or spray is present: Turn off the power system and wait until it

subsides. Then open the hood.

1How to Handle Overheating

NOTICE

Continuing to drive with the high temperature

indicator on may damage the engine.

WARNING

Steam and spray from an overheated

engine can seriously scald you.

Do not open the hood if steam is coming

out.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 535 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

uuOverheatinguHow to Handle Overheating

536

Handling the Unexpected

■Next thing to do

1. Check that the cooling fan is operating and

turn the power system off once the high

temperature indicator goes off.

uIf the cooling fan is not operating,

immediately turn the power system off.

2. Once the engine has cooled down, inspect

the coolant level and check the cooling

system components for leaks.

uIf the coolant level in the reserve tank is

low, add coolant until it reaches the

MAX mark.

uIf there is no coolant in the reserve tank,

check that the radiator is cool. Cover the

radiator cap with a heavy cloth and open

the cap. If necessary, add coolant up to

the base of the filler neck, and put the

cap back on.

■Last thing to do

Once the engine has cooled sufficiently, turn the power system on and check the

high temperature indicator. If the high temperature indicator is off, resume driving.

If it stays on, contact a dealer for repairs.

1How to Handle Overheating

If the coolant is leaking, contact a dealer for repairs.

Use water as an emergency/temporary measure only.

Have a dealer flush the system with proper antifreeze

as soon as possible.

WARNING

Removing the radiator cap while the

engine is hot can cause the coolant to spray

out, seriously scalding you.

Always let the engine and radiator cool

down before removing the radiator cap.

Reserve

Tank

MAX

MIN

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 536 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

537

Handling the Unexpected

Indicator, Coming On/Blinking

If the Low Oil Pressure Indicator Comes On

■Reasons for the indicator to come on

Comes on when the engine oil pressure is low.

■What to do as soon as the indicator comes on

1. Immediately park the vehicle on level ground in a safe place.

2. If necessary, turn the hazard warning lights on.

■What to do after parking the vehicle

1. Turn the power system off and let it sit for about three minutes.

2. Open the hood and check the oil level.

2Oil Check P. 472

3. Turn the power system on and check the low oil pressure indicator.

uThe indicator goes off: Start driving again.

uThe indicator does not go off within 10 seconds: Turn the power

system off and contact a dealer for repairs immediately.

If the 12-Volt Battery Charging System Indicator

Comes On

■Reasons for the indicator to come on

Comes on when the 12-volt battery is not being charged.

■What to do when the indicator comes on

Turn off the climate control system, rear defogger, and other electrical

systems, and immediately contact a dealer for repairs.

1If the Low Oil Pressure Indicator Comes On

NOTICE

Running the engine with low oil pressure can cause

serious mechanical damage almost immediately.

1If the 12-Volt Battery Charging System Indicator Comes On

If you need to stop temporarily, do not turn off the

power system. Restarting the power system may

rapidly discharge the battery.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 537 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

538

uuIndicator, Coming On/BlinkinguIf the Malfunction Indicator Lamp Comes On or Blinks

Handling the Unexpected

If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp Comes On or

Blinks

■Reasons for the indicator lamp to come on or blink

•Comes on if there is a problem with the engine emissions control

system.

•Blinks when engine misfiring is detected.

■What to do when the indicator lamp comes on

Avoid high speeds and immediately get your vehicle inspected at a

dealer.

■What to do when the indicator lamp blinks

Park the vehicle in a safe place with no flammable items and wait at least

10 minutes or more with the engine stopped until it cools.

If the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes On

■Reasons for the indicator to come on

•The brake fluid is low.

•There is a malfunction in the brake system.

■What to do when the indicator comes on while driving

Depress the brake pedal lightly to check pedal pressure.

•If normal, check the brake fluid level the next time you stop.

•If abnormal, take immediate action. If necessary, downshift the

transmission to slow the vehicle using regenerative braking.

1If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp Comes On or Blinks

NOTICE

If you drive with the malfunction indicator lamp on,

the emissions control system and the engine could be

damaged.

If the malfunction indicator lamp blinks again when

restarting the engine, drive to the nearest dealer at

31 mph (50 km/h) or less. Have your vehicle

inspected.

1If the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes On

Have your vehicle repaired immediately.

It is dangerous to drive with low brake fluid. If there

is no resistance from the brake pedal, stop

immediately in a safe place. If necessary, downshift

the gears.

If the brake system indicator and ABS indicator come

on simultaneously, the electronic brake distribution

system is not working. This can result in vehicle

instability under sudden braking.

Have your vehicle inspected by a dealer immediately.

If both red and amber brake system indicators come

on, stop the vehicle in a safe place and have it

inspected by a dealer immediately.

U.S.

Canada

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 538 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

539

uuIndicator, Coming On/BlinkinguIf the Electric Power Steering (EPS) System Indicator Comes On

Handling the Unexpected

If the Electric Power Steering (EPS) System Indicator

Comes On

■Reasons for the indicator to come on

•Comes on if there is a problem with the EPS system.

•If you depress the accelerator pedal repeatedly to increase the engine

speed while the engine is idling, the indicator comes on, and

sometimes the steering wheel becomes harder to operate.

■What to do when the indicator comes on

Stop the vehicle in a safe place and turn on the power system again.

If the indicator comes on and stays on, immediately have your vehicle

inspected by a dealer.

If the Electric Parking Brake System Indicator Comes On

■Reasons for the indicator to come on

Comes on when there is a problem with the electric parking brake

system.

■What to do when the indicator comes on

Avoid using the parking brake and immediately get your vehicle

inspected at a dealer.

■What to do when the electric parking brake indicator comes on

or blinks at the same time.

•Release the parking brake. If you cannot release it, immediately stop

the vehicle in a safe place and call a dealer.

•If only the electric parking brake indicator goes off, immediately get

your vehicle inspected at a dealer.

•If the electric parking brake indicator remains on or blinks even after

releasing the parking brake, immediately stop the vehicle in a safe

place and call a dealer.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 539 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

540

uuIndicator, Coming On/BlinkinguIf the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator Comes On or Blinks

Handling the Unexpected

If the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator Comes On or

Blinks

■Reasons for the indicator to come on or blink

A tire pressure is significantly low. If there is a problem with the TPMS or

the compact spare tire

is installed, the indicator blinks for about one

minute, and then stays on.

■What to do when the indicator comes on

Stop your vehicle in a safe place. Check the tire pressure and adjust the

pressure to the specified level. The specified tire pressure is on a label on

the driver’s side doorjamb.

■What to do when the indicator blinks

Have the tire inspected by a dealer as soon as possible. If the compact

spare tire

causes the indicator to blink, change the tire to a full-size tire.

The indicator goes off after driving for a few miles (kilometers).

1If the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator Comes On or Blinks

NOTICE

Driving on an extremely underinflated tire can cause

it to overheat. An overheated tire can fail. Always

inflate your tires to the prescribed level.

* Not available on all models

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 540 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

541

uuIndicator, Coming On/BlinkinguIf the Transmission Indicator Blinks along with the Warning Message

Handling the Unexpected

If the Transmission Indicator Blinks along with the

Warning Message

■Reasons for the indicator to blink

The transmission is malfunctioned.

■What to do when the indicator blinks

•Immediately have your vehicle inspected by a dealer.

•Change the gear position to (N when you turn the power system on.

uCheck if the (N position in the instrument panel and the indicator

on the (N button light/blink.

uThe power system cannot be turned on unless the parking brake is

set.

2Turning on the Power P. 364

1If the Transmission Indicator Blinks along with the Warning

Message

You may not be able to turn on the power system.

Make sure to set the parking brake when parking

your vehicle.

Call a professional towing service if you need to tow

your vehicle.

2Emergency Towing P. 548

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 541 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

542

Handling the Unexpected

Fuses

Fuse Locations

If any electrical devices are not working, set

the power mode to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK)

and check to see if any applicable fuse is

blown.

There are four fuse boxes in the engine

compartment.

Fuse locations are shown on the fuse box

cover. Locate the fuse in question by the

fuse number and box cover number.

Located near the brake fluid reservoir. Push

the tabs to open the box.

■Engine Compartment Fuse Box

■

Circuit protected and fuse rating

Circuit Protected Amps

1IG1A ACG FR 15 A

2IG1A MISS SOL1 10 A

3 − −

4− −

5SMART (7.5 A)

6 IG1B ECU FR 7.5 A

7IG1B OP FR 7.5 A

8 IGP2 15 A

9DBW 15 A

10 IGP 15 A

11 IG Coil 15 A

12 ACM 20 A

13 − −

14 Interior Lights 10 A

15 Back Up Radio 10 A

16 Back Up 10 A

17 AFP 10 A

18 Front Washer 15 A

19 Stop 7.5 A

20 Right Headlight High Beam 10 A

21 Trunk 10 A

22 Small 15 A

23 Front Fog Lights 7.5 A

24 Left Headlight High Beam 10 A

25 IMA Motor 15 A

26 Right Headlight Low Beam 15 A

27 Left Headlight Low Beam 15 A

28 IGP2 Sub 7.5 A

29 Power Rear Sunshade

20 A

30 Headlight Washer

30 A

31 Wiper 30 A

Circuit Protected Amps

* Not available on all models

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 542 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

543

uuFusesuFuse Locations

Continued

Handling the Unexpected

Located near the 12-volt battery. Push the

tabs to open the box.

■Circuit protected and fuse rating

Circuit Protected Amps

1Main Fuse 200 A

−(40 A)

Rear Defroster 40 A

DR F/B Main 1 60 A

AS F/B Main 1 60 A

R/B Main 3 50 A

AS F/B Main 2 60 A

ABS/VSA RLY 30 A

Heater Motor 40 A

R/B Main 1 60 A

ESB 40 A

IG Main 60 A

DR F/B Main 2 60 A

SBW 60 A

R/B Main 2 60 A

Horn & Hazard 20 A

ABS/VSA Motor 40 A

4EOP 30A

5Left Electric Parking Brake 30 A

6 Right Electric Parking Brake 30 A

7Injector 20 A

8 Hazard 15 A

9 − −

10 − −

11 Horn 10 A

Located near the + terminal on the 12-volt

battery. Push the tabs to open the box.

■Circuit protected and fuse rating

Circuit Protected Amps

1Radiator Fan 50 A

2EPS 80 A

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 543 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

544

uuFusesuFuse Locations

Handling the Unexpected

Located inside the left side of the front

bumper. Pull the inner fender back, then

push the tabs to open the box.

2Front Side Marker Light Bulbs P. 481

■Circuit protected and fuse rating

Inner

Fender

Circuit Protected Amps

1HCA 1 20 A

2TCU 30 A

3HCA 2 20 A

4STRG MOVE 1 20 A

5 − −

6 − −

There are two fuse boxes in the driver's side.

Located under the dashboard.

Fuse locations are shown on the label on

the under panel.

Locate the fuse in question by the fuse

number and label number.

■Driver’s Side Interior Fuse Box

Fuse Label

■Circuit protected and fuse rating

Circuit Protected Amps

1Driver’s Side Door Lock 10 A

2Passenger’s Side Door Lock 10 A

3Driver’s Door Lock 10 A

4Driver’s Side Door Unlock 10 A

5Passenger’s Side Door

Unlock 10 A

6Driver’s Door Unlock 10 A

7Door Lock 20 A

8 − −

9Power System 1 10 A

10 IG1 DR1 7.5 A

11 Meter 10 A

12 Passenger’s Side Fuse Box 20 A

13 ACCESSORY 7.5 A

14 − −

15 Driver’s Power Seat Sliding 20 A

16 Moonroof 20 A

17 Rear Driver’s Side Power

Window 20 A

18 STRG MOVE 2 20 A

19 Driver’s Power Window 20 A

20 Power System 2 15 A

21 Fuel Pump 20 A

22 Power System 2 7.5 A

23 Starter Cut 7.5 A

24 IG1 DR2 7.5 A

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 544 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

545

uuFusesuFuse Locations

Continued

Handling the Unexpected

25 Start DIAG 7.5 A

26 Air Conditioning 7.5 A

27 Daytime Running Lights 7.5 A

28 ACC Key Lock 7.5 A

29 Driver’s Lumbar Support 7.5 A

30 SMART 10 A

31 − −

32 Driver’s Power Seat

Reclining 20 A

33 Left e-pretensioner (20 A)

34 IG1 Box 30 A

Circuit Protected Amps Located inside the driver’s side outer panel.

When you remove the outer panel, use the

following procedure.

1. Pry on the lower edge of the panel using

a flat-tip screwdriver.

uWrap the flat-tip screwdriver with a

cloth to prevent scratches.

2. Pull the outer panel towards you, then

remove it.

Outer Panel

Fuse locations are shown on the image

below.

Locate the fuse in question by the fuse

number in the image and chart.

■Circuit protected and fuse rating

Fuse Box

Circuit Protected Amps

1IG Main 1 30 A

2ST MG 30 A

3IG Main 2 30 A

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 545 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

546

uuFusesuFuse Locations

Handling the Unexpected

Located on the lower side panel. Take off

the cover to open.

Fuse locations are shown on the cover.

■Passenger’s Side Interior Fuse

Box

Fuse Label

Cover

■Circuit protected and fuse rating

Circuit Protected Amps

1 − −

2Front Seat Heaters/AVS 20 A

3Rear Passenger’s Side

Power Window 20 A

4Front Passenger’s Lumbar

Support 7.5 A

5 − −

6A/C Water Pump 10 A

7Passenger’s Power Seat

Sliding 20 A

8Passenger’s Power Seat

Reclining 20 A

9Rear Seat Heaters

(20 A)

10 − −

11 Fly Start 15 A

12 Accessory Power Socket

(Console Compartment) 20 A

13 Accessory Power Socket

(Center Pocket) 20 A

14 AS ECU 7.5 A

15 Glove Box 7.5 A

16 − −

17 − −

18 Front Passenger’s Power

Window 20 A

19 SRS1 10 A

*1:Models without surround view camera

system

*2:Models with surround view camera

system

20 ABS/VSA 7.5 A

21 − −

22 e-pretensioner (7.5 A)

23 − −

24 SRS2 7.5 A

25 Illumination 7.5 A

26 Right e-pretensioner (20 A)

27 Heated Steering Wheel

(10 A)

28 Audio AMP 30 A

40 A

Circuit Protected Amps

* Not available on all models

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 546 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

547

uuFusesuInspecting and Changing Fuses

Handling the Unexpected

Inspecting and Changing Fuses

1. Set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF

(LOCK). Turn headlights and all accessories

off.

2. Remove the fuse box cover.

3. Check the large fuse in the engine

compartment.

uIf the fuse is blown, use a Phillips-head

screwdriver to remove the screw and

replace it with a new one.

4. Inspect the small fuses in the engine

compartment and the vehicle interior.

uIf there is a burned out fuse, remove it

with the fuse puller and replace it with a

new one.

1Inspecting and Changing Fuses

NOTICE

Replacing a fuse with one that has a higher rating

greatly increases the chances of damaging the

electrical system.

Replace fuse with a spare fuse of the same specified

amperage.

Confirm the specified amperage using the charts on

P. 542 to 546.

There is a fuse puller in the engine compartment fuse

box located near the brake fluid reservoir.

Blown Fuse

Combined Fuse

Blown

Fuse

Fuse Puller

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 547 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

548

Handling the Unexpected

Emergency Towing

Call a professional towing service if you need to tow your vehicle.

■Flat bed equipment

The operator loads your vehicle on the back of a truck.

This is the only way you can safely transport your vehicle.

Any other towing method will damage the vehicle’s drive system.

1Emergency Towing

NOTICE

Trying to lift or tow your vehicle by the bumpers will

cause serious damage. The bumpers are not designed

to support the vehicle's weight.

NOTICE

Improper towing such as towing behind a

motorhome or other motor vehicle can damage the

transmission.

Never tow your vehicle with just a rope or chain.

It is very dangerous since ropes or chains may shift

from side to side or break.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 548 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

549

Handling the Unexpected

When You Cannot Unlock the Fuel Fill Door

If you cannot unlock the fuel fill door, use the following procedure.

1. Open the trunk and remove the cover.

2. Pull the release lever toward you.

uThe release lever unlocks the fuel fill door

when it is pulled.

1When You Cannot Unlock the Fuel Fill Door

After taking these steps, contact a dealer to have

your vehicle checked.

Cover

Release Lever

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 549 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

550

Handling the Unexpected

When You Cannot Open the Trunk

If you cannot open the trunk, use the following procedure.

1. Pull the rear seat armrest down.

2. Push the button to open the cover.

uThe cover latches when you push it back

to the original position.

uYou can lock and unlock this cover using

the built-in key.

To lock the cover: Insert the key to the

lock, then turn it the right.

To unlock the cover: Insert the key to

the lock, then turn it the left.

3. With pulling the inner partition up, pull the

trunk release handle down to the direction

of the arrow in the image.

1When You Cannot Open the Trunk

What to do-following up

After taking these steps, contact a dealer to have

your vehicle checked.

Lock

Button

Cover

Trunk Release Handle

Inner Partition

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 550 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

551

Handling the Unexpected

Refueling

Refueling From a Portable Fuel Container

If you have run out of fuel and need to refuel your vehicle from a portable fuel

container, use the funnel provided with your vehicle.

1. Turn off the power system.

2. Press the fuel fill door release button.

uThe fuel fill door opens.

3. Take the funnel out of the tool case in the

trunk.

2Types of Tools P. 510

4. Remove the funnel from the case.

5. Place the end of the funnel on the lower

part of filler opening, then insert it slowly

and fully.

uMake sure that the end of the funnel

goes down along with the filler pipe.

6. Fill the tank with fuel from the portable fuel

container.

uPour fuel carefully so you do not spill any.

7. Remove the funnel from the filler neck.

uWipe up any fuel from the funnel before

storing it.

8. Shut the fuel fill door by hand.

1Refueling From a Portable Fuel Container

NOTICE

Do not insert the nozzle of a portable fuel container

or any funnel other than the one provided with your

vehicle. Doing so can damage the fuel system.

Do not try to pry open or push open the sealed fuel

tank with foreign objects. This can damage the fuel

system and its seal.

Make sure the fuel in the portable fuel container is

gasoline before you refuel.

WARNING

Gasoline is highly flammable and explosive.

You can be burned or seriously injured

when handling fuel.

•Turn the power system off, and keep

heat, sparks, and flame away.

•Handle fuel only outdoors.

•Wipe up spills immediately.

Funnel Case

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 551 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

552

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 552 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

553

Information

This chapter includes your vehicle’s specifications, locations of identification numbers, and other

information required by regulation.

Specifications .................................... 554

Identification Numbers

Vehicle Identification Number (VIN), Engine

Number, Motor Number, and Transmission

Number ............................................. 556

Devices that Emit Radio Waves ....... 557

Reporting Safety Defects ................. 558

Emissions Testing

Testing of Readiness Codes.............. 559

Warranty Coverages ........................ 561

Authorized Manuals......................... 563

Client Service Information ............... 564

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 553 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

554

Information

Specifications

■Vehicle Specifications

■Air Conditioning

Model Acura RLX

No. of Passengers:

Front 2

Rear 3

Total 5

Weights:

Gross Vehicle Weight

Rating

U.S.: 5,379 lbs (2,440 kg)

Canada: 2,440 kg

Gross Axle Weight

Rating (Front)

U.S.: 2,822 lbs (1,280 kg)

Canada: 1,280 kg

Gross Axle Weight

Rating (Rear)

U.S.: 2,590 lbs (1,175 kg)

Canada: 1,175 kg

Refrigerant Type HFC-134a (R-134a)

Charge Quantity 16.0 - 17.8 oz (455 - 505 g)

Lubricant Type ND-OIL 11

Quantity 7.9 - 8.8 cu-in (130.0 - 145.0 cm

)

■Engine Specifications

■Fuel

■Washer Fluid

Displacement 212 cu-in (3,471 cm

)

Spark Plugs NGK DILZKR7B11G

Type Unleaded premium gasoline, Pump octane

number of 91 or higher

Fuel Tank Capacity 15.1 US gal (57 ℓ)

Tank Capacity U.S.: 2.6 US qt (2.5 ℓ)

Canada: 5.3 US qt (5.0 ℓ)

■Light Bulbs

*1: Not available on all models

Headlights (Low Beam) LED

Headlights (High Beam) LED

Fog Lights LED

Front Turn Signal/Parking Lights LED

Front Side Marker Lights 2 CP

Side Turn Signal Lights

(on Door Mirrors) LED

Brake/Taillights/Rear Side Marker

Lights LED

Taillights LED

Back-Up Lights 16 W

Rear Turn Signal Lights 21 W

High-Mount Brake Light LED

Rear License Plate Lights LED

Door Outer Handle Ambient Lights LED

Interior Lights

Front and Rear Map Lights LED

Front and Rear Ambient Lights LED

Vanity Mirror Lights 2.1 W

Front Door Pocket Lights LED

Center Pocket Light LED

Beverage Holder Light LED

Door Courtesy Lights 3.4 W

Console Compartment Light LED

Glove Box Light LED

Front and Rear

Foot Lights LED

Door Inner Handle Lights LED

Trunk Light 5 W

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 554 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

555

uuSpecificationsu

Information

■Brake Fluid

■Dual Clutch Transmission Fluid

■Twin Motor Unit Fluid

Specified Acura Heavy Duty Brake Fluid DOT 3

Specified Acura Automatic Transmission Fluid

ATF DW-1

Capacity Change 3.7 US qt (3.5 ℓ)

Specified Acura Automatic Transmission Fluid

ATF DW-1

Capacity Change 2.56 US qt (2.42 ℓ)

■Engine Oil

■Engine Coolant

■Inverter Coolant

Recommended ·Genuine Acura Motor Oil 0W-20

·API Premium-grade 0W-20 detergent oil

Capacity

Change 4.2 US qt (4.0 ℓ)

Change

including

filter

4.5 US qt (4.3 ℓ)

Specified Acura Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant Type2

Ratio 50/50 with distilled water

Capacity

2.1 US gal (7.9 ℓ)

(change including the remaining

0.225 US gal (0.85 ℓ) in the reserve tank)

Specified Acura Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant Type2

Ratio 50/50 with distilled water

Capacity

0.32 US gal (1.23 ℓ)

(change including the remaining

0.03 US gal (0.11 ℓ) in the reserve tank)

■Tire

*1: Vehicles with optional spare tire kit

Regular

Size 245/40R19 98W

Pressure

psi (kPa [kgf/cm

]) 36 (250 [2.5])

Compact

Spare

Size T155/70D17 110M

Pressure

psi (kPa [kgf/cm

]) 60 (420 [4.2])

Wheel Size Regular 19 x 8J

Compact Spare

17 x 4T

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 555 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

556

Information

Identification Numbers

Vehicle Identification Number (VIN), Engine Number,

Motor Number, and Transmission Number

Your vehicle has a 17-digit vehicle identification number (VIN) used to register your

vehicle for warranty purposes, and for licensing and insuring your vehicle.

The locations of your vehicle's VIN, engine number, motor number and transmission

number are shown as follows.

1Vehicle Identification Number (VIN), Engine Number, Motor

Number, and Transmission Number

The interior vehicle identification number (VIN) is

located under the cover.

Cover

Vehicle Identification Number

Engine Number

Dual Clutch

Transmission

Number

Certification Label/

Vehicle Identification Number

Motor Number

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 556 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

557

Information

Devices that Emit Radio Waves

The following products and systems on your vehicle emit radio waves when in operation.

Each of the above complies with the appropriate requirements or the required standards of FCC

(Federal Communications Commission) and Industry Canada Standard, described below:

As required by the FCC:

This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules. Operation is

subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not

cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any

interference received, including interference that may cause

undesired operation.

Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party

responsible for compliance could void the user’s authority to

operate the equipment.

This device complies with industry Canada licence-exempt RSS standard(s). Operation is subject to

the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause interference, and (2) this device must

accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device.

AcuraLink

Audio System

Blind Spot Information System

Bluetooth® Audio

Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®

Collision Mitigation Braking System

HomeLink® Universal Transceiver

Immobilizer System

Keyless Access System

Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)

Remote Engine Start with Vehicle Feedback

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 557 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

558

Information

Reporting Safety Defects

In the U.S.

If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death, you

should immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) in addition to

notifying American Honda Motor Co., Inc.

If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it may open an investigation, and if it finds that a safety defect exists

in a group of vehicles, it may order a recall and remedy campaign. However, NHTSA cannot become involved

in individual problems between you, your dealer, or American Honda Motor Co., Inc.

To contact NHTSA, you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-

9153); go to http://www.safercar.gov; or write to: Administrator, NHTSA, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE.,

Washington, DC 20590. You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from http://

www.safercar.gov.

In Canada

If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death, you

should immediately inform Honda Canada Inc. and you may also inform Transport Canada.

If Transport Canada receives similar complaints, it may open an investigation, and if it finds that a safety

defect exists in a group of vehicles, it may lead to a recall and remedy campaign. However, Transport Canada

cannot become involved in individual problems between you, your dealer, or Honda Canada Inc.

To contact Transport Canada’s Defect Investigations and Recalls Division, you may call 1-800-333-0510. For

more information on reporting safety defects or about motor vehicle safety, go to http://www.tc.gc.ca/

roadsafety.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 558 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

559

Continued

Information

Emissions Testing

Testing of Readiness Codes

Your vehicle has readiness codes as part of the onboard self diagnostic system.

Some States use these codes for testing to verify whether your vehicle's emissions

components are working properly.

The codes may not be read properly if testing is performed just after the 12-volt

battery has gone dead or been disconnected.

To check if they are set, set the power mode to ON, without turning the power

system on. The malfunction indicator lamp will come on for several seconds. If it

then goes off, the readiness codes are set. If it blinks five times, the readiness codes

are not set.

If you are required to have your vehicle tested before the readiness codes are ready,

prepare the vehicle for retesting by doing the following:

1. Fill the gas tank to approximately 3/4 full.

2. Park the vehicle and leave the power system off for six hours or more.

3. Make sure the ambient temperature is between 40°F and 95°F (4°C and 35°C).

4. Turn the power system on.

1Testing of Readiness Codes

The readiness codes are erased when the 12-volt

battery is disconnected, and set again only after

several days of driving under a variety of conditions.

If a testing facility determines that the readiness

codes are not set, you may be requested to return at

a later date to complete the test.

If the testing facility determines the readiness codes

are still not set, see a dealer.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 559 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

560

uuEmissions TestinguTesting of Readiness Codes

Information

5. Select a nearby, lightly traveled major highway where you can maintain a speed

of 50 mph (80 km/h) over for at least 20 minutes. Drive on the highway in (D

with SPORT mode. Do not use cruise control.

6. Drive in city or suburban traffic for at least 10 minutes. When traffic conditions

allow, let the vehicle coast for several seconds without using the accelerator pedal

or the brake pedal.

7. Park the vehicle and leave the power system off for 40 minutes.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 560 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

561

Continued

Information

Warranty Coverages

■U.S.Owners

Your new vehicle is covered by these warranties:

New Vehicle Limited Warranty – covers your new vehicle, except for the

emissions control systems and accessories, against defects in materials and

workmanship.

Emissions Control Systems Defects Warranty and Emissions Performance

Warranty – these two warranties cover your vehicle’s emissions control systems.

Time, mileage, and coverage are conditional. Please read your warranty booklet for

exact information.

Seat Belt Limited Warranty – a seat belt that fails to function properly is covered

by a limited warranty. Please read your warranty booklet for details.

Rust Perforation Limited Warranty – all exterior body panels are covered for

rust-through from the inside for the specified time period with no mileage limit.

Accessory Limited Warranty – Acura accessories are covered under this warranty.

Time and mileage limits depend on the type of accessory and other factors. Please

read your warranty booklet for details.

Replacement Parts Limited Warranty – covers all Acura replacement parts

against defects in materials and workmanship.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 561 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

562

uuWarranty Coveragesu

Information

Replacement 12-Volt Battery Limited Warranty – provides prorated coverage

for a replacement battery purchased from a dealer.

Replacement Muffler Lifetime Limited Warranty – provides coverage for as

long as the purchaser of the muffler owns the vehicle.

Restrictions and exclusions apply to all these warranties. Please read the Acura

warranty information booklet that came with your vehicle for precise information on

warranty coverages. Your vehicle’s original tires are covered by their manufacturer.

Tire warranty information is in a separate booklet.

■Canadian Owners

Please refer to the warranty manual that came with your vehicle.

■EPA Contact Information

An owner may obtain further information concerning emission warranties or report

violations of the terms of the emission warranties by contacting:

U.S. Environmental Protection Agency

Office of Transportation and Air Quality

Compliance Division, Light-Duty Vehicle Group

Attn: Warranty Complaints

2000 Traverwood Drive

Ann Arbor, MI 48105

Email: complianceinfo@epa.gov

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 562 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

563

Information

Authorized Manuals

■Service Express

For electronic copies of service publications, you can purchase a subscription to

Service Express. Visit www.techinfo.honda.com for pricing and options.

■For U.S. Owners

Manuals can be purchased from Helm Incorporated. You can order a manual by

phone at (800) 782-4356 (credit card orders only), or online at www.helminc.com.

■For Canadian Owners

Please contact a dealer to order any manuals that you may require.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 563 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

564

Information

Client Service Information

Acura dealership personnel are trained professionals.

They should be able to answer all your questions. If you encounter a problem that

your dealership does not solve to your satisfaction, please discuss it with the

dealership’s service manager or general manager. If you are dissatisfied with the

decision made by the dealership’s management, contact Acura Client Relations/

Services.

U.S. Owners

American Honda Motor Co., Inc.

Acura Client Relations

Mail Stop 500-2N-7E 1919 Torrance Blvd.

Torrance, CA 90501-2746

Tel: 1-(800) 382-2238

Canadian Owners

Honda Canada Inc.

Acura Client Services

180 Honda Boulevard Markham, ON

L6C 0H9

Tel: 1-866-78-ACURA

Fax: 1-877-939-0909

E-mail: acura_cr@ch.honda.com

In Puerto Rico and the U.S. Virgin Islands

Bella International

P.O. Box 190816

San Juan, PR 00919-0816

Tel: 1-(787) 620-7546

1Client Service Information

When you call or write, please give us the following

information:

•Vehicle Identification Number

2Vehicle Identification Number (VIN),

Engine Number, Motor Number, and

Transmission Number P. 556

•Date of purchase

•Odometer reading of your vehicle

•Your name, address, and telephone number

•A detailed description of the problem

•Name of the dealer who sold the vehicle to you

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 564 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

565

uuClient Service Informationu

Continued

Information

Music recognition technology and related

data are provided by Gracenote®.

Gracenote is the industry standard in music

recognition technology and related content

delivery.

For more information, visit

www.gracenote.com.

When music is recorded to the HDD from a

CD, information such as the recording artist

and track name are retrieved from the

Gracenote Database and displayed (when

available).

Gracenote may not contain information for

all albums.

Gracenote is an internet-based music

recognition service that allows artist, album,

and track information from CDs to display

on the HDD.

Gracenote users are allowed 4 free updates

a year. More information about Gracenote,

its features, and downloads are available at

■Gracenote Music Recognition

Service (CDDB)

www.acura.com (in U.S.) or www.acura.ca

(in Canada).

CD and music-related data from Gracenote,

Gracenote. Gracenote Software, copyright

One or more patents owned by Gracenote

apply to this product and service. See the

Gracenote website for a non-exhaustive list

of applicable Gracenote patents.

Gracenote, CDDB, MusicID, MediaVOCS,

the Gracenote logo and logotype, and the

“Powered by Gracenote” logo are either

registered trademarks or trademarks of

Gracenote in the United States and/or other

countries.

This application or device contains software

from Gracenote, Inc. of Emeryville,

California (“Gracenote”). The software

from Gracenote (the “Gracenote

Software”) enables this application to

perform disc and/or file identification and

obtain music- related information, including

name, artist, track, and title information

(“Gracenote Data”) from online servers or

■Gracenote® END USER LICENSE

AGREEMENT

embedded databases (collectively,

“Gracenote Servers”) and to perform other

functions. You may use Gracenote Data

only by means of the intended End-User

functions or this application or device.

You agree that you will use Gracenote Data,

the Gracenote Software, and Gracenote

Servers for your own personal non-

commercial use only.

You agree not to assign, copy, transfer, or

transmit the Gracenote Software or any

Gracenote Data to any third party.

YOU AGREE NOT TO USE OR EXPLOIT

GRACENOTE DATA, THE GRACENOTE

SOFTWARE, OR GRACENOTE SERVERS,

EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY PERMITTED HEREIN.

You agree that your non-exclusive license to

use the Gracenote Data, the Gracenote

Software, and Gracenote Servers will

terminate if you violate these restrictions. If

your license terminates, you agree to cease

any and all use of the Gracenote Data, the

Gracenote Software, and Gracenote

Servers.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 565 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

566

uuClient Service Informationu

Information

Gracenote reserves all rights in Gracenote

Data, the Gracenote Software, and the

Gracenote Servers, including all ownership

rights. Under no circumstances will

Gracenote become liable for any payment

to you for any information that you provide.

You agree that Gracenote, Inc. may enforce

its rights under this Agreement against you

directly in its own name.

The Gracenote service uses a unique

identifier to track queries for statistical

purposes. The purpose of a randomly

assigned numeric identifier is to allow the

Gracenote service to count queries without

knowing anything about who you are. For

more information, see the web page for the

Gracenote Privacy Policy for the Gracenote

service.

The Gracenote Software and each item of

Gracenote Data are licensed to you “AS IS.”

Gracenote makes no representations or

warranties, express or implied, regarding

the accuracy of any Gracenote Data from in

the Gracenote Servers. Gracenote reserves

the right to delete data from the Gracenote

Servers or to change data categories for any

cause that Gracenote deems sufficient. No

warranty is made that the Gracenote

Software or Gracenote Servers are error-

free or that functioning of Gracenote

Software or Gracenote Servers will be

uninterrupted.

Gracenote is not obligated to provide you

with new enhanced or additional data types

or categories that Gracenote may provide in

the future and is free to discontinue its

services at any time.

GRACENOTE DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES

EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT

NOT LIMITED TO, IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF

MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A

PARTICULAR PURPOSE, TITLE, AND

NONINFRINGEMENT. GRACENOTE DOES

NOT WARRANT THE RESULTS THAT WILL BE

OBTAINED BY YOUR USE OF THE

GRACENOTE SOFTWARE OR ANY

GRACENOTE SERVER. IN NO CASE WILL

GRACENOTE BE LIABLE FOR ANY

CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL

DAMAGES OR FOR ANY LOST PROFITS OR

LOST REVENUES.

Requirements to access Pandora®

•Latest version of the Pandora app

installed on your Android, Blackberry, or

iPhone.

•Registered Pandora account (you can

create a free account at

www.pandora.com <http://

www.pandora.com/> or on your

smartphone)

•Connection to the internet via WiFi or

cellular data network.

■Disclaimer of Pandora®

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 566 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

567

uuClient Service Informationu

Information

Limitations

•Access to Pandora requires an active

internet connection

•Ability to access Pandora through this

system is subject to change without

notice

•Certain functionality of Pandora service is

not available when accessing the service

through this system including, but not

limited to, creating new stations, deleting

stations, emailing current stations,

buying songs, viewing additional text

information, logging in to Pandora, and

adjusting Cell Network Audio Quality.

Pandora internet radio is a music service

not affiliated with HONDA. More

information is available at http://

www.pandora.com <http://

www.pandora.com/>. Pandora, the

Pandora logo, and the Pandora trade

dress are trademarks or registered

trademarks of Pandora Media, Inc., used

with permission.

•Mobile access requires a smartphone

with an active data plan. Standard data

rates may apply.

•Pandora is only available in the United

States.

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 567 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

Index

568

Index

Numbers

12-Volt Battery Charging System

Indicator .................................................... 79

AAC.................................................... 245, 269

ABS (Anti-lock Brake System)................... 424

Accessories and Modifications ................. 506

Accessory Power Sockets .......................... 190

Acoustic Vehicle Alerting System ............ 380

AcuraLink .................................................. 349

Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low

Speed Follow (LSF)............................ 88, 383

Additives

Coolant ........................................... 476, 478

Engine Oil................................................ 471

Washer.................................................... 479

Additives, Engine Oil................................ 471

Adjusting

Armrest ................................................... 181

Front Seats .............................. 175, 178, 180

Head Restraints........................................ 178

Mirrors .................................................... 172

Steering Wheel ........................................ 171

Temperature............................................ 110

Agile Handling Assist................................ 410

Aha

Menu .............................................. 268

Aha

Radio .............................................. 278

Air Conditioning System (Climate Control

System) .................................................... 200

Changing the Mode ................................ 203

Defrosting the Windshield and

Windows............................................... 207

Dust and Pollen Filter............................... 500

Rear Temperature Control Dial ................ 208

Sensors ................................................... 209

Using Automatic Climate Control ............ 200

Air Pressure....................................... 489, 555

Airbags........................................................ 43

Advanced Airbags ..................................... 49

Airbag Care............................................... 57

Driver’s Knee Airbag.................................. 50

Event Data Recorder.................................... 0

Front Airbags (SRS).................................... 46

Indicator.............................................. 55, 82

Passenger Airbag Off Indicator .................. 56

Sensors ..................................................... 43

Side Airbags .............................................. 52

Side Curtain Airbags.................................. 54

AM/FM Radio............................................ 237

Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) .................. 424

Indicator.................................................... 82

Armrest ..................................................... 181

Audio Remote Controls ........................... 215

Audio System............................................ 212

Adjusting the Sound................................ 230

Auxiliary Input Jack.................................. 213

Error Messages........................................ 274

General Information ................................ 279

HDD ....................................................... 248

Internet Radio ......................................... 266

iPod ........................................................ 258

MP3/WMA/AAC ............................. 245, 269

Reactivating ............................................ 214

Recommended CDs ................................ 280

Recommended Devices ........................... 282

Remote Controls..................................... 215

Security Code ......................................... 214

Shortcuts ................................................ 218

Theft Protection ...................................... 214

USB Flash Drives...................................... 282

USB Port ................................................. 213

Audio/Information Screen ....................... 225

Authorized Manuals ................................ 563

Auto Door Locking/Unlocking ................ 145

Customize ...................................... 119, 298

Auto Engine Stop/Start.............................. 13

Automatic Brake Hold ............................. 422

Indicator ........................................... 76, 422

Automatic Brake Hold System

Indicator ........................................... 76, 422

Automatic Lighting.................................. 160

Auxiliary Input Jack ................................. 213

Average Fuel Economy ............................ 110

Average Speed ......................................... 111

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 568 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

569

Index

Battery

12-Volt ................................................... 497

12-Volt Battery Charging System

Indicator ......................................... 79, 537

Charging (12-Volt Battery) ...................... 497

High Voltage........................................... 418

Jump Starting ......................................... 532

Maintenance (Checking the 12-Volt

Battery) ................................................. 497

Maintenance (Replacing)......................... 498

Battery Types.............................................. 12

Belts (Seat).................................................. 36

Beverage Holders..................................... 189

Blind Spot Information (BSI) System....... 412

Bluetooth® Audio..................................... 272

Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®.................... 310

Booster Seats (For Children)...................... 69

Brake System ............................................ 419

Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) .................. 424

Automatic Brake Hold............................. 422

Brake Assist System................................. 425

Fluid ....................................................... 479

Foot Brake .............................................. 421

Parking Brake.......................................... 419

Brake System (Amber)

Indicator ................................................... 77

Brake System (Red)

Indicator ........................................... 74, 538

Brightness Control (Head-Up Display) .... 167

Brightness Control (Instrument Panel) ... 166

BSI (Blind Spot Information) System ....... 412

Bulb Replacement .................................... 480

Back-Up Lights ........................................ 483

Brake/Taillights and Rear Side Marker

Lights .................................................... 483

Door Outer Handle Ambient Lights .......... 484

Fog Lights................................................ 480

Front Side Marker Lights .......................... 481

Front Turn Signal/Parking Lights............... 480

Headlights ............................................... 480

High-Mount Brake Light .......................... 484

Rear License Plate Lights .......................... 484

Rear Turn Signal Lights ............................ 482

Side Turn Signal/Emergency Indicator

Lights .................................................... 481

Taillights.................................................. 483

Bulb Specifications ................................... 554

CAMERA Button ....................................... 446

Carbon Monoxide Gas................................ 70

Cargo Area................................................ 193

Cargo Hooks ............................................. 192

Carrying Cargo.................................. 359, 361

CD Player................................................... 245

Center Pocket ........................................... 188

Certification Label .................................... 556

Changing Bulbs......................................... 480

Charging System Indicator....................... 537

Child Safety................................................. 58

Childproof Door Locks............................. 144

Child Seat.................................................... 58

Booster Seats ............................................ 69

Child Seat for Infants................................. 60

Child Seat for Small Children..................... 61

Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder

Seat Belt.................................................. 65

Larger Children ......................................... 68

Rear-facing Child Seat ............................... 60

Selecting a Child Seat................................ 62

Using a Tether........................................... 67

Childproof Door Locks ............................. 144

Cleaning the Exterior ............................... 503

Cleaning the Interior................................ 501

Client Service Information ....................... 564

Climate Control System............................ 200

Changing the Mode ................................ 203

Defrosting the Windshield and

Windows............................................... 207

Dust and Pollen Filter............................... 500

Rear Temperature Control Dial ................ 208

Sensors ................................................... 209

Using Automatic Climate Control ............ 200

Clock.......................................................... 132

CMBS

(Collision Mitigation Braking

System

)................................................. 426

Coat Hooks ............................................... 191

Collision Mitigation Braking System

(CMBS

)................................................. 426

Compact Spare Tire (Optional)........ 523, 555

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 569 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

570

Index

Console Compartment ............................. 187

Controls ..................................................... 131

Coolant (Engine)....................................... 476

Adding to the Radiator ............................ 477

Adding to the Reserve Tank ..................... 476

High Temperature Indicator ....................... 83

Low Temperature Indicator ........................ 83

Overheating............................................. 535

Coolant (Inverter) ..................................... 478

Creeping (Dual Clutch Transmission)....... 370

Cross Traffic Monitor................................ 440

Cup Holders............................................... 189

Customized Features ........................ 113, 283

Daytime Running Lights........................... 162

Dead Battery (12-Volt) ............................. 532

Defrosting the Windshield and

Windows.................................................. 207

Devices that Emit Radio Waves................ 557

Dimming

Headlights ............................................... 159

Rearview Mirror ....................................... 172

Dipstick (Engine Oil) ................................. 472

Directional Signals (Turn Signal).............. 158

Door Mirrors ............................................. 173

Doors ......................................................... 133

Auto Door Locking .................................. 145

Auto Door Unlocking............................... 145

Door Open Message .................................. 35

Keys ........................................................ 133

Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the

Inside .............................................. 18, 142

Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the

Outside ................................................. 136

Lockout Prevention System...................... 140

DOT Tire Quality Grading ........................ 491

Driver’s Knee Airbag .................................. 50

Driving ...................................................... 357

Braking ................................................... 419

Dual Clutch Transmission ........................ 370

Shifting Gear........................................... 371

Turning on the Power.............................. 364

Driving Position Memory System ............ 169

Dual Clutch Transmission......................... 370

Creeping ................................................. 370

Fluid........................................................ 478

Kickdown................................................ 370

Operating the Shift Button ................ 23, 373

Shifting ................................................... 371

Dust and Pollen Filter............................... 500

Elapsed Time............................................. 111

Electric Parking Brake

Indicator.................................................... 75

Electric Parking Brake System

Indicator............................................ 75, 539

Electric Power Steering (EPS) System

Indicator............................................ 82, 539

Electronic Stability Control (ESC) ............ 408

Emergency................................................ 548

Emissions Testing (Readiness Codes) ...... 559

Energy Efficiency........................................ 12

Engine....................................................... 556

Coolant .................................................. 476

Jump Starting ......................................... 532

Oil .......................................................... 471

Remote Engine Start ............................... 366

Engine Compartment Cover.................... 470

Engine Coolant ........................................ 476

Adding to the Radiator ........................... 477

Adding to the Reserve Tank .................... 476

High Temperature Indicator ...................... 83

Low Temperature Indicator ....................... 83

Overheating............................................ 535

Engine Oil................................................. 471

Adding ................................................... 473

Checking ................................................ 472

Displaying Oil Life ................................... 464

Low Oil Pressure Indicator ................. 74, 537

Recommended Engine Oil ....................... 471

e-pretensioners .......................................... 38

EPS (Electric Power Steering) System........ 82

Exhaust Gas Hazard (Carbon Monoxide).. 70

Expanded Rear Door Sunshades ............. 199

Expanded View Driver’s Mirror............... 174

Exterior Care (Cleaning) .......................... 503

Exterior Mirrors........................................ 173

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 570 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

571

Index

Features .................................................... 211

Filters

Dust and Pollen....................................... 500

Oil .......................................................... 474

Flat Tire............................................. 511, 523

Floor Mats ................................................ 502

Fluids

Brake ...................................................... 479

Dual Clutch Transmission ........................ 478

Engine Coolant ....................................... 476

Inverter Coolant...................................... 478

Windshield Washer ................................. 479

Foot Brake ................................................ 421

Front Airbags (SRS) .................................... 46

Front Seat Heaters ................................... 195

Front Seat Heaters and Ventilation ........ 196

Front Seats................................ 175, 178, 180

Adjusting ................................ 175, 178, 180

Front Sensor Camera ............................... 381

Fuel ..................................................... 25, 455

Economy................................................. 457

Gauge .................................................... 106

Instant Fuel Economy .............................. 111

Low Fuel Indicator..................................... 81

Range ..................................................... 111

Recommendation............................ 455, 554

Refueling ................................................ 455

Fuel Economy ........................................... 457

Fuel Fill Door ...................................... 25, 456

Fuses .......................................................... 542

Inspecting and Changing......................... 547

Locations................................. 542, 544, 546

Gasoline (Fuel)

Economy ................................................. 457

Gauge ..................................................... 106

Information ............................................. 455

Instant Fuel Economy............................... 111

Low Fuel Indicator ..................................... 81

Refueling................................................. 455

Gauges ...................................................... 106

Gear Position Indicator ...................... 80, 373

Gear Shift Positions

Dual Clutch Transmission......................... 371

Glass (care) ........................................ 501, 504

Glove Box .................................................. 184

Handling the Unexpected ........................ 509

HandsFreeLink® (HFL)............................... 310

Auto Answer ........................................... 325

Automatic Import of Cellular Phonebook

and Call History ..................................... 327

Automatic Transferring ............................ 325

Displaying Messages................................ 344

Editing User Name................................... 324

HFL Buttons............................................. 310

HFL Menus .............................................. 312

HFL Status Display ................................... 311

Limitations for Manual Operation ............ 311

Making a Call.......................................... 335

Options During a Call .............................. 341

Phone Setup............................................ 316

Phonebook Phonetic Modification ........... 331

Receiving a Call....................................... 340

Receiving a Text/E-mail Message.............. 342

Ring Tone................................................ 326

Roadside Assistance ................................ 348

Selecting a Mail Account ......................... 343

Speed Dial............................................... 328

To Create a Security PIN .......................... 323

To Set Up a Text/E-mail Message

Option................................................... 321

Use Contact Photo .................................. 326

Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Audio .................. 248

Hazard Warning Button .............................. 4

Head Restraints ........................................ 178

Headlight Washers ................................... 165

Headlights................................................. 159

Aiming.................................................... 480

Automatic Operation............................... 160

Dimming ......................................... 159, 162

Operating................................................ 159

Head-Up Display....................................... 123

Brightness Control................................... 167

Heated Steering Wheel............................ 194

Heaters (Seat) ........................... 195, 196, 197

HFL (HandsFreeLink®)............................... 310

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 571 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

572

Index

High Beam Indicator................................... 85

High Voltage Battery................................ 418

Hill Start Assist System.............................. 368

HomeLink® Universal Transceiver ............ 308

Hybrid Vehicle

SPORT HYBRID Super Handling-All Wheel

Drive

(SPORT HYBRID SH-AWD®)............ 9

Identification Numbers

Engine, Motor, and Transmission ............. 556

Vehicle Identification ............................... 556

Illumination Control

Buttons............................................ 166, 167

Immobilizer System .................................. 149

Indicator .................................................... 85

Indicators..................................................... 74

12-Volt Battery Charging System ....... 79, 537

Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low

Speed Follow (LSF) ........................... 88, 383

Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) ..................... 82

Automatic Brake Hold........................ 76, 422

Automatic Brake Hold System............ 76, 422

Blind Spot Information (BSI) ............... 90, 413

Brake System (Amber)................................ 77

Brake System (Red) ............................ 74, 538

Collision Mitigation Braking System

(CMBS

) ........................................... 90, 91

Door and Trunk Open................................ 35

Electric Parking Brake................................. 75

Electric Parking Brake System ............ 75, 539

Electric Power Steering (EPS) System.. 82, 539

Fog Light................................................... 85

Gear Position............................................. 80

High Beam ................................................ 85

High Temperature ..................................... 83

Immobilizer System ................................... 85

Keyless Access System ............................... 86

Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS).... 89, 403

Lights On .................................................. 85

Low Fuel ................................................... 81

Low Oil Pressure................................ 74, 537

Low Temperature ...................................... 83

Low Tire Pressure/TPMS............. 84, 414, 416

Malfunction Indicator Lamp............... 79, 538

POWER SYSTEM........................................ 78

READY ...................................................... 78

Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) ............. 87

Seat Belt Reminder .............................. 37, 81

Security System Alarm ............................... 86

SPORT Mode ..................................... 86, 378

Supplemental Restraint System............ 55, 82

System Message........................................ 84

Transmission ............................................. 80

Turn Signal................................................ 85

Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA®)

System ............................................ 83, 408

VSA® OFF .......................................... 83, 409

Information .............................................. 553

Instant Fuel Economy............................... 111

Instrument Panel........................................ 73

Brightness Control .................................. 166

Interface Dial............................................ 216

Interior Lights........................................... 182

Interior Rearview Mirror ......................... 172

Inverter Coolant....................................... 478

Jack (Wheel Nut Wrench)........................ 526

Jump Starting........................................... 532

Key Number Tag ...................................... 135

Keyless Access System .............................. 136

Keyless Lockout Prevention..................... 140

Keys........................................................... 133

Lockout Prevention ................................. 140

Number Tag............................................ 135

Rear Door Won’t Open ........................... 144

Remote Transmitter ................................ 138

Two-way Keyless Access Remote..... 141, 366

Types and Functions................................ 133

Kickdown (Dual Clutch Transmission) .... 370

Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) ........ 401

Language (HFL) ........................................ 311

LATCH (Child Seats) ................................... 63

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 572 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

573

Index

Lights ................................................ 159, 480

Automatic............................................... 160

Bulb Replacement ................................... 480

Daytime Running Lights .......................... 162

Fog Lights ............................................... 162

High Beam Indicator ................................. 85

Interior.................................................... 182

Light Switches......................................... 159

Lights On Indicator.................................... 85

Turn Signals ............................................ 158

Load Limits ............................................... 361

Locking/Unlocking ................................... 133

Auto Door Locking/Unlocking ................. 145

Childproof Door Locks ............................ 144

From Inside ............................................. 142

From Outside .......................................... 136

Keys........................................................ 133

Using a Key............................................. 140

Lockout Prevention System ..................... 140

Low Battery Charge (12-Volt) ................. 537

Low Fuel Indicator ..................................... 81

Low Keyless Access Remote Signal

Strength.................................................. 135

Low Oil Pressure Indicator................. 74, 537

Lower Anchors ........................................... 63

Luggage (Maximum Load Limit)............. 361

Lumbar Support ....................................... 176

Maintenance............................................. 459

12-Volt Battery ........................................ 497

Brake Fluid .............................................. 479

Cleaning.................................................. 501

Climate Control System ........................... 500

Coolant ........................................... 476, 478

Maintenance Minder

............................ 463

Oil ........................................................... 472

Precautions.............................................. 460

Radiator .................................................. 477

Remote Transmitter ......................... 498, 499

Replacing Light Bulbs............................... 480

Safety...................................................... 461

Service Items ........................................... 466

Tires ........................................................ 488

Transmission Fluid ................................... 478

Under the Hood ...................................... 468

Malfunction Indicator Lamp .............. 79, 538

Map Lights ................................................ 183

Maximum Load Limit ............................... 361

Meters, Gauges......................................... 106

Mirrors....................................................... 172

Adjusting................................................. 172

Door........................................................ 173

Exterior.................................................... 173

Interior Rearview ..................................... 172

Modifications (and Accessories) .............. 506

Moonroof.................................................. 154

MP3 ................................................... 245, 269

Multi-Information Display ....................... 108

Multi-View Rear Camera.......................... 444

Numbers (Identification).......................... 556

Odometer ................................................. 110

Oil (Engine)....................................... 471, 555

Adding.................................................... 473

Checking................................................. 472

Displaying Oil Life.................................... 464

Low Oil Pressure Indicator ................. 74, 537

Recommended Engine Oil ............... 471, 555

Viscosity.......................................... 471, 555

On Demand Multi-Use Display

............. 217

Opening

Trunk ...................................................... 550

Opening/Closing

Hood....................................................... 469

Moonroof ............................................... 154

Power Windows...................................... 152

Trunk ...................................................... 146

Operating the Switches Around the

Steering Wheel ....................................... 155

Outside Temperature Display.................. 110

Overheating.............................................. 535

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 573 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

574

Index

Paddle Shifters (Sequential Mode) .......... 377

Pandora®................................................... 267

Panic Mode ............................................... 151

Parking ...................................................... 434

Parking Brake............................................ 419

Parking Sensor System.............................. 436

Passenger Airbag Off Indicator ................. 56

Passing Indicators ..................................... 159

POWER Button.......................................... 155

Power Distribution Monitor............. 128, 227

Power Rear Sunshade............................... 198

Power System

Turning on............................................... 364

POWER SYSTEM Indicator .......................... 78

Power Windows........................................ 152

Precautions While Driving

Rain......................................................... 369

Pregnant Women ....................................... 41

Puncture (Tire) .................................. 511, 523

Radiator..................................................... 477

Radio (AM/FM).......................................... 237

Radio (SiriusXM®)...................................... 242

Radio Data System (RDS).......................... 239

Range ........................................................ 111

RDS (Radio Data System).......................... 239

Reactive Force Pedal................................. 379

Readiness Codes (Emissions Testing) ....... 559

READY Indicator......................................... 78

Rear Defogger/Heated Door Mirror

Button ..................................................... 168

Rear Seat Heaters ..................................... 197

Rear Temperature Control Dial ............... 208

Rearview Mirror ....................................... 172

Refueling .................................................. 455

Fuel Gauge.............................................. 106

Gasoline.......................................... 455, 554

Low Fuel Indicator ..................................... 81

Regenerative Energy and Regenerative

Braking...................................................... 12

Regulations............................... 416, 491, 557

Remote Engine Start with Vehicle

Feedback ................................................. 366

Remote Transmitter ................................. 138

Replacement

Battery ............................................ 498, 499

Bulbs....................................................... 480

Fuses....................................... 542, 544, 546

Tires ........................................................ 494

Wiper Blade Rubber ................................ 485

Reporting Safety Defects ......................... 558

Resetting a Trip Meter ............................. 110

Reverse Tilt Door Mirror .......................... 173

Right Selector Wheel ....................... 108, 113

Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) ......... 397

On and Off.............................................. 398

Safe Driving................................................ 31

Safety Labels .............................................. 71

Safety Message ............................................ 1

Seat Belts .................................................... 36

Adjusting the Shoulder Anchor ................. 40

Automatic Seat Belt Tensioners ................. 38

Checking .................................................. 42

e-pretensioners ......................................... 38

Fastening .................................................. 39

Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder

Seat Belt ................................................. 65

Pregnant Women...................................... 41

Reminder ............................................ 37, 81

Warning Indicator ............................... 37, 81

Seat Heaters ............................. 195, 196, 197

Seats.......................................................... 175

Adjusting ................................................ 175

Front Seats.............................. 175, 178, 180

Seat Heaters ........................... 195, 196, 197

Security System ........................................ 149

Immobilizer System Indicator..................... 85

Security System Alarm Indicator ................ 86

Selecting a Child Seat ................................ 62

Sequential Mode...................................... 376

Sequential Mode Operation ................... 377

Setting the Clock...................................... 132

Shift Button........................................ 23, 371

Operation ............................................... 373

Shifting (Transmission) ...................... 23, 371

Shoulder Anchor ........................................ 40

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 574 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

575

Index

Side Airbags ............................................... 52

Side Curtain Airbags .................................. 54

SiriusXM® Radio ....................................... 242

Snow Tires ................................................ 496

Sounds Unique to the SPORT HYBRID

SH-AWD® System...................................... 13

Spare Tire (Optional) ....................... 523, 555

Spark Plugs ............................................... 554

Specifications ........................................... 554

Specified Fuel ................................... 455, 554

SPORT HYBRID Super Handling-All Wheel

Drive

(SPORT HYBRID SH-AWD®)....... 411

SPORT Mode............................................. 378

SPORT Mode Indicator....................... 86, 378

SRS Airbags (Airbags) ................................ 46

Steering Wheel

Adjusting ................................................ 171

Stopping ................................................... 434

Summer Tires............................................ 496

Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) ....... 46

Surround View Camera System............... 445

Switches (Around the Steering

Wheel) ............................................ 4, 5, 155

System Message Indicator ......................... 84

Temperature

High Temperature Indicator ...................... 83

Low Temperature Indicator ....................... 83

Temperature Sensor ................................ 209

Temporary Tire Repair Kit........................ 512

Tie-down Anchors .................................... 192

Time (Setting) ........................................... 132

Tire Pressure Monitoring System

(TPMS) ..................................................... 414

Indicator............................................ 84, 540

Tires ........................................................... 488

Air Pressure ..................................... 489, 555

Chains..................................................... 496

Checking and Maintaining....................... 488

Flat Tire (Puncture)................................... 511

Inspection................................................ 488

Labeling .................................................. 489

Regulations ............................................. 491

Rotation .................................................. 495

Spare (Optional) .............................. 523, 555

Summer .................................................. 496

Temporary Tire Repair Kit ........................ 512

Wear Indicators ....................................... 493

Winter..................................................... 496

Tools .......................................................... 510

Towing a Trailer ....................................... 363

Towing Your Vehicle ................................ 363

Emergency .............................................. 548

TPMS (Tire Pressure Monitoring

System) .................................................... 414

Transmission ....................................... 23, 371

Dual Clutch ............................... 23, 370, 371

Fluid ........................................................ 478

Gear Position Indicator ...................... 80, 373

Number................................................... 556

Sequential Mode ..................................... 376

TRIP Button............................................... 109

Trip Meter................................................. 110

Troubleshooting....................................... 509

Blown Fuse.............................. 542, 544, 546

Brake Pedal Vibrates.................................. 28

Buzzer Sounds When Opening Door.......... 28

Emergency Towing.................................. 548

Flat Tire/Puncture ............................ 511, 523

Noise When Braking.................................. 29

Overheating ............................................ 535

Power System Won’t Start....................... 529

Premium Gasoline ........................... 455, 554

Rear Door Won’t Open...................... 28, 144

Warning Indicators .................................... 74

Trunk......................................................... 146

Lid........................................................... 146

Light Bulbs .............................................. 554

Release Handle........................................ 550

Unable to Open....................................... 550

Turn Signals .............................................. 158

Indicators (Instrument Panel) ..................... 85

Turn-by-Turn Directions................... 111, 127

Turning on the Power.............................. 364

Does Not Activate ................................... 529

Jump Starting.......................................... 532

Remote Engine Start................................ 366

Two-way Keyless Access Remote..... 141, 366

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 575 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

576

Index

Unlocking the Doors................................. 136

Unlocking the Front Doors from the

Inside ................................................. 18, 142

USB Flash Drives........................................ 282

USB Port .................................................... 213

Using the Keyless Access System.............. 136

Valet Mode ............................................... 185

Vanity Mirrors............................................... 7

Vehicle Identification Number................. 556

Vehicle Speed............................................ 127

Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA®).................. 408

Off Button ............................................... 409

Off Indicator ...................................... 83, 409

System Indicator ................................ 83, 408

Viscosity (Oil)..................................... 471, 555

VSA® (Vehicle Stability Assist) .................. 408

Warning and Information Messages ......... 92

Warning Indicator On/Blinking................ 537

Warning Labels ........................................... 71

Warranties (Warranty Manual provided

separately)............................................... 561

Watts ......................................................... 554

Wear Indicators (Tire)............................... 493

Wheel Nut Wrench (Jack Handle)............ 526

Window Washers ..................................... 163

Adding/Refilling Fluid .............................. 479

Switch..................................................... 163

Windows (Opening and Closing) ............ 152

Windshield

Cleaning ......................................... 501, 504

Defrosting/Defogging.............................. 207

Washer Fluid ........................................... 479

Wiper Blades ........................................... 485

Wipers and Washers................................ 163

Winter Tires

Snow Tires .............................................. 496

Tire Chains .............................................. 496

Wipers and Washers................................. 163

Checking and Replacing Wiper Blades ..... 485

WMA ................................................. 245, 269

Worn Tires ................................................ 488

17 ACURA RLX E-AWD-31TY36300.book 576 ページ２０１７年３月２４日　金曜日　午後４時３１分

Honda Manual BTY31717OM

Navigation menu

Versions of this User Manual:

Views

Navigation